International Human Rights Law Fall 2014

Supplementary Readings (Supp.)

Professor Schnably

Contents

Human Rights Committee, General Comment 20: Article 7 (Forty-fourth session, 1992), Compilation of General Comments and General Recommendations Adopted by Human Rights Treaty Bodies, U.N. Doc. HRI/GEN/1/Rev.6 at 151 (2003)...... 1 Atul Gawande, Hellhole: The United States holds tens of thousands of inmates in long-term solitary confinement. Is this torture? THE NEW YORKER, March 30, 2009 ...... 4 Yash Ghai, Universal Rights and Cultural Pluralism: Universalism and Relativism: Human Rights as a Framework for Negotiating Interethnic Claims, 21 CARDOZO L. REV. 1095 (2000) ...... 16 Abdullahi Ahmen An-Na’im, Human Rights in the Muslim World: Socio-Political Conditions and Scriptural Imperatives, 3 HARV. HUM. Rts. J. 13 (1990) ...... 23 Materials and Questions on Cultural Relativism ...... 29 Geoffrey Cowley, Gender Limbo, Newsweek, May 19, 1997, at 64 ...... 32 UNHCR, Guidance Note on Refugee Claims Relating to Female Genital Mutilation, May 2009 (excerpts) ...... 35 Mari-Jane Williams, Kim Kardashian pierced baby North’s ears. Why the furor?, Washington Post, June 19, 2014 ...... 37 Amanda Marcotte, Parents Are Sending Their American Daughters Abroad for “Vacation Cutting,” Slate, June 11, 2014 ...... 38 Jurisdictional Requirements for Selected Bodies Hearing Individual Petitions ...... 39 Legal Analysis of CEDAW RDUs: Joint Position of the Lawyers Committee for Human Rights and the NOW Legal Defense Fund, September 26, 1994 ...... 40 Wendy Wright, CEDAW: A Global Tool That Would Harm Women, Concerned Women of America, 2/23/2007 ...... 46 The “Baby Boy” Case, Case 2141, Resolution No. 23/81, 1980-81 Inter- Amer. Cm. H.R. 25, OEA/Ser. 6/v/II.54, doc. 9 rev. 1 (1981) ...... 52 Brüggemann and Scheuten v. Federal Republic of Germany, 5 Eur. Comm’n H.R. Dec. & Rep. 130 (1976), 3 E.H.R.R. 244 (1981) ...... 56 Paton v. United Kingdom, 3 E.H.R.R. 408 (1981) (European Commission of Human Rights) ...... 59 Hypothetical UK Derogation of December 18, 2001 (for the Problem at CB 789-792) ...... 64 Actual UK Derogation of December 18, 2001 (for the Problem at CB 789-792) ...... 65 The Paquete Habana, 175 U.S. 677 (1900) ...... 67 Graham v. Florida, 130 S. Ct. 2011 (2010) ...... 76 Human Rights Watch/ACLU, A Violent Education: Corporal Punishment of Children in US Public Schools (2008) ...... 81 Human Rights Watch/ACLU, Impairing Education: Corporal Punishment of Students with Disabilities in US Public Schools (2009) ...... 85 Sarah Carr, Why Are Black Students Facing Corporal Punishment in Public Schools? A growing controversy over use of the “paddle” to discipline children has a painful racial subtext. The Nation, April 28, 2014...... 88 Daniel Hurst, Corporal punishment can be 'very effective', curriculum review chief says, The Guardian, 15 July 2014 ...... 93

i

Committee on the Rights of the Child, General Comment No. 8 (2006), CRC/C/GC/8* (2 March 2007) ...... 95 Elizabeth M. Schneider, Caroline Bettinger-López, et al., Implementing the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights’ Domestic-Violence Ruling, Clearinghouse Review: Journal of Law & Poverty (July Aug. 2012, at 113) ...... 99 Bond v. United States, 134 S.Ct. 2077 (2014) ...... 104 Kiobel v. Royal Dutch Petroleum Co., 133 S.Ct. 1659 (2013) ...... 115 In re South African Apartheid Litigation, 2014 WL 1569423 (2014) ...... 123 LGBTI Uganda Fights Back ...... 125 Sexual Minorities Uganda v. Lively, 960 F.Supp.2d 304 (2013) ...... 127 Jeffrey Gettleman, Uganda Anti-Gay Law Struck Down by Court, N.Y. Times, Aug. 2, 2014 ...... 129 Samantha Power, Dying in Darfur: Can the Ethnic Cleansing in Be Stopped? The New Yorker, Aug. 30, 2004 ...... 130 Mahmood Mamdani, Saviors and Survivors: Darfur, Politics, and the War on Terror (2009) ...... 140 Jon Lee Anderson, A History of Violence, New Yorker, July 23, 2012, at 49 ...... 142 2005 World Summit Outcome Document, G.A. Res. 60/1, ¶¶ 138-139, U.N. GAOR, 60th sess., U.N. doc. A/Res/60/1 (Oct. 24, 2006) ...... 164 U.N. Security Council Resolution 1674, S/RES/1674 (2006) ...... 167 Responsibility to Protect: An idea Whose Time Has Come—and Gone?, THE ECONOMIST, July 23, 2009 ...... 172 In Danger: Iraq’s Yazidis, The Economist, Aug. 5, 2014 ...... 175 Who wants to rescue the regime?, The Economist, Aug. 9, 2014 ...... 175 Max Boot, R2P Is MIA for the Besieged Yezidis of Iraq, Comentary, Aug. 7, 2014 ...... 177 Tom Andrews, Standing with Yazidis and Against Genocide, Huffington Post, Aug. 8, 2014 ...... 178 Seumas Milne, Another war in Iraq won’t fix the disaster of the last: The Yazidis need aid, but military intervention by states that destroyed Iraq will deepen the crisis now tearing it apart, The Guardian, Aug. 13, 2014 ...... 178 Katie Aezima and Loveday Morris, U.S. Considering Range of Options to Rescue Iraq’s Yazidis, Washington Post, Aug. 13, 2014 ...... 180 US credits strikes with allowing Iraqis to escape, AP, Aug. 13, 2014 ...... 182 Agreement between the United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia concerning the prosecution under Cambodian law of crimes committed during the period of Democratic Kampuchea. Phnom Penh, 6 June 2003 ...... 183 Cambodia: Amnesty International’s preliminary views and concerns about the draft agreement for the establishment of a Khmer Rouge special tribunal, ASA 23/003/2003, 21 March 2003 ...... 194 Seth Mydans, Cambodia Tribunal Dispute Runs Deeper, N.Y. Times, Feb. 7, 2009 ...... 196 Seth Mydans, Trial Begins for Khmer Rouge Leader, N.Y. Times, Feb. 17, 2009 ...... 198 Seth Mydans, Anger in Cambodia Follows Khmer Rouge Sentence, N.Y. Times, July 26, 2010 ...... 200 Seth Mydans, Conflicts Imperil Future Khmer Rouge Trials, NY Times, June 6, 2011 ...... 202 Seth Mydans, Judge Quits Tribunal in Khmer Rouge Inquiry, N.Y. Times, Oct. 10, 2011 ...... 204 Seth Mydans, U.N. Court in Cambodia Recommends Freeing Defendant Ill With Dementia, N.Y. Times, Nov. 17, 2011 ...... 205 Douglas Gillison, Genocide Judges Duel It Out in Phnom Penh, The Investigative Fund.org, Dec. 6, 2011 ...... 207

ii

Cambodia: U.N. Assails Rejection of Khmer Rouge Tribunal Judge, N.Y. Times, Jan. 21, 2012 ...... 209 Thierry Cruvellier, The Khmer Rouge’s Perfect Villain, N.Y. Times, Feb. 8, 2012 (op. ed.) ...... 210 Douglas Gillison, Extra-Ordinary Injustice, The Investigative Fund.org, Feb. 27, 2012 ...... 212 UN Judge Quits Cambodia War Crimes Tribunal, Aljazerra.com, March 19, 2012 ...... 219 UN Must Reconsider Commitment to Khmer Rouge Court, Open Society Justice Initiative, soros.org, March 21, 2012 ...... 220 Mark McDonald, The Tortuous Path to Justice in Cambodia, Interantional Herald Tribune, March 27, 2012 ...... 221 Peter Maguire, ECCC’s Tarnished Legacy and the UN, Cambodia Tribunal Monitor (Cambodiatribunal.org), March 27, 2012 ...... 223 New Judge will be at Center of Struggle over Khmer Rouge Tribunal, Open Society Justice Initiative, soros.org, July 30, 2012 ...... 225 Cambodian villagers unearth skulls, bones from possible Khmer Rouge mass grave, N.Y. Times (AP), Aug. 6, 2012 ...... 227 Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan Sentenced to Life Imprisonment for Crimes against Humanity, Press Release, Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia, http://www.eccc.gov.kh ...... 228 Justice late, better than never, The Economist, Aug. 7, 2014 ...... 230 Neither truth nor justice, The Economist, Aug. 9, 2014 ...... 232

iii

iv

Human Rights Committee, General Comment 20: Article 7 (Forty-fourth session, 1992), Compilation of General Comments and General Recommendations Adopted by Human Rights Treaty Bodies, U.N. Doc. HRI/GEN/1/Rev.6 at 151 (2003).

1. This general comment replaces general comment 7 (the sixteenth session, 1982) reflecting and further developing it. 2. The aim of the provisions of article 7 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights is to protect both the dignity and the physical and mental integrity of the individual. It is the duty of the State party to afford everyone protection through legislative and other measures as may be necessary against the acts prohibited by article 7, whether inflicted by people acting in their official capacity, outside their official capacity or in a private capacity. The prohibition in article 7 is complemented by the positive requirements of article 10, paragraph 1, of the Cove- nant, which stipulates that "All persons deprived of their liberty shall be treated with humanity and with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person". 3. The text of article 7 allows of no limitation. The Committee also reaffirms that, even in situa- tions of public emergency such as those referred to in article 4 of the Covenant, no derogation from the provision of article 7 is allowed and its provisions must remain in force. The Committee likewise observes that no justification or extenuating circumstances may be invoked to excuse a violation of article 7 for any reasons, including those based on an order from a superior officer or public authority. 4. The Covenant does not contain any definition of the concepts covered by article 7, nor does the Committee consider it necessary to draw up a list of prohibited acts or to establish sharp dis- tinctions between the different kinds of punishment or treatment; the distinctions depend on the nature, purpose and severity of the treatment applied. 5. The prohibition in article 7 relates not only to acts that cause physical pain but also to acts that cause mental suffering to the victim. In the Committee's view, moreover, the prohibition must extend to corporal punishment, including excessive chastisement ordered as punishment for a crime or as an educative or disciplinary measure. It is appropriate to emphasize in this regard that article 7 protects, in particular, children, pupils and patients in teaching and medical institutions. 6. The Committee notes that prolonged solitary confinement of the detained or imprisoned per- son may amount to acts prohibited by article 7. As the Committee has stated in its general com- ment No. 6 (16), article 6 of the Covenant refers generally to abolition of the death penalty in terms that strongly suggest that abolition is desirable. Moreover, when the death penalty is ap- plied by a State party for the most serious crimes, it must not only be strictly limited in accord- ance with article 6 but it must be carried out in such a way as to cause the least possible physical and mental suffering. 7. Article 7 expressly prohibits medical or scientific experimentation without the free consent of the person concerned. The Committee notes that the reports of States parties generally contain little information on this point. More attention should be given to the need and means to ensure observance of this provision. The Committee also observes that special protection in regard to such experiments is necessary in the case of persons not capable of giving valid consent, and in particular those under any form of detention or imprisonment. Such persons should not be sub- jected to any medical or scientific experimentation that may be detrimental to their health.

1

8. The Committee notes that it is not sufficient for the implementation of article 7 to prohibit such treatment or punishment or to make it a crime. States parties should inform the Committee of the legislative, administrative, judicial and other measures they take to prevent and punish acts of torture and cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment in any territory under their jurisdiction. 9. In the view of the Committee, States parties must not expose individuals to the danger of tor- ture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment upon return to another country by way of their extradition, expulsion or refoulement. States parties should indicate in their reports what measures they have adopted to that end. 10. The Committee should be informed how States parties disseminate, to the population at large, relevant information concerning the ban on torture and the treatment prohibited by article 7. Enforcement personnel, medical personnel, police officers and any other persons involved in the custody or treatment of any individual subjected to any form of arrest, detention or impris- onment must receive appropriate instruction and training. States parties should inform the Com- mittee of the instruction and training given and the way in which the prohibition of article 7 forms an integral part of the operational rules and ethical standards to be followed by such per- sons. 11. In addition to describing steps to provide the general protection against acts prohibited under article 7 to which anyone is entitled, the State party should provide detailed information on safe- guards for the special protection of particularly vulnerable persons. It should be noted that keep- ing under systematic review interrogation rules, instructions, methods and practices as well as arrangements for the custody and treatment of persons subjected to any form of arrest, detention or imprisonment is an effective means of preventing cases of torture and ill-treatment. To guar- antee the effective protection of detained persons, provisions should be made for detainees to be held in places officially recognized as places of detention and for their names and places of de- tention, as well as for the names of persons responsible for their detention, to be kept in registers readily available and accessible to those concerned, including relatives and friends. To the same effect, the time and place of all interrogations should be recorded, together with the names of all those present and this information should also be available for purposes of judicial or administra- tive proceedings. Provisions should also be made against incommunicado detention. In that con- nection, States parties should ensure that any places of detention be free from any equipment lia- ble to be used for inflicting torture or ill-treatment. The protection of the detainee also requires that prompt and regular access be given to doctors and lawyers and, under appropriate supervi- sion when the investigation so requires, to family members. 12. It is important for the discouragement of violations under article 7 that the law must prohibit the use of admissibility in judicial proceedings of statements or confessions obtained through torture or other prohibited treatment. 13. States parties should indicate when presenting their reports the provisions of their criminal law which penalize torture and cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment or punishment, specify- ing the penalties applicable to such acts, whether committed by public officials or other persons acting on behalf of the State, or by private persons. Those who violate article 7, whether by en- couraging, ordering, tolerating or perpetrating prohibited acts, must be held responsible. Conse- quently, those who have refused to obey orders must not be punished or subjected to any adverse treatment.

2

14. Article 7 should be read in conjunction with article 2, paragraph 3, of the Covenant. In their reports, States parties should indicate how their legal system effectively guarantees the immedi- ate termination of all the acts prohibited by article 7 as well as appropriate redress. The right to lodge complaints against maltreatment prohibited by article 7 must be recognized in the domestic law. Complaints must be investigated promptly and impartially by competent authorities so as to make the remedy effective. The reports of States parties should provide specific information on the remedies available to victims of maltreatment and the procedure that complainants must fol- low, and statistics on the number of complaints and how they have been dealt with. 15. The Committee has noted that some States have granted amnesty in respect of acts of torture. Amnesties are generally incompatible with the duty of States to investigate such acts; to guaran- tee freedom from such acts within their jurisdiction; and to ensure that they do not occur in the future. States may not deprive individuals of the right to an effective remedy, including compen- sation and such full rehabilitation as may be possible.

3

Atul Gawande, Hellhole: The United States holds tens of thousands of inmates in long- term solitary confinement. Is this torture? THE NEW YORKER, March 30, 2009

Human beings are social creatures. We are social not just in the trivial sense that we like company, and not just in the obvious sense that we each depend on others. We are social in a more elemental way: simp- ly to exist as a normal human being requires interaction with other people. Children provide the clearest demonstration of this fact, although it was slow to be accepted. Well into the nineteen-fifties, psychologists were encouraging parents to give children less attention and affection, in order to encourage independence. Then Harry Harlow, a professor of psychology at the University of Wisconsin at Madison, produced a series of influential studies involving baby rhesus monkeys. He happened upon the findings in the mid-fifties, when he decided to save money for his primate-research laboratory by breeding his own lab monkeys instead of importing them from India. Because he didn’t know how to raise infant monkeys, he cared for them the way hospitals of the era cared for human in- fants—in nurseries, with plenty of food, warm blankets, some toys, and in isolation from other infants to prevent the spread of infection. The monkeys grew up sturdy, disease-free, and larger than those from the wild. Yet they were also profoundly disturbed, given to staring blankly and rocking in place for long peri- ods, circling their cages repetitively, and mutilating themselves. At first, Harlow and his graduate students couldn’t figure out what the problem was. They considered fac- tors such as diet, patterns of light exposure, even the antibiotics they used. Then, as Deborah Blum re- counts in a fascinating biography of Harlow, “Love at Goon Park,” one of his researchers noticed how tightly the monkeys clung to their soft blankets. Harlow wondered whether what the monkeys were miss- ing in their Isolettes was a mother. So, in an odd experiment, he gave them an artificial one. In the studies, one artificial mother was a doll made of terry cloth; the other was made of wire. He placed a warming device inside the dolls to make them seem more comforting. The babies, Harlow discovered, largely ignored the wire mother. But they became deeply attached to the cloth mother. They caressed it. They slept curled up on it. They ran to it when frightened. They refused replacements: they wanted only “their” mother. If sharp spikes were made to randomly thrust out of the mother’s body when the rhesus babies held it, they waited patiently for the spikes to recede and returned to clutching it. No matter how tightly they clung to the surrogate mothers, however, the monkeys remained psychologically abnormal. In a later study on the effect of total isolation from birth, the researchers found that the test monkeys, up- on being released into a group of ordinary monkeys, “usually go into a state of emotional shock, charac- terized by . . . autistic self-clutching and rocking.” Harlow noted, “One of six monkeys isolated for three months refused to eat after release and died five days later.” After several weeks in the company of other monkeys, most of them adjusted—but not those who had been isolated for longer periods. “Twelve months of isolation almost obliterated the animals socially,” Harlow wrote. They became permanently withdrawn, and they lived as outcasts—regularly set upon, as if inviting abuse. The research made Harlow famous (and infamous, too—revulsion at his work helped spur the animal- rights movement). Other psychologists produced evidence of similarly deep and sustained damage in ne- glected and orphaned children. Hospitals were made to open up their nurseries to parents. And it became widely accepted that children require nurturing human beings not just for food and protection but also for the normal functioning of their brains. We have been hesitant to apply these lessons to adults. Adults, after all, are fully formed, independent beings, with internal strengths and knowledge to draw upon. We wouldn’t have anything like a child’s dependence on other people, right? Yet it seems that we do. We don’t have a lot of monkey experiments to call upon here. But mankind has produced tens of thousands of human ones, including in our prison system. And the picture that has emerged is profoundly unsettling. Among our most benign experiments are those with people who voluntarily isolate themselves for ex-

4

tended periods. Long-distance solo sailors, for instance, commit themselves to months at sea. They face all manner of physical terrors: thrashing storms, fifty-foot waves, leaks, illness. Yet, for many, the single most overwhelming difficulty they report is the “soul-destroying loneliness,” as one sailor called it. As- tronauts have to be screened for their ability to tolerate long stretches in tightly confined isolation, and they come to depend on radio and video communications for social contact. The problem of isolation goes beyond ordinary loneliness, however. Consider what we’ve learned from hostages who have been held in solitary confinement—from the journalist Terry Anderson, for example, whose extraordinary memoir, “Den of Lions,” recounts his seven years as a hostage of Hezbollah in Leb- anon. Anderson was the chief Middle East correspondent for the Associated Press when, on March 16, 1985, three bearded men forced him from his car in Beirut at gunpoint. He was pushed into a Mercedes sedan, covered head to toe with a heavy blanket, and made to crouch head down in the footwell behind the front seat. His captors drove him to a garage, pulled him out of the car, put a hood over his head, and bound his wrists and ankles with tape. For half an hour, they grilled him for the names of other Americans in Beirut, but he gave no names and they did not beat him or press him further. They threw him in the trunk of the car, drove him to another building, and put him in what would be the first of a succession of cells across Lebanon. He was soon placed in what seemed to be a dusty closet, large enough for only a mattress. Blindfolded, he could make out the distant sounds of other hostages. (One was William Buckley, the C.I.A. station chief who was kidnapped and tortured repeatedly until he weakened and died.) Peering around his blindfold, Anderson could see a bare light bulb dangling from the ceiling. He received three unpalatable meals a day—usually a sandwich of bread and cheese, or cold rice with canned vegetables, or soup. He had a bottle to urinate in and was allotted one five- to ten-minute trip each day to a rotting bath- room to empty his bowels and wash with water at a dirty sink. Otherwise, the only reprieve from isolation came when the guards made short visits to bark at him for breaking a rule or to threaten him, sometimes with a gun at his temple. He missed people terribly, especially his fiancée and his family. He was despondent and depressed. Then, with time, he began to feel something more. He felt himself disintegrating. It was as if his brain were grinding down. A month into his confinement, he recalled in his memoir, “The mind is a blank. Jesus, I always thought I was smart. Where are all the things I learned, the books I read, the poems I memorized? There’s nothing there, just a formless, gray-black misery. My mind’s gone dead. God, help me.” He was stiff from lying in bed day and night, yet tired all the time. He dozed off and on constantly, sleep- ing twelve hours a day. He craved activity of almost any kind. He would watch the daylight wax and wane on the ceiling, or roaches creep slowly up the wall. He had a Bible and tried to read, but he often found that he lacked the concentration to do so. He observed himself becoming neurotically possessive about his little space, at times putting his life in jeopardy by flying into a rage if a guard happened to step on his bed. He brooded incessantly, thinking back on all the mistakes he’d made in life, his regrets, his offenses against God and family. His captors moved him every few months. For unpredictable stretches of time, he was granted the salva- tion of a companion—sometimes he shared a cell with as many as four other hostages—and he noticed that his thinking recovered rapidly when this occurred. He could read and concentrate longer, avoid hallu- cinations, and better control his emotions. “I would rather have had the worst companion than no compan- ion at all,” he noted. In September, 1986, after several months of sharing a cell with another hostage, Anderson was, for no apparent reason, returned to solitary confinement, this time in a six-by-six-foot cell, with no windows, and light from only a flickering fluorescent lamp in an outside corridor. The guards refused to say how long he would be there. After a few weeks, he felt his mind slipping away again. “I find myself trembling sometimes for no reason,” he wrote. “I’m afraid I’m beginning to lose my mind,

5

to lose control completely.” One day, three years into his ordeal, he snapped. He walked over to a wall and began beating his forehead against it, dozens of times. His head was smashed and bleeding before the guards were able to stop him. Some hostages fared worse. Anderson told the story of Frank Reed, a fifty-four-year-old American pri- vate-school director who was taken hostage and held in solitary confinement for four months before being put in with Anderson. By then, Reed had become severely withdrawn. He lay motionless for hours facing a wall, semi-catatonic. He could not follow the guards’ simplest instructions. This invited abuse from them, in much the same way that once isolated rhesus monkeys seemed to invite abuse from the colony. Released after three and a half years, Reed ultimately required admission to a psychiatric hospital. “It’s an awful thing, solitary,” John McCain wrote of his five and a half years as a prisoner of war in Vi- etnam—more than two years of it spent in isolation in a fifteen-by-fifteen-foot cell, unable to communi- cate with other P.O.W.s except by tap code, secreted notes, or by speaking into an enamel cup pressed against the wall. “It crushes your spirit and weakens your resistance more effectively than any other form of mistreatment.” And this comes from a man who was beaten regularly; denied adequate medical treat- ment for two broken arms, a broken leg, and chronic dysentery; and tortured to the point of having an arm broken again. A U.S. military study of almost a hundred and fifty naval aviators returned from imprison- ment in Vietnam, many of whom were treated even worse than McCain, reported that they found social isolation to be as torturous and agonizing as any physical abuse they suffered. And what happened to them was physical. EEG studies going back to the nineteen-sixties have shown diffuse slowing of brain waves in prisoners after a week or more of solitary confinement. In 1992, fifty- seven prisoners of war, released after an average of six months in detention camps in the former Yugosla- via, were examined using EEG-like tests. The recordings revealed brain abnormalities months afterward; the most severe were found in prisoners who had endured either head trauma sufficient to render them unconscious or, yes, solitary confinement. Without sustained social interaction, the human brain may be- come as impaired as one that has incurred a traumatic injury. On December 4, 1991, Terry Anderson was released from captivity. He had been the last and the longest- held American hostage in Lebanon. I spoke to Keron Fletcher, a former British military psychiatrist who had been on the receiving team for Anderson and many other hostages, and followed them for years af- terward. Initially, Fletcher said, everyone experiences the pure elation of being able to see and talk to people again, especially family and friends. They can’t get enough of other people, and talk almost non- stop for hours. They are optimistic and hopeful. But, afterward, normal sleeping and eating patterns prove difficult to reëstablish. Some have lost their sense of time. For weeks, they have trouble managing the sensations and emotional complexities of their freedom. For the first few months after his release, Anderson said when I reached him by phone recently, “it was just kind of a fog.” He had done many television interviews at the time. “And if you look at me in the pic- tures? Look at my eyes. You can tell. I look drugged.” Most hostages survived their ordeal, Fletcher said, although relationships, marriages, and careers were often lost. Some found, as John McCain did, that the experience even strengthened them. Yet none saw solitary confinement as anything less than torture. This presents us with an awkward question: If pro- longed isolation is—as research and experience have confirmed for decades—so objectively horrifying, so intrinsically cruel, how did we end up with a prison system that may subject more of our own citizens to it than any other country in history has? Recently, I met a man who had spent more than five years in isolation at a prison in the Boston suburb of Walpole, Massachusetts, not far from my home. Bobby Dellelo was, to say the least, no Terry Anderson or John McCain. Brought up in the run-down neighborhoods of Boston’s West End, in the nineteen- forties, he was caught burglarizing a shoe store at the age of ten. At thirteen, he recalls, he was nabbed while robbing a Jordan Marsh department store. (He and his friends learned to hide out in stores at closing

6

time, steal their merchandise, and then break out during the night.) The remainder of his childhood was spent mostly in the state reform school. That was where he learned how to fight, how to hot-wire a car with a piece of foil, how to pick locks, and how to make a zip gun using a snapped-off automobile radio antenna, which, in those days, was just thick enough to barrel a .22-calibre bullet. Released upon turning eighteen, Dellelo returned to stealing. Usually, he stole from office buildings at night. But some of the people he hung out with did stickups, and, together with one of them, he held up a liquor store in Dor- chester. “What a disaster that thing was,” he recalls, laughing. They put the store’s owner and the customers in a walk-in refrigerator at gunpoint, took their wallets, and went to rob the register. But more customers came in. So they robbed them and put them in the refrigerator, too. Then still more customers arrived, the re- frigerator got full, and the whole thing turned into a circus. Dellelo and his partner finally escaped. But one of the customers identified him to the police. By the time he was caught, Dellelo had been fingered for robbing the Commander Hotel in Cambridge as well. He served a year for the first conviction and two and a half years for the second. Three months after his release, in 1963, at the age of twenty, he and a friend tried to rob the Kopelman jewelry store, in downtown Boston. But an alarm went off before they got their hands on anything. They separated and ran. The friend shot and killed an off-duty policeman while trying to escape, then killed himself. Dellelo was convicted of first-degree murder and sentenced to life in prison. He ended up serving forty years. Five years and one month were spent in isolation. The criteria for the isolation of prisoners vary by state but typically include not only violent infractions but also violation of prison rules or association with gang members. The imposition of long-term isola- tion—which can be for months or years—is ultimately at the discretion of prison administrators. One former prisoner I spoke to, for example, recalled being put in solitary confinement for petty annoyances like refusing to get out of the shower quickly enough. Bobby Dellelo was put there for escaping. It was an elaborate scheme. He had a partner, who picked the lock to a supervisor’s office and got hold of the information manual for the microwave-detection system that patrolled a grassy no man’s land between the prison and the road. They studied the manual long enough to learn how to circumvent the system and returned it. On Halloween Sunday, 1993, they had friends stage a fight in the prison yard. With all the guards in the towers looking at the fight through binoculars, the two men tipped a picnic table up against a twelve-foot wall and climbed it like a ladder. Beyond it, they scaled a sixteen-foot fence. To get over the razor wire on top, they used a Z-shaped tool they’d improvised from locker handles. They dropped down into the no man’s land and followed an invisible path that they’d calculated the microwave system would not detect. No alarm sounded. They went over one more fence, walked around a parking lot, picked their way through some woods, and emerged onto a four-lane road. After a short walk to a convenience store, they called a taxi from a telephone booth and rolled away before anyone knew they were gone. They lasted twenty-four days on the outside. Eventually, somebody ratted them out, and the police cap- tured them on the day before Thanksgiving, at the house of a friend in Cambridge. The prison administra- tion gave Dellelo five years in the Departmental Disciplinary Unit of the Walpole prison, its hundred-and- twenty-four-cell super-maximum segregation unit. Wearing ankle bracelets, handcuffs, and a belly chain, Dellelo was marched into a thirteen-by-eight-foot off-white cell. A four-inch-thick concrete bed slab jutted out from the wall opposite the door. A smaller slab protruding from a side wall provided a desk. A cylindrical concrete block in the floor served as a seat. On the remaining wall was a toilet and a metal sink. He was given four sheets, four towels, a blan- ket, a bedroll, a toothbrush, toilet paper, a tall clear plastic cup, a bar of soap, seven white T-shirts, seven pairs of boxer shorts, seven pairs of socks, plastic slippers, a pad of paper, and a ballpoint pen. A speaker with a microphone was mounted on the door. Cells used for solitary confinement are often windowless, but this one had a ribbonlike window that was seven inches wide and five feet tall. The electrically con- trolled door was solid steel, with a seven-inch-by-twenty-eight-inch aperture and two wickets—little door

7

slots, one at ankle height and one at waist height, for shackling him whenever he was let out and for pass- ing him meal trays. As in other supermaxes—facilities designed to isolate prisoners from social contact—Dellelo was con- fined to his cell for at least twenty-three hours a day and permitted out only for a shower or for recreation in an outdoor cage that he estimated to be fifty feet long and five feet wide, known as “the dog kennel.” He could talk to other prisoners through the steel door of his cell, and during recreation if a prisoner was in an adjacent cage. He made a kind of fishing line for passing notes to adjacent cells by unwinding the elastic from his boxer shorts, though it was contraband and would be confiscated. Prisoners could receive mail and as many as ten reading items. They were allowed one phone call the first month and could earn up to four calls and four visits per month if they followed the rules, but there could be no physical contact with anyone, except when guards forcibly restrained them. Some supermaxes even use food as punish- ment, serving the prisoners nutra-loaf, an unpalatable food brick that contains just enough nutrition for survival. Dellelo was spared this. The rules also permitted him to have a radio after thirty days, and, after sixty days, a thirteen-inch black-and-white television. “This is going to be a piece of cake,” Dellelo recalls thinking when the door closed behind him. Whereas many American supermax prisoners—and most P.O.W.s and hostages—have no idea when they might get out, he knew exactly how long he was going to be there. He drew a calendar on his pad of paper to start counting down the days. He would get a radio and a TV. He could read. No one was going to bother him. And, as his elaborate escape plan showed, he could be patient. “This is their sophisticated security?” he said to himself. “They don’t know what they’re doing.” After a few months without regular social contact, however, his experience proved no different from that of the P.O.W.s or hostages, or the majority of isolated prisoners whom researchers have studied: he start- ed to lose his mind. He talked to himself. He paced back and forth compulsively, shuffling along the same six-foot path for hours on end. Soon, he was having panic attacks, screaming for help. He hallucinated that the colors on the walls were changing. He became enraged by routine noises—the sound of doors opening as the guards made their hourly checks, the sounds of inmates in nearby cells. After a year or so, he was hearing voices on the television talking directly to him. He put the television under his bed, and rarely took it out again. One of the paradoxes of solitary confinement is that, as starved as people become for companionship, the experience typically leaves them unfit for social interaction. Once, Dellelo was allowed to have an in- person meeting with his lawyer, and he simply couldn’t handle it. After so many months in which his primary human contact had been an occasional phone call or brief conversations with an inmate down the tier, shouted through steel doors at the top of their lungs, he found himself unable to carry on a face-to- face conversation. He had trouble following both words and hand gestures and couldn’t generate them himself. When he realized this, he succumbed to a full-blown panic attack. Craig Haney, a psychology professor at the University of California at Santa Cruz, received rare permis- sion to study a hundred randomly selected inmates at California’s Pelican Bay supermax, and noted a number of phenomena. First, after months or years of complete isolation, many prisoners “begin to lose the ability to initiate behavior of any kind—to organize their own lives around activity and purpose,” he writes. “Chronic apathy, lethargy, depression, and despair often result. . . . In extreme cases, prisoners may literally stop behaving,” becoming essentially catatonic. Second, almost ninety per cent of these prisoners had difficulties with “irrational anger,” compared with just three per cent of the general population.* Haney attributed this to the extreme restriction, the totality of control, and the extended absence of any opportunity for happiness or joy. Many prisoners in solitary become consumed with revenge fantasies. “There were some guards in D.D.U. who were decent guys,” Dellelo told me. They didn’t trash his room when he was let out for a shower, or try to trip him when escorting him in chains, or write him up for con-

8

traband if he kept food or a salt packet from a meal in his cell. “But some of them were evil, evil pricks.” One correctional officer became a particular obsession. Dellelo spent hours imagining cutting his head off and rolling it down the tier. “I mean, I know this is insane thinking,” he says now. Even at the time, he added, “I had a fear in the background—like how much of this am I going to be able to let go? How much is this going to affect who I am?” He was right to worry. Everyone’s identity is socially created: it’s through your relationships that you un- derstand yourself as a mother or a father, a teacher or an accountant, a hero or a villain. But, after years of isolation, many prisoners change in another way that Haney observed. They begin to see themselves pri- marily as combatants in the world, people whose identity is rooted in thwarting prison control. As a matter of self-preservation, this may not be a bad thing. According to the Navy P.O.W. researchers, the instinct to fight back against the enemy constituted the most important coping mechanism for the prisoners they studied. Resistance was often their sole means of maintaining a sense of purpose, and so their sanity. Yet resistance is precisely what we wish to destroy in our supermax prisoners. As Haney ob- served in a review of research findings, prisoners in solitary confinement must be able to withstand the experience in order to be allowed to return to the highly social world of mainline prison or free society. Perversely, then, the prisoners who can’t handle profound isolation are the ones who are forced to remain in it. “And those who have adapted,” Haney writes, “are prime candidates for release to a social world to which they may be incapable of ever fully readjusting.” Dellelo eventually found a way to resist that would not prolong his ordeal. He fought his battle through the courts, filing motion after motion in an effort to get his conviction overturned. He became so good at submitting his claims that he obtained a paralegal certificate along the way. And, after forty years in pris- on, and more than five years in solitary, he got his first-degree-homicide conviction reduced to man- slaughter. On November 19, 2003, he was freed. Bobby Dellelo is sixty-seven years old now. He lives on Social Security in a Cambridge efficiency apart- ment that is about four times larger than his cell. He still seems to be adjusting to the world outside. He lives alone. To the extent that he is out in society, it is, in large measure, as a combatant. He works for prisoners’ rights at the American Friends Service Committee. He also does occasional work assisting prisoners with their legal cases. Sitting at his kitchen table, he showed me how to pick a padlock—you know, just in case I ever find myself in trouble. But it was impossible to talk to him about his time in isolation without seeing that it was fundamentally no different from the isolation that Terry Anderson and John McCain had endured. Whether in Walpole or Beirut or Hanoi, all human beings experience isolation as torture. The main argument for using long-term isolation in prisons is that it provides discipline and prevents vio- lence. When inmates refuse to follow the rules—when they escape, deal drugs, or attack other inmates and corrections officers—wardens must be able to punish and contain the misconduct. Presumably, less stringent measures haven’t worked, or the behavior would not have occurred. And it’s legitimate to inca- pacitate violent aggressors for the safety of others. So, advocates say, isolation is a necessary evil, and those who don’t recognize this are dangerously naïve. The argument makes intuitive sense. If the worst of the worst are removed from the general prison popu- lation and put in isolation, you’d expect there to be markedly fewer inmate shankings and attacks on cor- rections officers. But the evidence doesn’t bear this out. Perhaps the most careful inquiry into whether supermax prisons decrease violence and disorder was a 2003 analysis examining the experience in three states—Arizona, Illinois, and Minnesota—following the opening of their supermax prisons. The study found that levels of inmate-on-inmate violence were unchanged, and that levels of inmate-on-staff vio- lence changed unpredictably, rising in Arizona, falling in Illinois, and holding steady in Minnesota. Prison violence, it turns out, is not simply an issue of a few belligerents. In the past thirty years, the Unit- ed States has quadrupled its incarceration rate but not its prison space. Work and education programs

9

have been cancelled, out of a belief that the pursuit of rehabilitation is pointless. The result has been un- precedented overcrowding, along with unprecedented idleness—a nice formula for violence. Remove a few prisoners to solitary confinement, and the violence doesn’t change. So you remove some more, and still nothing happens. Before long, you find yourself in the position we are in today. The United States now has five per cent of the world’s population, twenty-five per cent of its prisoners, and probably the vast majority of prisoners who are in long-term solitary confinement. It wasn’t always like this. The wide-scale use of isolation is, almost exclusively, a phenomenon of the past twenty years. In 1890, the United States Supreme Court came close to declaring the punishment to be unconstitutional. Writing for the majority in the case of a Colorado murderer who had been held in isola- tion for a month, Justice Samuel Miller noted that experience had revealed “serious objections” to solitary confinement: A considerable number of the prisoners fell, after even a short confinement, into a semi-fatuous condition, from which it was next to impossible to arouse them, and others became violently in- sane; others, still, committed suicide; while those who stood the ordeal better were not generally reformed, and in most cases did not recover suffcient mental activity to be of any subsequent ser- vice to the community. Prolonged isolation was used sparingly, if at all, by most American prisons for almost a century. Our first supermax—our first institution specifically designed for mass solitary confinement—was not established until 1983, in Marion, Illinois. In 1995, a federal court reviewing California’s first supermax admitted that the conditions “hover on the edge of what is humanly tolerable for those with normal resilience.” But it did not rule them to be unconstitutionally cruel or unusual, except in cases of mental illness. The prison’s supermax conditions, the court stated, did not pose “a sufficiently high risk to all inmates of incurring a serious mental illness.” In other words, there could be no legal objection to its routine use, given that the isolation didn’t make everyone crazy. The ruling seemed to fit the public mood. By the end of the nine- teen-nineties, some sixty supermax institutions had opened across the country. And new solitary- confinement units were established within nearly all of our ordinary maximum-security prisons. The number of prisoners in these facilities has since risen to extraordinary levels. America now holds at least twenty-five thousand inmates in isolation in supermax prisons. An additional fifty to eighty thousand are kept in restrictive segregation units, many of them in isolation, too, although the government does not release these figures. By 1999, the practice had grown to the point that Arizona, Colorado, Maine, Ne- braska, Nevada, Rhode Island, and Virginia kept between five and eight per cent of their prison popula- tion in isolation, and, by 2003, New York had joined them as well. Mississippi alone held eighteen hun- dred prisoners in supermax—twelve per cent of its prisoners over all. At the same time, other states had just a tiny fraction of their inmates in solitary confinement. In 1999, for example, Indiana had eighty-five supermax beds; Georgia had only ten. Neither of these two states can be described as being soft on crime. Advocates of solitary confinement are left with a single argument for subjecting thousands of people to years of isolation: What else are we supposed to do? How else are we to deal with the violent, the disrup- tive, the prisoners who are just too dangerous to be housed with others? As it happens, only a subset of prisoners currently locked away for long periods of isolation would be considered truly dangerous. Many are escapees or suspected gang members; many others are in solitary for nonviolent breaches of prison rules. Still, there are some highly dangerous and violent prisoners who pose a serious challenge to prison discipline and safety. In August, I met a man named Robert Felton, who had spent fourteen and a half years in isolation in the Illinois state correctional system. He is now thirty-six years old. He grew up in the predominantly black housing projects of Danville, Illinois, and had been a force of mayhem from the time he was a child. His crimes were mainly impulsive, rather than planned. The first time he was arrested was at the age of eleven, when he and a relative broke into a house to steal some Atari video games. A year later, he was

10

sent to state reform school after he and a friend broke into an abandoned building and made off with paint cans, irons, and other property that they hardly knew what to do with. In reform school, he got into fights and screamed obscenities at the staff. When the staff tried to discipline him by taking away his recreation or his television privileges, his behavior worsened. He tore a pillar out of the ceiling, a sink and mirrors off the wall, doors off their hinges. He was put in a special cell, stripped of nearly everything. When he began attacking counsellors, the authorities transferred him to the maximum-security juvenile facility at Joliet, where he continued to misbehave. Felton wasn’t a sociopath. He made friends easily. He was close to his family, and missed them deeply. He took no pleasure in hurting others. Psychiatric evaluations turned up little more than attention-deficit disorder. But he had a terrible temper, a tendency to escalate rather than to defuse confrontations, and, by the time he was released, just before turning eighteen, he had achieved only a ninth-grade education. Within months of returning home, he was arrested again. He had walked into a Danville sports bar and ordered a beer. The barman took his ten-dollar bill. “Then he says, ‘Naw, man, you can’t get no beer. You’re underage,’ ” Felton recounts. “I says, ‘Well, give me my ten dollars back.’ He says, ‘You ain’t getting shit. Get the hell out of here.’ ” Felton stood his ground. The bartender had a pocket knife on the counter. “And, when he went for it, I went for it,” Felton told me. “When I grabbed the knife first, I turned around and spinned on him. I said, ‘You think you’re gonna cut me, man? You gotta be fucked up.’ ” The barman had put the ten-dollar bill in a Royal Crown bag behind the counter. Felton grabbed the bag and ran out the back door. He forgot his car keys on the counter, though. So he went back to get the keys—”the stupid keys,” he now says ruefully—and in the fight that ensued he left the barman severely injured and bleeding. The police caught Felton fleeing in his car. He was convicted of armed robbery, aggravated unlawful restraint, and aggravated battery, and served fifteen years in prison. He was eventually sent to the Stateville Correctional Center, a maximum-security facility in Joliet. Inside the overflowing prison, he got into vicious fights over insults and the like. About three months into his term, during a shakedown following the murder of an inmate, prison officials turned up a makeshift knife in his cell. (He denies that it was his.) They gave him a year in isolation. He was a danger, and he had to be taught a lesson. But it was a lesson that he seemed incapable of learning. Felton’s Stateville isolation cell had gray walls, a solid steel door, no window, no clock, and a light that was kept on twenty-four hours a day. As soon as he was shut in, he became claustrophobic and had a pan- ic attack. Like Dellelo, Anderson, and McCain, he was soon pacing back and forth, talking to himself, studying the insects crawling around his cell, reliving past events from childhood, sleeping for as much as sixteen hours a day. But, unlike them, he lacked the inner resources to cope with his situation. Many prisoners find survival in physical exercise, prayer, or plans for escape. Many carry out elaborate mental exercises, building entire houses in their heads, board by board, nail by nail, from the ground up, or memorizing team rosters for a baseball season. McCain recreated in his mind movies he’d seen. Ander- son reconstructed complete novels from memory. Yuri Nosenko, a K.G.B. defector whom the C.I.A. wrongly accused of being a double agent and held for three years in total isolation (no reading material, no news, no human contact except with interrogators) in a closet-size concrete cell near Williamsburg, Virginia, made chess sets from threads and a calendar from lint (only to have them discovered and swept away). But Felton would just yell, “Guard! Guard! Guard! Guard! Guard!,” or bang his cup on the toilet, for hours. He could spend whole days hallucinating that he was in another world, that he was a child at home in Danville, playing in the streets, having conversations with imaginary people. Small cruelties that others somehow bore in quiet fury—getting no meal tray, for example—sent him into a rage. Despite being re- strained with handcuffs, ankle shackles, and a belly chain whenever he was taken out, he managed to as-

11

sault the staff at least three times. He threw his food through the door slot. He set his cell on fire by tear- ing his mattress apart, wrapping the stuffing in a sheet, popping his light bulb, and using the exposed wires to set the whole thing ablaze. He did this so many times that the walls of his cell were black with soot. After each offense, prison officials extended his sentence in isolation. Still, he wouldn’t stop. He began flooding his cell, by stuffing the door crack with socks, plugging the toilet, and flushing until the water was a couple of feet deep. Then he’d pull out the socks and the whole wing would flood with wastewater. “Flooding the cell was the last option for me,” Felton told me. “It was when I had nothing else I could do. You know, they took everything out of my cell, and all I had left was toilet water. I’d sit there and I’d say, ‘Well, let me see what I can do with this toilet water.’ ” Felton was not allowed out again for fourteen and a half years. He spent almost his entire prison term, from 1990 to 2005, in isolation. In March, 1998, he was among the first inmates to be moved to Tamms, a new, high-tech supermax facility in southern Illinois. “At Tamms, man, it was like a lab,” he says. Contact even with guards was tightly reduced. Cutoff valves meant that he couldn’t flood his cell. He had little ability to force a response—negative or positive—from a human being. And, with that gone, he began to deteriorate further. He ceased showering, changing his clothes, brushing his teeth. His teeth rotted and ten had to be pulled. He began throwing his feces around his cell. He became psychotic. It is unclear how many prisoners in solitary confinement become psychotic. Stuart Grassian, a Boston psychiatrist, has interviewed more than two hundred prisoners in solitary confinement. In one in-depth study, prepared for a legal challenge of prisoner-isolation practices, he concluded that about a third devel- oped acute psychosis with hallucinations. The markers of vulnerability that he observed in his interviews were signs of cognitive dysfunction—a history of seizures, serious mental illness, mental retardation, illit- eracy, or, as in Felton’s case, a diagnosis such as attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, signalling diffi- culty with impulse control. In the prisoners Grassian saw, about a third had these vulnerabilities, and these were the prisoners whom solitary confinement had made psychotic. They were simply not cogni- tively equipped to endure it without mental breakdowns. A psychiatrist tried giving Felton anti-psychotic medication. Mostly, it made him sleep—sometimes twenty-four hours at a stretch, he said. Twice he attempted suicide. The first time, he hanged himself in a noose made from a sheet. The second time, he took a single staple from a legal newspaper and managed to slash the radial artery in his left wrist with it. In both instances, he was taken to a local emergency room for a few hours, patched up, and sent back to prison. Is there an alternative? Consider what other countries do. Britain, for example, has had its share of serial killers, homicidal rapists, and prisoners who have taken hostages and repeatedly assaulted staff. The Brit- ish also fought a seemingly unending war in Northern Ireland, which brought them hundreds of Irish Re- publican Army prisoners committed to violent resistance. The authorities resorted to a harshly punitive approach to control, including, in the mid-seventies, extensive use of solitary confinement. But the vio- lence in prisons remained unchanged, the costs were phenomenal (in the United States, they reach more than fifty thousand dollars a year per inmate), and the public outcry became intolerable. British authorities therefore looked for another approach. Beginning in the nineteen-eighties, they gradually adopted a strategy that focussed on preventing prison violence rather than on delivering an ever more brutal series of punishments for it. The approach starts with the simple observation that prisoners who are unmanageable in one setting often behave perfectly reasonably in another. This suggested that violence might, to a critical extent, be a function of the condi- tions of incarceration. The British noticed that problem prisoners were usually people for whom avoiding humiliation and saving face were fundamental and instinctive. When conditions maximized humiliation and confrontation, every interaction escalated into a trial of strength. Violence became a predictable con-

12

sequence. So the British decided to give their most dangerous prisoners more control, rather than less. They reduced isolation and offered them opportunities for work, education, and special programming to increase social ties and skills. The prisoners were housed in small, stable units of fewer than ten people in individual cells, to avoid conditions of social chaos and unpredictability. In these reformed “Close Supervision Cen- tres,” prisoners could receive mental-health treatment and earn rights for more exercise, more phone calls, “contact visits,” and even access to cooking facilities. They were allowed to air grievances. And the gov- ernment set up an independent body of inspectors to track the results and enable adjustments based on the data. The results have been impressive. The use of long-term isolation in England is now negligible. In all of England, there are now fewer prisoners in “extreme custody” than there are in the state of Maine. And the other countries of Europe have, with a similar focus on small units and violence prevention, achieved a similar outcome. In this country, in June of 2006, a bipartisan national task force, the Commission on Safety and Abuse in America’s Prisons, released its recommendations after a yearlong investigation. It called for ending long- term isolation of prisoners. Beyond about ten days, the report noted, practically no benefits can be found and the harm is clear—not just for inmates but for the public as well. Most prisoners in long-term isola- tion are returned to society, after all. And evidence from a number of studies has shown that supermax conditions—in which prisoners have virtually no social interactions and are given no programmatic sup- port—make it highly likely that they will commit more crimes when they are released. Instead, the report said, we should follow the preventive approaches used in European countries. The recommendations went nowhere, of course. Whatever the evidence in its favor, people simply did not believe in the treatment. I spoke to a state-prison commissioner who wished to remain unidentified. He was a veteran of the sys- tem, having been either a prison warden or a commissioner in several states across the country for more than twenty years. He has publicly defended the use of long-term isolation everywhere that he has worked. Nonetheless, he said, he would remove most prisoners from long-term isolation units if he could and provide programming for the mental illnesses that many of them have. “Prolonged isolation is not going to serve anyone’s best interest,” he told me. He still thought that prisons needed the option of isolation. “A bad violation should, I think, land you there for about ninety days, but it should not go beyond that.” He is apparently not alone among prison officials. Over the years, he has come to know commissioners in nearly every state in the country. “I believe that today you’ll probably find that two-thirds or three-fourths of the heads of correctional agencies will largely share the position that I articulated with you,” he said. Commissioners are not powerless. They could eliminate prolonged isolation with the stroke of a pen. So, I asked, why haven’t they? He told me what happened when he tried to move just one prisoner out of isola- tion. Legislators called for him to be fired and threatened to withhold basic funding. Corrections officers called members of the crime victim’s family and told them that he’d gone soft on crime. Hostile stories appeared in the tabloids. It is pointless for commissioners to act unilaterally, he said, without a change in public opinion. This past year, both the Republican and the Democratic Presidential candidates came out firmly for ban- ning torture and closing the facility in Guantánamo Bay, where hundreds of prisoners have been held in years-long isolation. Neither Barack Obama nor John McCain, however, addressed the question of wheth- er prolonged solitary confinement is torture. For a Presidential candidate, no less than for the prison commissioner, this would have been political suicide. The simple truth is that public sentiment in Ameri- ca is the reason that solitary confinement has exploded in this country, even as other Western nations have

13

taken steps to reduce it. This is the dark side of American exceptionalism. With little concern or demurral, we have consigned tens of thousands of our own citizens to conditions that horrified our highest court a century ago. Our willingness to discard these standards for American prisoners made it easy to discard the Geneva Conventions prohibiting similar treatment of foreign prisoners of war, to the detriment of Ameri- ca’s moral stature in the world. In much the same way that a previous generation of Americans counte- nanced legalized segregation, ours has countenanced legalized torture. And there is no clearer manifesta- tion of this than our routine use of solitary confinement—on our own people, in our own communities, in a supermax prison, for example, that is a thirty-minute drive from my door. Robert Felton drifted in and out of acute psychosis for much of his solitary confinement. Eventually, however, he found an unexpected resource. One day, while he was at Tamms, he was given a new defense lawyer, and, whatever expertise this lawyer provided, the more important thing was genuine human con- tact. He visited regularly, and sent Felton books. Although some were rejected by the authorities and Fel- ton was restricted to a few at a time, he devoured those he was permitted. “I liked political books,” he says. “ ‘From Beirut to Jerusalem,’ , Noam Chomsky.” That small amount of contact was a lifeline. Felton corresponded with the lawyer about what he was read- ing. The lawyer helped him get his G.E.D. and a paralegal certificate through a correspondence course, and he taught Felton how to advocate for himself. Felton began writing letters to politicians and prison officials explaining the misery of his situation, opposing supermax isolation, and asking for a chance to return to the general prison population. (The Illinois Department of Corrections would not comment on Felton’s case, but a spokesman stated that “Tamms houses the most disruptive, violent, and problematic inmates.”) Felton was persuasive enough that Senator Paul Simon, of Illinois, wrote him back and, one day, even visited him. Simon asked the director of the State Department of Corrections, Donald Snyder, Jr., to give consideration to Felton’s objections. But Snyder didn’t budge. If there was anyone whom Fel- ton fantasized about taking revenge upon, it was Snyder. Felton continued to file request after request. But the answer was always no. On July 12, 2005, at the age of thirty-three, Felton was finally released. He hadn’t socialized with another person since entering Tamms, at the age of twenty-five. Before his release, he was given one month in the general prison population to get used to people. It wasn’t enough. Upon returning to society, he found that he had trouble in crowds. At a party of well-wishers, the volume of social stimulation overwhelmed him and he panicked, headed for a bathroom, and locked himself in. He stayed at his mother’s house and kept mostly to himself. For the first year, he had to wear an ankle bracelet and was allowed to leave home only for work. His first job was at a Papa John’s restaurant, delivering pizzas. He next found work at the Model Star Laundry Service, doing pressing. This was a steady job, and he began to settle down. He fell in love with a wait- ress named Brittany. They moved into a three-room house that her grandmother lent them, and got en- gaged. Brittany became pregnant. This is not a story with a happy ending. Felton lost his job with the laundry service. He went to work for a tree-cutting business; a few months later, it went under. Meanwhile, he and Brittany had had a second child. She had found work as a certified nursing assistant, but her income wasn’t nearly enough. So he took a job forty miles away, at Plastipak, the plastics manufacturer, where he made seven-fifty an hour inspecting Gatorade bottles and Crisco containers as they came out of the stamping machines. Then his twenty-year-old Firebird died. The bus he had to take ran erratically, and he was fired for repeated tardi- ness. When I visited Felton in Danville last August, he and Brittany were upbeat about their prospects. She was working extra shifts at a nursing home, and he was taking care of their children, ages one and two. He had also applied to a six-month training program for heating and air-conditioning technicians. “I could make twenty dollars an hour after graduation,” he said.

14

“He’s a good man,” Brittany told me, taking his arm and giving him a kiss. But he was out of work. They were chronically short of money. It was hard to be optimistic about Fel- ton’s prospects. And, indeed, six weeks after we met, he was arrested for breaking into a car dealership and stealing a Dodge Charger. He pleaded guilty and, in January, began serving a seven-year sentence. Before I left town—when there was still a glimmer of hope for him—we went out for lunch at his favorite place, a Mexican restaurant called La Potosina. Over enchiladas and Cokes, we talked about his family, Danville, the economy, and, of course, his time in prison. The strangest story had turned up in the news, he said. Donald Snyder, Jr., the state prison director who had refused to let him out of solitary confine- ment, had been arrested, convicted, and sentenced to two years in prison for taking fifty thousand dollars in payoffs from lobbyists. “Two years in prison,” Felton marvelled. “He could end up right where I used to be.” I asked him, “If he wrote to you, asking if you would release him from solitary, what would you do?” Felton didn’t hesitate for a second. “If he wrote to me to let him out, I’d let him out,” he said. This surprised me. I expected anger, vindictiveness, a desire for retribution. “You’d let him out?” I said. “I’d let him out,” he said, and he put his fork down to make the point. “I wouldn’t wish solitary confine- ment on anybody. Not even him.”

*Correction, April 6, 2009: Three per cent of the general population had difficulties with “irrational an- ger,” not three per cent of prisoners in the general population, as originally stated.

15

Yash Ghai, Universal Rights and Cultural Pluralism: Universalism and Relativism: Human Rights as a Framework for Negotiating Interethnic Claims, 21 CARDOZO L. REV. 1095 (2000)

and emphasis on human solidarity. On the other Introduction hand, globalization itself has produced a sense

of alienation and powerlessness in the face of The controversy surrounding the universal- new global forces, in which one’s identity de- ism or relativism of human rights has intensi- pends even more fundamentally on one’s cul- fied in recent years, and has been brought to ture, while that culture may be perceived to be bear on the credentials of the Universal Decla- under threat from external forces. Amidst pre- ration of Human Rights (“UDHR”). The con- dictions of the clash of cultures, there is the troversy has relevance not only in the context of danger that the controversy will become damag- East-West debates, but also, and more immedi- ing, as it has already proved sterile and unpro- ately and concretely, in the political and cultural ductive. organization of most states which are now mul- tiethnic and multicultural. . . The concept of the universality of human rights is based on the notion that: (a) there is a There are various reasons for the resurgence universal human nature; (b) this human nature of the controversy. An obvious one is the sali- is knowable; (c) it is knowable by reason; and ence that the rights discourse has achieved and (d) human nature is essentially different from the reaction to it. Moreover, until now the non- other reality. This centrality of the human being Western world did not feel able to challenge the elevates the autonomy of the individual to the West. The rapid economic development of highest value; rights become essentially a Southeast and East Asian states gave those means of realizing that autonomy. Each indi- states the confidence to challenge what they vidual is, in a certain sense, absolute. He or she considered the intellectual hegemony of the is irreducible to another and separated in his or West. Their assertion of “Asian values” was her autonomy from society. In the formative partly a response to what was perceived to be years for the recognition of human rights in the the imposition on them of Western values in the West, rights were seen as catering to the selfish form of human rights. Therefore, we have to instincts of man - the bourgeois man of Hobbes recognize a significant element of “national- and Locke, although Kantian revision intro- ism” rather than some simple notion of culture duced the notion of self-esteem which in our in the debate on relativism. This factor becomes own times has been considered the basis for even more important as more states assume the identity. responsibility to foster their “indigenous” cul- ture. Furthermore, “Asian values” were asserted The relativist challenge to universalism is for domestic reasons as an attempt to legitimize based on challenging some of these assump- authoritarianism. tions. Opponents of “universalism” admit that Another challenge to universalism has come rights are drawn from human nature, but assert from schools of Islamic thought, particularly in that human nature is not an abstraction, because the Middle East, which are also resentful of humans are defined by their relation to others Western pressures. The globalization of econo- and as part of a society of like-minded people. mies has also brought cultures into greater con- A human person is not separate from, or above, tact, and made most states multi-ethnic, with society. Since societies vary from culture to cul- contradictory consequences. On one hand, there ture, evaluations are relative to the cultural is greater knowledge of other cultures that pro- background out of which they arise; a society or duces a sympathetic understanding of diversity

16

culture cannot be criticized on the basis of its as they elevate the individual above the com- external value. munity, and can damage the fabric and cohesion of society. The moderate cultural relativist posi- It is often assumed in this debate that “uni- tion is that some human rights standards are versalists” are westerners and “relativists” are universal and must be respected by all. There is easterners. It is also assumed that the UDHR an overlapping of values which can be used to represents Western concepts of the individual establish a common core of human rights. and his or her rights. However, many easterners argue that their cultural and religious texts con- Some commentators argue for cultural plu- tain ideas of justice, equality, and fairness, ralism, believing that it is possible to reconcile which are the foundations of rights. They com- conscience with love of tradition. They believe pare rights in the UDHR with the values of their that there are some necessary international own cultures and religion, and thereby support standards for human rights, but cultures will the notion of universalism. have various ways of understanding them. If there is to be any legitimacy to these standards Relativist positions are not based only on among the people of the culture, it will have to culture, although this is the most common come from within that culture by reinterpreting source of relativism. Until recently, the view of texts. Advocates of intercultural discourse are the People’s Republic of China was that rights connected with the preceding view. They argue and rights consciousness were based on the ma- that all cultures have valuable norms and in- terial conditions in society. Rights which are sights. By acknowledging this, and by seeking appropriate to, and feasible in, a rich and devel- intercultural understanding, we can enrich the oped country are not suitable for, or possible in, concept of rights and strive towards a new form a poorer country - a kind of materialistic relativ- of universalism. Just as the mixing of cultures ism. has enriched cultures, so variations in contexts The positions of cultural relativists vary and concepts of rights can be enriching. widely. The most extreme position is that the validity of human rights depends entirely on the Traditional discussions of the controversy “culture” of the community. It is therefore not on universalism and relativism have been con- possible to criticize the conduct of a state on ducted in ideological terms, with relatively little grounds of some supposed universal norms attention paid to the actual practices of states. (although it can, of course, be criticized inter- Some resolution of this controversy is necessary nally for failing to live up to that culture’s for further progress in developing policies to standards). Another version of an absolute “rel- implement human rights. More recent studies ativist” position holds that there are indeed cul- have moved away from the older polarities to- tural differences which bear on the concept of wards a creative potential on the part of inter- rights, but that only the Western concept of cultural discourses for enriching the concept human rights is acceptable as a basis for univer- and substance of rights. In this article, I criticize sal norms. A similar kind of approach seems to many of the assumptions underlying the contro- be adopted by some Asian politicians who, re- versy, and argue for a more pragmatic and his- sentful of the criticism by the West of their hu- torical, and less ideological, approach. There is man rights record, now argue that their societies no simple way to argue about universalism or are superior to the West, as they are based on relativism in light of the expansion of the con- harmony rather than conflict. Duties are a better cepts and contents of rights, which came as a way to ensure the objectives sought by rights; response to the multiplicity of values and tradi- they are less adversarial and help in the cultiva- tions in a rapidly changing global culture. tion of virtue. Human rights are not desirable,

17

In seeking to go beyond the debates on uni- rights, to the nature of culture, and to the rela- versalism and relativism, I do not engage them tionship between the two concepts: directly. Instead, operating at a more empirical (1) Rights are not necessarily emanations or level, I discuss how a multicultural society or- reflections of culture. In many societies there is ganizes the protection of human rights by ex- much oppression in the name of culture and tra- amining debates about the provisions on and (to dition. “Rights” are valuable because they are a lesser extent) the practice of rights in four ahead of “culture.” Rights talk has produced countries - India, Canada, South Africa, and powerful ideas which interrogate culture: equal- Fiji. These countries not only represent differ- ity, feminism, social justice. Most cultures have ent cultural and religious traditions, but also some notion of rights. In some they are latent - share the common experience of struggling to they can germinate when conditions change. manage conflicts arising from their ethnic and religious diversity. The conclusion that I draw (2) Even more fundamentally, the concept from their experiences is that, in the discourse of culture is problematic. Culture is protean: it on rights, concerns with culture are less im- is usually connected with religion, language, portant than the balance of power and the com- history, folklore, values, dress, cuisine, and, petition for resources. Rights are rarely abso- more broadly, the way people live. Which of lute; there are various mechanisms for balanc- these is privileged at a particular moment, as ing different interests that inhere in or surround the crucial manifestation of “culture,” is more a the right. Balance must also be struck between matter of political choice than inherent value to different types of rights. Some forms of special the identity of a community. States have always treatment are not incompatible with the right to claimed the right to elaborate the culture of equality. All of these factors allow considerable their communities; the current debate is essen- flexibility in using rights as an organizing ma- tially between states advancing different views trix. The framework of rights has been used of culture for reasons only tangentially connect- with considerable success in mediating compet- ed with culture. ing ethnic and cultural claims. As the cultural (3) No community has a static culture, espe- problems of more and more states take on a cially today when each community is confront- common form, a new version of universal hu- ed with a multiplicity of images, and exposure man rights is emerging. to others’ ways of life. Rights consciousness I. Relativism: A Critical Assessment itself affects culture; knowledge of other cul- tures or moral ideas may make an individual The danger in the debate outlined above lies aware of his or her inferior status in society. in drawing false polarities. The debate misses many dimensions of rights. It makes a number (4) Cultures change and intermix - there are of assumptions with little, if any, empirical multiple cross-cutting cleavages which blur cul- support. There are many contradictions, too. tural differences between nations, although The most strident critics of universalism are there are times when, under manipulation by themselves ardent proselytizers. Those who de- some, one characteristic seems to dominate all cry external criticism are vehement in their own others. denunciations of foreign cultures or political (5) There is no homogeneity of culture in a systems. I shall make several points in a brief state. Considerable state effort is expended in and dogmatic manner; they provide the creating a common culture, even (or perhaps groundwork for my national case studies. The especially) in states whose leaders pose as following propositions relate to the nature of champions of relativism. There is, for example, the culture of: the military; bureaucrats; aca-

18

demics; professionals; diplomats; trade union- of its inherent diversity, is a suitable foundation ists; and business people. Each has different for intercultural dialogues and consensus. interests in “rights.” Individual or group percep- (10) There are many kinds of rights now. tion of rights depends on one’s economic or so- Much of the debate on relativism takes place in cial class in society. It is more important to pay the context of civil and political rights, which attention to the scope and politics of “rights” are supposed to have their origins in Western than to preconceptions of their cultural lineages. philosophy. This view disregards the fact that (6) The material bases of “rights” are rights are no longer tied to one dominant tradi- stronger than cultural bases. The concept of tion. Rights are justified on differing bases - rights has changed over time. Historically rights from “natural law,” or nature of the human per- have been both revolutionary and conservative. son, to more material explanations. The concept Different political systems use different ideolo- of rights is much more diverse today, in re- gies of rights. Rights serve different purposes in sponse to different economic or social traditions different societies, making the cultural relativ- and to emerging needs. In particular, there is ism argument exceedingly complex. It is also wide acceptance of social, economic, and cul- possible to periodize phases in the rights tural rights. There is great concern (at least at movement which owe more to global material the level of rhetoric) with the disadvantages or factors than to the force of culture. oppression of particular classes of persons: women, children, and indigenous peoples. This (7) Rights are primarily a matter that arises has, to some extent, shifted the focus away from between state and citizens. They originate in individuals and has facilitated the recognition of response to the development of market econo- group rights and remedies. It has also focused mies and the centralization of states. They are attention on the material conditions and civil less cultural than “political,” are considered society as causes of oppression, balancing the necessary whenever political power separates obsession with the wickedness of the state. itself from the community, and therefore are particularly necessary in many Asian and Afri- (11) These enriching developments in the can countries where states, however weak in- menu of rights have prompted the need for ternationally, tend to dominate their civil socie- tradeoffs between different categories of rights. ties. The diversity also facilitates the “contextualiza- tion” of rights and allows a balance between (8) It follows that the threat to culture from different values and goals. rights may be exaggerated. Culture, as defined in the debate, is primarily a matter of interper- (12) The notion of rights as used by anthro- sonal or intrafamily relations, and thus no great pologists or philosophers is different from that concern of rights. employed by lawyers. Anthropologists consider (9) There is little doubt that forcing diverse rights more absolute, interpersonal, and more communities to live together has sharpened the comprehensive in their range. Lawyers are less debate about relativism, especially in the post- committed to absolutes and often seek to strike colonial period. The key moral question of our balances. They operate under some form of the time is the basis on which diverse peoples can doctrine of margin of appreciation, permitting coexist and interact. More specifically, the qualifications of rights. The grounds for qualifi- question is whether in this multicultural world a cations are drawn from notions of proper con- particular view or belief can be regarded as the duct embedded in culture. The doctrine leads to overriding international consensus on rights and the new orthodox view that to accept universali- values. I believe that a regime of rights, because ty does not mean that each culture has to under-

19

stand a right in precisely the same way or ac- demands an importance that otherwise seemed cept the whole range of rights. to have had little support. It was perhaps in the stance of the Canadian aboriginals that “cul- (13) For multicultural states, human rights ture” was most crucial. It was central to their as a negotiated understanding of the acceptable demands for autonomy, the settlement of out- framework for coexistence and the respect for standing claims, and the preservation of their each culture are more important than for mono- internal social organization. It was also the cultural or mono-ethnic societies, where other hardest case for accommodating cultural claims forms of solidarity and identity can be invoked within the general framework of the Charter. to minimize or cope with conflicts. In other The accommodation was secured through wide words, it is precisely where the concept and exclusions from the Charter, rather than through conceptions of rights are most difficult that they balancing competing interests, as in other in- are most needed. The task is difficult, but pos- stances discussed in this paper. sible, even if it may not be always completely successful. And most states today in fact are With the exception of the Canadian first na- multicultural, whether as a result of immigra- tions, the proponents of the cultural approach to tion or because their peoples are finding new rights were not necessarily concerned about the identities. . . general welfare of their community’s cultural traditions. They were more concerned with the III. Generalizations from National Stud- power they obtain from espousing those tradi- ies tions. It is widely recognized that Quebec’s . . . “Culture” has nowhere been a salient el- separatist politics were mobilized by young ement determining attitudes to rights. It has Francophone professionals who found it diffi- been important in Fiji, Canada, and South Afri- cult to compete with the more established Eng- ca, but it has been important in different ways. lish speaking professionals. The manipulation The Francophones do not object to the philo- of “tradition” by Inkatha is well documented. sophical basis of rights (indeed, they could Fijian military personnel and politicians who hardly object to an instrument which draws its justified the coup were accused of similar ma- inspiration from the French revolution), but see nipulations by a variety of respectable commen- the “universalizing” tendency of rights as a tators. threat to the survival of French culture and lan- guage. In that sense it can be seen as a defen- Difficult questions arise if the culture of a sive reaction. In Fiji, on the other hand, rights group can only be maintained at the expense of were presented as antithetical to underlying the rights of another community, or via the values of indigenous social and political organi- agency of the state, as in the case of Fijian zations. “Culture” itself, as already indicated, claims of paramountcy. A cultural relativism was very broadly defined. It was used in an ag- argument in a homogenous community, where gressive, rather than a defensive, way - as justi- the issue is purely between local values and in- fying claims to Fijian “paramountcy.” Then ternational standards, is less problematic than in paramountcy implied a wide degree of political a multicultural state, where it can be divisive and economy supremacy which had little to do and lead to the subordination of one community with culture as such. Using human rights as a by another. Thus, the debate about relativism in framework helped to pare down, but not elimi- Tonga or Samoa (both homogenous Polynesian nate, paramountcy. Demands by South African societies) is of a different dimension than in Fi- traditional leaders and the Inkatha Freedom Par- ji. The aboriginal claims in Canada are easier to ty were based on culture; the ability of the latter negotiate because, for the greater part, aborigi- to derail the transition to democracy gave its

20

nal peoples live in reservations where contact Africa. Both of them believed in relativism of with other communities is minimal rights - one for whites and another for coloreds. The most powerful resistance to the Charter has In my view, the more interesting issues come from the French Canadians. Indians arose when the question of the relationship of wanted a universal regime, but had to make rights to culture was debated within the cultural concessions to accommodate the claims of the community itself; for example, when women historically disadvantaged minorities. The ma- opposed the claims of the “traditionalists,” as jority of the blacks in South Africa showed the with the first nations in Canada, the Muslims in greatest commitment to a universal regime. In India with regard to the application of the sha- Fiji, it was the dominant majority within the ria, and the traditional leaders in South Africa. Methodist Church who most strenuously resist- Hindus in India were divided over reforms of ed the regime of rights. Hindu law, which followed from the mandate to codify and unify personal laws. More generally, Constitutional settlements in multiethnic so- significant numbers within the cultural commu- cieties require the balancing of interests. This nity were anxious to build a more inclusive balancing is particularly important if there are community instead of isolating their own com- prior, existing disparities of economic, social, munity from the mainstream developments. or political resources, and particularly if these Such divisions not only provided opportunities disparities are the result of state policies. for using rights to interrogate culture, but also Achieving this balance has various implications offered interesting insights into the nature of for the regime of rights. First, it requires the rights. recognition of corporate identities as bearers of In no case are rights seen merely as protec- rights (this issue, however, remains deeply con- tions against the state. They are instruments for troversial, as does the scope of the recognition). the distribution of resources, a basis for identi- It is in that sense that one can speak of collec- ty, a tool of hegemony, and they offer a social tive rights. But we also find individual rights vision of society. Rights are not necessarily which are connected to being a member of a deeply held values, but rather are a mode of group. Most rights of affirmative action in India discourse for advancing and justifying claims. and, to a lesser extent, Fiji may fall into this Thus, important sectors of the white community category. Second, there cannot be, in relation to in South Africa opt for group rights when it most rights, a notion of the absolutism of rights. comes to autonomy, but settle for individual Ethnic accommodations necessitate qualifica- rights when it comes to economic rights. tions on, or reconceptualization of, rights, as with the right to equality. This exercise of qual- Groups present their claims in different par- ification or reconceptualization forces constitu- adigms of rights: individual versus group; tion-makers to try to understand and define the equality versus preference; and uniformity ver- core of the rights concerned, in order to estab- sus group identity. In Fiji, for example, the con- lish the qualifications that may be made con- flict between the two communities is played out sistent with maintaining that right. Third, the in the competing currencies of human rights. appropriate formulation and protection of so- These case studies also dispel the myth that cial, economic, and cultural rights, especially those who advocate for universalism are west- the “positive duties” of the state, is often fun- erners, and those who oppose it are easterners. damental to a settlement, both as an acknowl- It was the British who resisted a bill of rights in edgement of the importance of culture and as a India; it was the whites who set up one of the redress of ethnic inequalities. This is perhaps most repressive regimes of this century in South less so in Canada, where the Charter is more oriented towards civil and political rights; but

21

there, too, problems associated with the first other branches as to primacy of property rights nations are dealt with through redistributions. over social rights. On the other hand, vesting Thus, for this reason (and other reasons of “eth- the final authority in courts means that close nic” management), the necessity for an activist attention is paid to the framework of rights, and state arises. Fourth, since interethnic relations that the balancing between the core of the right are so crucial to an enduring settlement, and and its modification is done in a reasoned and past history may have been marked by discrim- principled way. Furthermore, the prestige of the ination or exploitation, a substantial part of the courts also helps to bring the dispute to some regime of rights has to be made binding on pri- resolution, although the Indian experience in vate parties. Thus, we see that a liberal regime the Shah Bano case suggests that judicial deci- of rights is modified significantly when adapted sions can themselves be a source of conflict. to the exigencies of a multiethnic state, without On the broader question of universalism and losing a fundamental commitment to rights and relativism, it is difficult to generalize. It cannot freedoms. be said that bills of rights have a universalizing These aims of rights in a multiethnic state and homogenizing tendency, because by recog- are reflected in the juridical methods for balanc- nizing languages and religions, and by affirma- ing: reliance on the limitation clauses; direc- tive policies, a bill of rights may in fact solidify tions as to the methods of, and resources for, separate identities. Nevertheless, a measure of interpretation; and the balancing of one right universalism of rights may be necessary to against another, of which the most difficult is transcend sectional claims to maintain national the balancing of “negative” with “positive” cohesion. Simple polarities such as universal- rights (e.g., the protection of property versus ism/particularism, secular/religious, or tradi- affirmative action or other forms of social jus- tion/ modernity do not explain the complexity; tice). Sometimes these dichotomies are resolved a large measure of flexibility is necessary to by new conceptualization, e.g., “equality” de- accommodate competing interests. Consequent- fined in substantive terms, as in India and South ly, most bills of rights are Janus-faced (looking Africa. The Indian technique of juxtaposing towards both liberalism and collective identi- Fundamental Rights with Directive Principles ties). What is involved in these arrangements is has not been followed elsewhere, perhaps be- not an outright rejection of either universalism cause of the difficulties that the technique pre- or relativism, but rather an acknowledgment of sented there. the importance of each, and a search for a suita- A particular consequence of using the ble balance by employing, for the most part, the framework and language of rights, and the ju- language and parameters of rights. ridical techniques mentioned above, is the in- crease in the power and responsibility of the judiciary for the settlement of claims and dis- putes. It then falls ultimately to the courts to do the balancing of interests and rights, which is essential in applying the human rights frame- work. They may represent a different under- standing of the permissible limits of the bal- ance, and may come in conflict with determina- tions by the legislature or the executive branch. This was the Indian experience, in which the courts took a different view from that of the

22

Abdullahi Ahmen An-Na’im, Human Rights in the Muslim World: Socio-Political Condi- tions and Scriptural Imperatives, 3 HARV. HUM. Rts. J. 13 (1990)

Historical formulations of Islamic religious . . . This cultural illegitimacy, it is argued, de- law, commonly known as Shari’a include a rives from the historical conditions surround- universal system of law and ethics and purport ing the creation of the particular human rights to regulate every aspect of public and private instruments. Most African and Asian countries life. The power of Shari’a to regulate the be- did not participate in the formulation of the havior of Muslims derives from its moral and Universal Declaration of Human Rights be- religious authority as well as the formal en- cause, as victims of colonization, they were forcement of its legal norms. As such, Shari’a not members of the United Nations. When influences individual and collective behavior they did participate in the formulation of sub- in Muslim countries through its role in the so- sequent instruments, they did so on the basis cialization processes of such nations regard- of an established framework and philosophical less of its status in their formal legal systems. assumptions adopted in their absence. For ex- . . . ample, the preexisting framework and as- sumptions favored individual civil and politi- . . . Muslims are obliged, as a matter of faith, cal rights over collective solidarity rights, such to conduct their private and public affairs in as a right to development, an outcome which accordance with the dictates of Islam, but remains problematic today . . . there is room for legitimate disagreement over the precise nature of these dictates in the mod- II. ISLAM, SHARI’A AND HUMAN ern context. Religious texts, like all other RIGHTS texts, are open to a variety of interpretations. A. The Development and Current Applica- Human rights advocates in the Muslim world tion of Shari’a should struggle to have their interpretations of the relevant texts adopted as the new Islamic To the over nine hundred million Muslims of scriptural imperatives for the contemporary the world, the Qur’an is the literal and final world. word of God and Muhammad is the final Prophet. During his mission, from 610 A.D. to A. Cultural Legitimacy for Human Rights his death in 632 A.D., the Prophet elaborated The basic premise of my approach is that hu- on the meaning of the Qur’an and supple- man rights violations reflect the lack or weak- mented its rulings through his statements and ness of cultural legitimacy of international actions. This body of information came to be standards in a society. Insofar as these stand- known as Sunna . . . ards are perceived to be alien to or at variance While the Qur’an was collected and recorded with the values and institutions of a people, soon after the Prophet Muhammad’s death, it they are unlikely to elicit commitment or took almost two centuries to collect, verify, compliance. While cultural legitimacy may and record the Sunna. Because it remained an not be the sole or even primary determinant of oral tradition for a long time during a period compliance with human rights standards, it is, of exceptional turmoil in Muslim history, in my view, an extremely significant one. some Sunna reports are still controversial in Thus, the underlying causes of any lack or terms of both their authenticity and relation- weakness of legitimacy of human rights ship to the Qur’an. standards must be addressed in order to en- hance the promotion and protection of human Because Shari’a is derived from Sunna as well rights in that society. as the Qur’an, its development as a compre- hensive legal and ethical system had to await

23

the collection and authentication of Sunna. Iran, or achieved significant success in having Shari’a was not developed until the second aspects of Shari’a introduced into the legal and third centuries of Islam . . . system, as in Pakistan and the Sudan. Gov- ernments of Muslim countries generally find it Shari’a is not a formally enacted legal code. It difficult to resist these demands out of fear of consists of a vast body of jurisprudence in being condemned by their own populations as which individual jurists express their views on anti-Islamic. Therefore, it is likely that this so- the meaning of the Qur’an and Sunna and the called Islamic fundamentalism will achieve legal implications of those views. Although further successes in other Muslim countries . . most Muslims believe Shari’a to be a single . logical whole, there is significant diversity of opinion not only among the various schools of . . . I believe that a modern version of Islamic thought, but also among the different jurists of law can and should be developed. Such a a particular school . . . modern “Shari’a” could be, in my view, en- tirely consistent with current standards of hu- Furthermore, Muslim jurists were primarily man rights. These views, however, are appre- concerned with the formulation of principles ciated by only a tiny minority of contemporary of Shari’a in terms of moral duties sanctioned Muslims. To the overwhelming majority of by religious consequences rather than with Muslims today, Shari’a is the sole valid inter- legal obligations and rights and specific tem- pretation of Islam, and as such ought to pre- poral remedies. They categorized all fields of vail over any human law or policy. human activity as permissible or impermissi- ble and recommended or reprehensible. In B. Shari’a and Human Rights other words, Shari’a addresses the conscience [An] . . . example of conflict between Shari’a of the individual Muslim, whether in a private, and human rights relates to the status and or public and official, capacity, and not the rights of non-Muslims. Shari’a classifies the institutions and corporate entities of society subjects of an Islamic state in terms of their and the state. religious beliefs: Muslims, ahl al-Kitab or be- Whatever may have been the historical status lievers in a divinely revealed scripture (mainly of Shari’a as the legal system of Muslim coun- Christian and Jews), and unbelievers. In mod- tries, the scope of its application in the public ern terms, Muslims are the only full citizens of domain has diminished significantly since the an Islamic state, enjoying all the rights and middle of the nineteenth century. Due to both freedoms granted by Shari’a and subject only internal factors and external influence, Shari’a to the limitations and restrictions imposed on principles had been replaced by European law women. Ahl al-Kitab are entitled to the status governing commercial, criminal, and constitu- of dhimma, a special compact with the Mus- tional matters in almost all Muslim countries. lim state which guarantees them security of Only family law and inheritance continued to persons and property and a degree of commu- be governed by Shari’a . . . nal autonomy to practice their own religion Recently, many Muslims have challenged the and conduct their private affairs in accordance gradual weakening of Shari’a as the basis for with their customs and laws. In exchange for their formal legal systems. Most Muslim these limited rights, dhimmis undertake to pay countries have experienced mounting de- jizya or poll tax and submit to Muslim sover- mands for the immediate application of Sha- eignty and authority in all public affairs. Un- ri’a as the sole, or at least primary, legal sys- believers may be granted aman or safe con- tem of the land. These movements have either duct which secures their persons and property succeeded in gaining complete control, as in for the duration of the aman period. Moreover,

24

unbelievers that are permanent residents of an the guardians of and superior to the women of Islamic state may be recognized as dhimmis. that family. According to this scheme, non-Muslim sub- This notion of general and specific qawama jects of an Islamic state can aspire only to the has had far reaching consequences for the sta- status of dhimma, under which they would tus and rights of women in both the private suffer serious violations of their human rights. and public domains. For example, Shari’a Dhimmis are not entitled to equality with Mus- provides that women are disqualified from lims. Their lives are evaluated as inferior in holding general public office, which involves monetary terms as well: they are not entitled the exercise of authority over men, because, in to the same amount of diya or financial com- keeping with the verse 4:34 of the Qur’an, pensation for homicide or bodily harm as men are entitled to exercise authority over Muslims. The reputation of a dhimmi is not women and not the reverse. protected by Shari’a on equal terms with that Another general principle of Shari’a that has of a Muslim since the hadd of qadhf, the spe- broad implications for the status and rights of cial criminal penalty for an unproven accusa- Muslim women is the notion of al-hijab, the tion of fornication, does not apply unless the veil. This means more than requiring women victim is a Muslim. In the private law of Sha- to cover their bodies, and faces in public. Ac- ri’a, discrimination against non-Muslims in- cording to Shari’a interpretations of verses cludes the rule that a Muslim man may marry 24:31, 33:33, 33:53, and 33:59 of the Qur’an, a dhimmi woman but a dhimmi man may not women are supposed to stay at home and not marry a Muslim woman . . . leave it except when required to by urgent ne- IV. A CASE STUDY: THE ISLAMIC DI- cessity. When they are permitted to venture MENSION OF THE STATUS OF WOM- beyond the home, they must do so with their EN bodies and faces covered. Al-hijab tends to reinforce women’s inability to hold public of- The present focus on Muslim violations if the fice and restricts their access to public life. human rights of women does not mean that They are not supposed to participate in public these are peculiar to the Muslim world. As a life, because they must not mix with men even Muslim, however, I am particularly concerned in public places. with the situation in the Muslim world and wish to contribute to its improvement . . . In addition to these general limitations on the rights of women under Shari’a, there are a A. Shari’a and the Human Rights of Women number of specific rules in private and public . . . The most important general principle of law that discriminate against women and high- Shari’a influencing the status and rights of light women’s general inferiority and inequali- women is the notion of qawma. Qawama has ty. In family law for example, men have the its origin in verse 4:34 of the Qur’an: “Men right to marry up to four wives and the power have qawama [guardianship and authority] to exercise complete control over them during over women because of the advantage they marriage, to the extent of punishing them for [men] have over them [women] and because disobedience if the men deem that to be nec- they [men] spend their property in supporting essary. In contrast, the co-wives are supposed them [women].” According to Shari’a inter- to submit to their husband’s will and endure pretations of this verse, men as a group are the his punishments. While a husband is entitled guardians of and superior to women as a to divorce any of his wives at will, a wife is group, and the men of a particular family are not entitled to a divorce, except by judicial order on very specific and limited grounds.

25

Another private law feature of discrimination the reestablishment of Shari’a where it has is found in the law of inheritance, where the been absent for decades, or at least since the general rule is that women are entitled to half creation of the modern Muslim nation states in the share of men. the first half of the twentieth century, In terms of women’s rights, the struggle shall deter- In addition to their general inferiority under mine whether women can keep the degree of the principle of qawama and lack of access to equality and rights in public life they have public life as a consequence of the notion of achieved under secular constitutions and laws. al-hijab, women are subjected to further spe- . . . cific limitations in the public domain. For in- stance, in the administration of justice, Shari’a . . . Educated women and other modernist holds women to be incompetent witnesses in segments of society may not be able to articu- serious criminal cases, regardless of their in- late their vision of an Islamic state in terms of dividual character and knowledge of the facts. Shari’a, because aspects of Shari’a are incom- In civil cases where a woman’s testimony is patible with certain concepts and institutions accepted, it takes two women to make a single which these groups take for granted, including witness. Diya, monetary compensation to be the protection of all human rights. To the ex- paid to victims of violent crimes or to their tent that efforts for the protection and promo- surviving kin, is less for female victims than it tion of human rights in the Muslim world is for male victims. must take into account the Islamic dimension of the political and sociological situation in The private and public aspects of Shari’a over- Muslim countries, a modernist conception of lap and interact. The general principles of Islam is needed. qawama and ai-bijab operate at the public as well as the private levels. Public law discrimi- V. ISLAMIC REFORM AND HUMAN nation against women emphasizes their inferi- RIGHTS ority at home. The inferior status and rights of . . . Islamic reform needs must be based on the women in private law justify discrimination Qur’an and Sunna, the primary sources of Is- against them in public life. These overlapping lam. Although Muslims believe that the and interacting principles and rules play an Qur’an is the literal and final word of God, extremely significant role in the socialization and Sunna are the traditions of his final of both women and men. Notions of women’s Prophet, they also appreciate that these inferiority are deeply embedded in the charac- sources have to be understood and applied ter and attitudes of both women and men from through human interpretation and action. As I early childhood. . . . have pointed out above, these sources have C. Muslim Women in Public Life been interpreted by the founding jurists of Shari’a and applied throughout Muslim histo- A similar and perhaps more drastic conflict ry. Because those interpretations were devel- exists between reformist and conservative oped by Muslim jurists in the past, it should trends in relation to the status and rights of be possible for modern Muslim jurists to ad- women in the public domain. Unlike personal vance alternative interpretations of the Qur’an law matters, where Shari’a was never dis- and Sunna. placed by secular law, in most Muslim coun- tries, constitutional, criminal, and other public A. An Adequate Reform Methdlogy law matters have come to be based on secular, . . . The basic premise of my position, based mainly Western, legal concepts and institu- on the work of the late Sudanese Muslim re- tions. Consequently, the struggle over Islami- former Ustadh Mahmoud Mohamed Taha, is zation of public law has been concerned with

26

that the Shari’a reflects a historically- tions: men’s advantage over and financial conditioned interpretation of Islamic scrip- support of women. The fact that men are gen- tures in the sense that the founding jurists had erally physically stronger than most women is to understand those sources in accordance not relevant in modern times where the rule of with their own social, economic, and political law prevails over physical might. Moreover, circumstances. In relation to the status and modern circumstances are making the eco- rights of women, for example, equality be- nomic independence of women from men tween men and women in the eighth and ninth more readily realized and appreciated. In other centuries in the Middle East, or anywhere else words, neither of the conditions-advantages of at the time, would have been inconceivable physical might or earning power-set by verse and impracticable. It was therefore natural and 4:34 as the justification for the qawama of indeed inevitable that Muslim jurists would men over women is tenable today. understand the relevant texts of the Qur’an The fundamental position of the modern hu- and Sunna as confirming rather than repudiat- man rights movement is that all human beings ing the realities of the day. In interpreting the are equal in worth and dignity, regardless of primary sources of Islam in their historical gender, religion, or race. This position can be context, the founding jurists of Shari’a tended substantiated by the Qur’an and other Islamic not only to understand the Qur’an and Sunna sources, as understood under the radically as confirming existing social attitudes and in- transformed circumstances of today. For ex- stitutions, but also to emphasize certain texts ample, in numerous verses the Qur’an speaks and “enact” them into Shari’a while de- of honor and dignity for “humankind” and emphasizing other texts or interpreting them “children of Adam,” without distinction as to in ways consistent with what they believed to race, color, gender, or religion. By drawing on be the intent and purpose of the sources. those sources and being willing to set aside Working with the same primary sources, mod- archaic and dated interpretations of other ern Muslim jurists might shift emphasis from sources, such as the one previously given to one class of texts to the other, and interpret the verse 4:34 of the Qur’an, we can provide Is- previously enacted texts in ways consistent lamic legitimacy for the full range of human with a new understanding of what is believed rights for women. to be the intent and purpose of the sources. This new understanding would be informed by Similarly, numerous verses of the Qur’an pro- contemporary social, economic, and political vide for freedom of choice and non- circumstances in the same way that the “old” compulsion in religious belief and conscience. understanding on which Shari’a jurists acted These verses have been either de-emphasized was informed by the then prevailing circum- as having been “overruled” by other verses stances. The new understanding would qualify which were understood to legitimize coercion, for Islamic legitimacy, in my view, if it is or “interpreted” in ways which permitted such based on specific texts in opposing the appli- coercion. For example, verse 9:29 of the cation of other texts, and can be shown to be Qur’an was taken as the foundation of the in accordance with the Qur’an and Sunna as a whole system of dhimma, and its consequent whole. discrimination against non-Muslims. Relying on those verses which extoll freedom of reli- For example, the general principle of qawama, gion rather than those that legitimize religious the guardianship and authority of men over coercion, one can argue now that the dhimma women under Shari’a, is based on verse 4:34 system should no longer be part of Islamic law of the Qur’an quoted earlier. This verse pre- and that complete equality should be assured sents qawama as a consequence of two condi- regardless of religion or belief. The same ar-

27

gument can be used to abolish all negative le- due sensitivity and genuine concern for Islam- gal consequences of apostasy as inconsistent ic legitimacy in the Muslim world . . . with the Islamic principle of freedom of reli- gion. . . . B. Prospects for Acceptance and Likely Im- pact of the Proposed Reform Governments of Muslim countries, like many other governments, formally subscribe to in- ternational human rights instruments because, in my view, they find the human rights idea an important legitimizing force both at home and abroad. Moreover, as explained earlier, many emerging women’s organizations and modern- ist forces are now asserting and articulating their demands for justice and equality in terms of inter-national human rights standards. Nevertheless, the proposed reform will proba- bly be resisted because it challenges the vested interests of powerful forces in the Muslim world and may upset male-dominated tradi- tional political and social institutions. These forces probably will try to restrict opportuni- ties for a genuine consideration of this reform methodology. It is equally likely that they will attempt to obstruct its acceptance and imple- mentation in the name of Islamic orthodoxy. Proponents of Shari’a will also resist it be- cause it challenges their view of the good Muslim society and the ideal Islamic state. Consequently, the acceptance and implemen- tation of this reform methodology will involve a political struggle within Muslim nations as part of a larger general struggle for human rights. I would recommend this proposal to participants in that struggle who champion the cause of justice and equality for women and non-Muslims, and freedom of belief and ex- pression in the Muslim world. Given the ex- treme importance of Islamic legitimacy in Muslim societies, I urge human rights advo- cates to claim the Islamic platform and not concede it to the traditionalist and fundamen- talist forces in their societies. I would also in- vite outside supporters of Muslim human rights advocates to express their support with

28

Materials and Questions on Cultural Relativism

18 U.S.C. § 116. Female genital mutilation

(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), whoever knowingly circumcises, excises, or infibulates the whole or any part of the labia majora or labia minora or clitoris of another person who has not attained the age of 18 years shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.

(b) A surgical operation is not a violation of this section if the operation is— (1) necessary to the health of the person on whom it is performed, and is performed by a per- son licensed in the place of its performance as a medical practitioner; or (2) performed on a person in labor or who has just given birth and is performed for medical purposes connected with that labor or birth by a person licensed in the place it is performed as a medical practitioner, midwife, or person in training to become such a practitioner or midwife.

(c) In applying subsection (b)(1), no account shall be taken of the effect on the person on whom the operation is to be performed of any belief on the part of that person, or any other person, that the operation is required as a matter of custom or ritual. (d) Whoever knowingly transports from the United States and its territories a person in foreign commerce for the purpose of conduct with regard to that person that would be a violation of sub- section (a) if the conduct occurred within the United States, or attempts to do so, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.

HISTORY: (Added Pub.L. 104-208, Div. C, Title VI, § 645(b)(1), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-709; amended Pub.L. 112-239, Div. A, Title X, § 1088, Jan. 2, 2013, 126 Stat. 1970.)

HISTORY; ANCILLARY LAWS AND DIRECTIVES Effective date of section: This section became effective 180 days after enactment, pursuant to § 645(c) of Title VI of Division C of Act Sept. 30, 1996, P.L. 104-208, which appears as a note to this section. Other provisions: Congressional findings. Act Sept. 30, 1996, P.L. 104-208, Div C, Title VI, Subtitle D, § 645(a), 110 Stat. 3009- 708, provides: “The Congress finds that— “(1) the practice of female genital mutilation is carried out by members of certain cultural and religious groups within the United States; “(2) the practice of female genital mutilation often results in the occurrence of physical and psychological health effects that harm the women involved; “(3) such mutilation infringes upon the guarantees of rights secured by Federal and State law, both statutory and constitutional; “(4) the unique circumstances surrounding the practice of female genital mutilation place it beyond the ability of any single State or local jurisdiction to control; “(5) the practice of female genital mutilation can be prohibited without abridging the exercise of any rights guaranteed under the first amendment to the Constitution or under any other law; and “(6) Congress has the affirmative power under section 8 of article I, the necessary and proper clause, section 5 of the fourteenth amendment, as well as under the treaty clause, to the Constitution to enact such legislation.”. Effective date of Sept. 30, 1996 amendments. Act Sept. 30, 1996, P.L. 104-208, Div C, Title VI, Subtitle D, § 645(c), 110 Stat. 3009-709, provides: “The amendments made by subsection (b) [adding this section and amending the chapter analysis preceding 18 USCS § 111] shall take effect on the date that is 180 days after the date of the en- actment of this Act.”.

29

18 U.S.C. § 262k-2. Female genital mutilation

(a) Limitation. Beginning 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [enacted Sept. 30, 1996], the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other utilization of the funds of their respective institution, other than to address basic human needs, for the government of any country which the Secretary of the Treasury deter- mines— (1) has, as a cultural custom, a known history of the practice of female genital mutilation; and (2) has not taken steps to implement educational programs designed to prevent the practice of female genital mutilation.

(b) Definition. For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” shall include the institutions identified in section 532(b) of this Act [unclassified].

HISTORY: (Sept. 30, 1996, P.L. 104-208, Div A, Title I, § 101(c) [Title V, § 579], 110 Stat. 3009-170.)

HISTORY; ANCILLARY LAWS AND DIRECTIVES References in text: The “institutions identified in section 532(b) of this Act”, referred to in this section, are the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the Asian Development Fund, the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the International Monetary Fund, the North American Development Bank, and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development.

Questions:

Consider the following hypothetical set of facts:

Virginia Ogala and her 11-year old daughter Chenidu are citizens of Nigonia. At the moment, they are in Sweden, which plans to deport them back to Nigonia for overstaying their tourist visas. Ogala does not wish to return, however, because she fears that her daughter will be subjected to a painful tribal ritual often referred to as female circumcision or female genital muti- lation (FGM), which results in the permanent excision of the clitoris. One commentator has de- scribed it as follows: FGM is most often practiced on girl children or young women by private citizens who are considered authority figures in their community. FGM is often practiced after obtaining the con- sent of an adult who is the guardian of the child or young woman. The … objective is usually the maintenance of some virtue such as chastity, piety and cleanliness rooted in centuries-old social, moral and religious traditions. It is generally the case that these virtues are thought important to maintain the girl or woman’s status as a suitable potential spouse, maintain the social status of her family and thus maintain harmony in the community at large. … In the above scenario, FGM is characterized as female circumcision and is viewed as analogous to male circumcision …. There is no choice involved for the child or young woman being subjected to the practice and there is a perception on the part of the adult parent or guardian providing the consent that their own capacity to choose is severely limited by societal expectations. …

30

FGM has been known to facilitate the transmission of sexually transmitted diseases such as HIV/AIDS, complicate childbirth severely, cause infertility, traumatize girls and women psy- chologically and result in death. Female circumcision is a major contributor to childhood and ma- ternal mortality and morbidity in communities with poor health services. These negative effects are only slightly mitigated when the procedure is performed in a medical facility by a health pro- fessional. In communities that practice FGM, concern about the moral character of a girl and con- trolling her role in the community far outweigh concerns about potential health risks.1 Ogala herself underwent the procedure when she was a year old. Her husband, who re- mained in Nigonia when Ogala took her daughter to Sweden to visit relatives, believes in FGM. FGM is commonly though not universally practiced in the Gikuyu tribe of which Ogala and her husband are members. The tribal leaders have emphatically and repeatedly expressed their support of FGM. It is commonly elder women of the tribe who actually carry out the pro- cedure. Though the government of Nigonia officially disapproves of the practice, it has made little if any effort to stop it, despite the efforts of some members of the Gikuyu tribe to persuade the government to eliminate FGM. These members, mostly women, have charged that the gov- ernment’s failure to do so reflects the patriarchal views of the military officers running the coun- try. The government’s defenders have asserted that the government simply has limited re- sources, and cannot combat everything it condemns. In the last several years, fifty nations throughout the world, including the United States, have enacted laws banning the practice, and the U.N. General Assembly has approved resolu- tions urging states to see that the practice of FGM is brought to an end. (1) Is it appropriate for Westerners to condemn FGM? How can such condemnation be distin- guished, if at all, from attempts to impose one’s own culture on another? (2) Does it matter, in your view, in what context the question arises? Should the answer to the first question vary depending on whether: • A cut-off or reduction in military aid is being considered on account of the widespread practice of FGM • A cut-off or reduction in economic aid is being consider on account of the widespread practice of FGM (see 22 U.S.C. § 262k-2 [at SR 30, above]). • An immigration judge in the U.S. is considering whether to accept Ogala’s claims for asylum? (3) What is the significance of the indications of dissent within the Gikuyu tribe to the article for cultural relativism? (4) Is the practice of FGM different from the practices described in the following article by Geoffrey Cowley? Do they violate 18 USCS § 116 (above, at SR 29)? Should they be held to violate them?

1 Bernadette Passade Cisse, International Law Sources Applicable to Female Genital Mutilation: A Guide to Adjudi- cators of Refugee Claims Based on a Fear of Female Genital Mutilation, 35 COLUM. J. TRANSNAT’L L. 429 (1997).

31

Geoffrey Cowley, Gender Limbo, Newsweek, May 19, 1997, at 64

HIGHLIGHT: For 40 years surgeons have been ‘correcting’ some babies’ ambiguous genitals. As adults, the patients don’t always like the results. Heidi was a healthy, full-term baby when she Heidi wasn’t a victim of medical renegades. poked her head into the world on Oct. 20, 1961. The protocol her doctors followed has been But the world wasn’t sure what to make of her. standard practice for 40 years. Every month, Instead of congratulating Heidi’s 19-year-old dozens of sexually ambiguous newborns get a mother, the delivery team kept her sedated for “gender assignment” (usually female) and a sur- several days and wrestled with a baffling ques- gical operation to confirm it. But the practice is tion: was this a boy or a girl? The baby had a now under attack. Members of a fledgling gen- penis, but it was extremely small, and the ure- der-identity movement are crusading to stop the thral opening was down near the base. There surgical juggernaut. And though they lack polit- was also a scrotum, though the testes hadn’t de- ical clout, they’re exposing flaws in a cherished scended to fill it. Blood tests showed that the medical doctrine. Most physicians still adamant- child was genetically male. But the doctors wor- ly defend the practice of “correcting” ambiguous ried that a boy with such unusual genitalia sex organs. They say the operations are usually would never fit in. So they declared Heidi a girl, successful, especially with current techniques. and recommended surgery and hormone therapy Unfortunately, there is little if any research to to ensure that she developed normally. “My back that assertion. “We need to know the long- mother said she wanted to take me and run like term effects of these procedures,” says Dr. Jus- hell,” she says now, “but the doctors implied tine Schober, a pediatric urologist in Erie, Pa. that unless they made me look like other girls, I “And the truth is, we don’t.” would be an outcast and commit suicide.” Fetal development is a complicated business, Heidi has in fact contemplated suicide many but it usually follows one of two paths. If a fetus times — not because she’s different, she says, is genetically female (having two X-shaped sex but because of the unrelenting efforts to make chromosomes), its gonads mature into ovaries. her normal. When she was 3 months old, doctors In genetic males (who bear an X and a Y), the opened her belly to inspect her reproductive sys- same glands develop into testes. The basic ten- tem. At 7 months, they went back in to remove dency of any fetus — XX or XY — is to be- her ill-formed testes. As a 5-year-old, she re- come anatomically female. But as the testes of turned to the hospital for an overnight stay and an XY baby start churning out testosterone, the woke up with what she recalls as a painful itch child gets a chance to masculinize. If the hor- between her legs. “When I asked the doctor mone reaches the right tissues in the right forms, where my thing had gone, he said, ‘We had to the developing labia will fuse to create a scro- take it off because you want to look like the oth- tum and a penile shaft, and the budding clitoris er little girls in your class’.” She took the femi- will swell to form the glans, or head, of the pe- nizing hormones she was given as a teenager, nis. but when her doctors suggested creating a vagi- The process isn’t always so tidy. Though no na, she balked. “You eventually decide you’re one has hard numbers, experts suspect that not going anywhere near needles, scissors or roughly one baby in 2,000 is born with sex or- scalpels,” she says. Today Heidi lives as a lesbi- gans that don’t fit either of the standard catego- an. But she has never had an orgasm (she likens ries. Most fall into one of three basic groups, a lover’s touch to 40-grit sandpaper) — and she which Brown University biologist Anne Fausto- is bitter. “Sometimes I get so mad I want to get a Sterling has dubbed herms, ferms and merms. dull, rusty knife,” she says, “and start hacking Herms, or true hermaphrodites, have both testic- off doctors’ genitals.” ular and ovarian tissue, often as a result of ab- normal chromosomes. Ferms — technically,

32

“female pseudohermaphrodites” — are genetic cause less scarring than people suffered 20 years females whose external sex organs become part- ago,” says Fausto-Sterling, “but the claims are ly masculinized through prenatal exposure to based on hope. No one has done follow-up stud- testosterone. And merms, or male pseudoher- ies.” Actually, one researcher did run a small maphrodites, are genetic males who don’t fully study recently, and his findings weren’t encour- masculinize in the womb, either because they aging. Dr. David Thomas, a pediatric urologist don’t produce the necessary hormones or be- in Leeds, England, had a team of specialists ex- cause their tissues don’t respond. amine 12 ferms between the ages of 11 and 15 Intersexuals have been persecuted in some who had had their vaginas opened and their clit- societies, revered in others. But until 40 years orises reduced during infancy. Most had been ago, no one gave much thought to “fixing” treated by specialists in state-of-the-art clinics. them. That changed in the mid-1950s, when sex Yet every child had required further surgery to researcher John Money and his colleagues at maintain a vaginal opening. And five of the 12 Johns Hopkins Hospital hypothesized that sexu- reduced clitorises had withered and died, even al identity was like language — easily acquired, though several had looked fine following sur- but only during a critical period in early child- gery. hood. In the hope of creating better lives for in- Psychological studies are as scarce as medical tersex children, the Hopkins team started re- ones, but outcomes like Heidi’s don’t appear to modeling their genitals and coaching their par- be rare. In a 1995 study that compared the life ents to raise them accordingly. The specialists’ experiences of 44 ferms with those of 20 control optimistic case reports wowed the profession, subjects, German researchers found that surgical and surgery soon became the norm. Even now, complications were the main reason for the despite all the controversy, the American Acad- ferms’ lower quality of life. Counselors who emy of Pediatrics (AAP) maintains that kids work with intersex patients confirm that impres- with ambiguous genitalia “can be raised suc- sion. In a recent letter to Schober, Sacramento, cessfully as members of either sex” and recom- Calif., psychotherapist H. Martin Malin notes mends going ahead with surgery within the first that, in his experience, intersexuals who had 15 months of life. surgery as children “became quite isolated at No one denies that surgeons should intervene puberty [and] did not integrate successfully into when a genital anomaly interferes with urination society as adults.” Many were “estranged from or creates a risk of infection. But many special- their families,” he wrote. “They did not pair- ists believe that creating a normal appearance is bond; their sexual functioning was severely im- almost as urgent. Dr. Antoine Khoury, chief of paired; they were phobic about medical proce- pediatric urology at Toronto’s Hospital for Sick dures; they were despondent and had contem- Children, considers genital ambiguity a “hidden plated or attempted suicide.” Finally, “they were disease” that can be cured with modern, nerve- furious that they had been lied to.” sparing surgery. To bolster the point, he produc- Some physicians still advocate shielding inter- es a letter from the mother of a 17-month-old sex children from the truth. “If they have an ex- ferm he treated at 6 months for fused labia and cellent outcome and they look perfect,” says an enlarged clitoris. Another physician had seen Khoury, “I would want to downplay it as much that the child’s chart mentioned a previous sur- as possible.” Other specialists echo that senti- gery. “I told [the doctor] about the procedures ment, but it’s hard to find an adult intersexual performed by you,” the mother writes, “and she who is grateful for being kept in the dark. Judy commented that she could not tell at all.” (Max) Beck, who underwent feminizing surgery That child may benefit, but it’s too early to during infancy, recalls being hauled into a New declare her operation a success, for no one York hospital every year to have her genitals knows whether her bobbed clitoris will ever inspected. “I didn’t know what was going on,” function normally. “The new techniques may she says, “but I knew it was a terrible thing and

33

upset my mother a lot. The guilt was killing.” intact “micropenises,” every one of them report- Cheryl Chase, the 41-year-old director of the ed erections and orgasms. Seven were married Intersex Society of North America, says she not or cohabiting, and one had fathered a child. only was denied information as a child but was To the advocates of early surgery, waiting for lied to by doctors when she later tried to obtain kids to make their own decisions sounds like a her medical records. “The whole experience was moral abdication. “We will make some mistakes so traumatizing and shameful that I wasn’t able in gender assignment,” says Dr. Kenneth Glass- to talk about it until I was 35.” berg, the Brooklyn pediatric urologist who Despite their sometimes angry rhetoric, the speaks for the AAP on the issue. “But surgery is activists and their supporters have a fairly mod- not a disservice to the majority of intersex chil- est agenda. They want physicians to delay sur- dren. The disservice is in scaring patients gery until their patients can make informed away.” Dr. Heino Meyer-Bahlburg of New choices. “You raise a child in the sex that seems York’s Columbia Presbyterian Hospital agrees. most comfortable,” says Fausto-Sterling, “and While conceding that there are “very little data” you keep in mind that their body might change and claiming he is “into empirical data, not be- somehow.” And instead of fueling parents’ liefs,” he says the “persistence of gender ambi- fears, the reformers say, doctors should offer guity” is so harmful to children that “we never- information and support. Studies suggest that theless have to act.” Unfortunately, their patients intersex kids who escape surgery can fare quite may someday wish they hadn’t. well. When Schober examined 12 adults with

Male and Female: Parting of the Ways Boys’ and girls’ genitals look very similar for the first two months after conception. But hor- mones gradually cause them to evolve into two different forms. • 5 weeks: During the early weeks of gestation, male and female embryos have identical geni- tal structures. • 7-9 weeks: At the earliest stages of sexual differentiation, the boy’s urogenital fold begins to elongate. • 11 weeks: The same tissue that forms a female’s inner labia produces a penile shaft in the male. • Near birth: The labioscrotal swelling has fused to create the boy’s scrotum and the girl’s out- er labia

34

UNHCR, Guidance Note on Refugee Claims Relating to Female Genital Mutilation, May 2009 (excerpts)

I. INTRODUCTION This Note provides guidance on the treatment of claims for refugee status relating to female gen- ital mutilation (FGM). Based on the evolving jurisprudence regarding such claims, the Note establishes that a girl or woman seeking asylum because she has been compelled to undergo, or is likely to be subjected to FGM, can qualify for refugee status under the 1951 Convention relat- ing to the Status of Refugees. Under certain circumstances, a parent could also establish a well- founded fear of persecution, within the scope of the 1951 Convention refugee definition, in con- nection with the exposure of his or her child to the risk of FGM. II. FORMS AND CONSEQUENCES OF FEMALE GENITAL MUTILATION FGM comprises all procedures involving partial or total removal of the external female genita- lia, or other injury to the female genital organs, carried out for traditional, cultural or religious reasons.In other words, the procedure is for non-medical reasons. While the methods by which FGM is carried out vary from country to country and from one cul- tural, ethnic or religious group to another, the practice has been broadly classified into four main types, namely: i. partial or total removal of the clitoris and/or the prepuce (clitoridectomy); ii. partial or total removal of the clitoris and the labia minora, with or without excision of the labia majora (excision); iii. narrowing of the vaginal orifice with creation of a covering seal by cutting and apposi- tioning the labia minora and/or the labia majora, with or without excision of the clitoris (in- fibulation); and (iv) all other harmful procedures to the female genitalia for non-medical purposes, for exam- ple pricking, piercing, incising, scraping and cauterization. All forms of FGM are considered harmful, although the consequences tend to be more severe the more extensive the procedure. Other factors, such as age and social situation, may also have an impact on the gravity of the consequences. FGM is mostly carried out on girls under the age of 15 years, although it is occasionally also performed on adult and married women. The proce- dure is often performed with rudimentary tools and without anesthesia while the girl or woman is held down. Almost all those who are subjected to FGM experience extreme pain and bleeding. Other health complications include shock, psychological trauma, infections, urine retention, damage to the urethra and anus, and even death. The “medicalization” of FGM, whereby the procedure is per- formed by trained health professionals rather than traditional practitioners, does not necessarily make it less severe. Although some of the immediate consequences may be mitigated in certain circumstances, there is no evidence that the obstetric or other longterm complications associated with the practice are avoided or significantly reduced. The consequences of FGM do not stop with the initial procedure. The girl or woman is perma- nently mutilated and can suffer other severe long-term physical and mental consequences. In later life, she may be forced to undergo infibulation, defibulation or reinfibulation, for instance, upon marriage or at child birth. A girl or woman initially subjected to a relatively minor form of

35

FGM can later undergo a more severe form of the procedure. FGM survivors also face signifi- cantly increased risks during child birth, including the possibility of losing the child during or immediately after birth. Studies indicate that these risks are greater the more extensive the type of FGM. As observed by the Special Rapporteur on Torture: “Depending on the type and severity of the procedure performed, women may experience long-term consequences such as chronic infections, tumors, abscesses, cysts, infertility, ex- cessive growth of scar tissue, increased risk of HIV/AIDS infection, hepatitis and other blood-borne diseases, damage to the urethra resulting in urinary incontinence, [fistula], pain- ful menstruation, painful sexual intercourse and other sexual dysfunctions.” III. SUBSTANTIVE ANALYSIS A. WELL-FOUNDED FEAR OF PERSECUTION UNHCR considers FGM to be a form of gender-based violence that inflicts severe harm, both mental and physical, and amounts to persecution.8 The recognition of FGM as a form of perse- cution is supported, in the first instance, by developments in international and regional human rights law. All forms of FGM violate a range of human rights of girls and women, including the right to non-discrimination, to protection from physical and mental violence, to the highest attainable standard of health, and, in the most extreme cases, to the right to life. FGM also constitutes tor- ture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment as affirmed by international jurisprudence and legal doctrine, including by many of the UN treaty monitoring bodies, the Special Procedures of the Human Rights Council, and the European Court of Human Rights. To expel or return a girl or woman to a country where she would be subjected to FGM may thus amount to a breach by the State concerned of its obligations under international human rights law. Many States in which FGM is practised, including those with immigrant communities in which FGM occurs, have enacted laws that specifically prohibit FGM, or apply general provisions of their criminal codes with respect to intentional wounds or strikes, assault causing grievous harm, attacks on corporal and mental integrity, or violent acts that result in mutilation or permanent disability.

36

Mari-Jane Williams, Kim Kardashian pierced baby North’s ears. Why the furor?, Washing- ton Post, June 19, 2014

Word came out earlier this week that Kim Kar- dashian and Kanye West gave baby North a pair of diamond studs for her first birthday, along with some pierced ears for showing off her new bling. For all of the outcry on social media and mommy blogs, you would think Nori was sport- ing a new tat. People have called the piercing everything from cruel to a sign that Kim and Kanye are unfit parents. Really? Over getting her little ears pierced? Apparently, this is a debate that has been going on for some time, said Roxana Kim Kardashian and daughter North West, pre-ear A. Soto, the features editor for the Web piercing (Gonzalo Fuentes/Reuters) site Mamás Latinas. Soto said she has heard it cently said, “You have this beautiful baby girl called child abuse or even mutilation, and she and you just want to doily her up.” finds it baffling. The American Academy of Pediatrics doesn’t “It’s completely ludicrous,” Soto said. “I’ve have an official policy statement on piercing never understood it. It’s a very personal deci- babies’ ears, according to spokeswoman Debo- sion, and I don’t think it harms the baby. I actu- rah Johnson, but they generally recommend ally think Kim waited a long time to do it!” waiting until a child is old enough to take care Soto, who was born in Peru, had her ears of the piercings on their own, and to make sure pierced before she left the hospital. That’s to use posts with secure backs to prevent chok- common for girls in Latin American countries, ing. she said. Her daughter Vanessa Guzman-Soto, Since it’s not considered a major safety hazard, I who is 7, had hers pierced when she was four say live and let live. My daughter is 7, and her months old. The only reason it took that long, ears are not pierced. Most of her cousins’ ears Soto said, was because she had a hard time find- are, though. I have avoided it not because I have ing someone in their hometown of Denver who a strong feeling on the subject, but because I could do it. She wanted to have a pediatrician don’t wear earrings and don’t want to mess with pierce Vanessa’s ears, but couldn’t find one. them for her (plus she has this habit of losing For Soto, getting Vanessa’s ears pierced as soon things). When she’s old enough to manage it as possible was just a matter of course. It’s the herself, if she wants them, I’ll take her to get it way things had always been done in her family, done. where shopping for those first tiny studs is a re- In the meantime, if another mom wants to hassle ally big deal for moms, grandmothers, aunts or with diamonds or little gold balls in her daugh- godmothers. Buying those earrings, and piercing ter’s ears, hey, go for it. Surely there are more a baby’s ears, is a rite of passage in her culture important things for moms to talk about. Now, (and many others, as well). about conditions for working parents in the Some moms do it to clearly differentiate that the United States… baby is a girl. Others do it just because, well, it’s How old do you think children should be before what you do. Or, as one of my coworkers re- getting their ears pierced?

37

Amanda Marcotte, Parents Are Sending Their American Daughters Abroad for “Vacation Cutting,” Slate, June 11, 2014

Female circumcision, a practice most common in undergo the procedure. But understanding motiva- Africa and the Middle East in which part or all of tions might be the key to prevention. Because of a girl's external female genitalia are removed, has the way female circumcision deliberately injures been banned in the United States since 1996. sexual response and can cause long-term health But, according to Julie Turkewitz of the New York problems, it's all too tempting to treat it as categor- Times, some families who have immigrated here ically different than the far less invasive (and far from countries that still practice circumcision are more familiar) custom of male circumcision. intent on bringing their American-born teenage However, in doing so, it's easy to forget that peo- girls in line with customs back home. They ac- ple circumcise girls for basically the same reason complish this by sending their daughters on vaca- they circumcise boys: Because that's how it's al- tions that are about helping "them connect with ways been done, and because, in many cultures, their families and traditions," which just happen to uncut genitals look weird to most neighbors. include undergoing female circumcision, some- "Those working to end cutting say that they seek times forced. to do so in a culturally sensitive way, recognizing Since it's such a private matter, estimating how the practice’s long history, and gently educating often this happens is difficult to do. "About families about its consequences: immediate and 228,000 women and girls in the United States long-term physical pain, complications during have been cut or are at risk of it, according to an birth, loss of sexual feeling and mental health is- analysis that uses 14-year-old census data," Tur- sues," Turkewitz writes. Being culturally sensitive kewitz writes. However, there's enough concern is about more than just being "politically correct," about it that federal law was updated just last year however. Trying to strong arm people into compli- in order to ban the practice of "vacation cutting"— ance with threats of criminal prosecution can sending someone abroad for female circumcision. backfire and make them feel that their cultural As most people aren't going to announce their in- practices are under attack. Harsher laws may actu- tentions in the airport, enforcing the law is hard to ally stop people from speaking out, just as Tur- do. According to the Guardian, "since the first kewitz found when interviewing a social worker federal law was passed [in 1996], the African mi- who tried to talk to a 12-year-old girl she feared grant population in the US has more than dou- would be circumcised in Mali: bled," but there has only been one conviction. “I’m like, ‘You know you’re going to get mar- Now Democratic Rep. Joseph Crowley and Rep. ried, do you know what that means? Do you Sheila Jackson Lee are trying to step up protec- know what circumcision is?’ ” said the coun- tions. They sent a letter to Congress and various selor, who asked that her name not be used so government agencies highlighting ways they be- she could protect her client’s privacy. “And lieve more circumcisions could be prevented. Tur- she’s like, ‘Yeah, they did it to everybody.’ I kewitz reports: ask, ‘Do you think that’s what’s going to hap- They suggest emulating efforts in Britain, which pen in Mali?’ And then she shut off. She’s has established a help line for potential victims, like, ‘My mom told me not talk about that.’” created passport inserts that explain the law re- The issue of female circumcision is a complicated garding female cutting, and delivered repeated mess of family, culture, and sexuality. There is no warnings to school staff members about the dan- easy, clear cut solution to this problem. But as this gers of the practice. woman's story shows, silence is what allows the While these efforts are commendable, it often practice to continue. Bringing this issue out in the seems like the conversation around female cir- open is a necessary part of finding the way to stop cumcision exists in a vacuum, without any discus- it. sion of why someone would want their daughter to NOTE: For more information, see Sanctuary for Families, Female Genital Mutilation in the United States: Protect- ing Girls and Women in the U.S. from FGM and Vacation Cutting (2013) (http://risingupagainstfgm.org/wp- content/uploads/2013/03/report_onfgm_w_cover.pdf)

38

Jurisdictional Requirements for Selected Bodies Hearing Individual Petitions State a party to the treaty?

yes no

State accepted juris- diction of treaty no body? No jurisdiction yes

Standing necessary? no yes Standing satisfied? no no yes no Exception Local remedies exhausted? available? yes yes

Other procedural requirements no satisfied (e.g., not currently pend- ing before another body)?

yes

Jurisdiction

Information on jurisidctional provisions of adjudicatory bodies: • ICCPR (HRC): see Optional Protocol, esp. arts. 1 & 5; see also art. 3 (DS 86-87). • CEDAW: see Optional Protocol (DS 296) • CAT: see art. 22 (DS 329-330) • CERD: see art. 14 (DS 282-283) • Inter-American Commission: arts. 19, 44, 46-47 (American Convention) (DS 228-229)2 • European Court of Human Rights: Arts. 38-56 of the European Convention (DS 135, 138-140) [as amended by Art. 1 of Protocol No. 11 (DS 162-172), Prot. No. 14 (DS 177-182), PRot. No. 15 (DS 183-184), and Prot. No. 16 (DS 184-187)]3

2 These provisions relate to the Commission’s jurisdiction over states that are parties to the Inter-American Convention. The Commission can take jurisdiction over petitions against states that are not parties to it. The Inter-American Court is not included in this list because only the Commission and state parties can bring pe- titions before it; individuals cannot.

39

Legal Analysis of CEDAW RDUs: Joint Position of the Lawyers Committee for Human Rights and the NOW Legal Defense Fund, September 26, 1994

1. Article 2 : States Parties condemn discrimination against women in all its forms, agree to pursue by all appropriate means and without delay a policy of eliminating discrimination against women and, to ths end, undertake: (a) To embody the principle of the equality of men and women in their national constitutions or other ap- propriate legislation if not yet incorporated therein and to ensure, through law and other appropriate means, the practical realization of this principle; (b) To adopt appropriate legislative and other measures, including sanctions where appropriate, prohibit- ing all discrimination against women; (c) To establish legal protection of the rights of women on an equal basis with men and to ensure through competent national tribunals and other public institutions the effective protection of women against any act of discrimination; (d) To refrain from engaging in any act or practices of discrimination against women and to ensure that public authorities and institutions shall act in conformity with this obligation; (e) To take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women by any person, organiza- tion of enterprise; (f) To take all appropriate measures, including legislation, to modify or abolish existing laws, regulations, customs, and practices which constitute discrimination against women; (g) To repeal all national penal provisions which constitute discrimination against women. and Article 3 : States Parties shall take in all fields, in particular in the political, social, economic and cultural fields, all appropriate measures, including legislation, to ensure the full development and advancement of women, for the purpose of guaranteeing them the exercise and enjoyment of human rights and fundamental free- doms on a basis of equality with men. and Article 5 : States Parties shall take all appropriate measures: (a) To modify the social and cultural patterns of conduct of men and women with a view to achieving the elimination of prejudices and customary and all other practices which are based on the idea of the inferi- ority or the superiority of either of the sexes or on stereotyped roles for men and women; (b) To ensure that family education includes a proper understanding of maternity as a social function and the recognition of the common responsibility of men and women in the upbringing and development of

3 The European system used to be like the Inter-American system: Individuals could file petitions only with the Commis- sion, and only states and the Commission could file petitions before the Court. The Convention was amended to abolish the Commission and allow individuals to file petitions directly with the Court.

40

their children, it being understood that the interest of the children is the primordial consideration in all cases. Proposed Administrative Reservation: The Constitution and laws of the United States establish extensive protections against discrimination, reaching all forms of governmental activity as well as significant areas of non-governmental activity. However, individual privacy and freedom from governmental interferences in private are recognized as among the fundamental values of our free and democratic society. The United States understands that by its terms the Convention requires broad regulation of private conduct, in particular under Articles 2, 3, and 5. The United States does not accept any obligation under the Convention to enact legislation or to take any other action with respect to private conduct except as mandated by the Constitution and laws of the United States. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment This proposed reservation is undesirable. Even if there were a conflict between U.S. law and CEDAW which required the U.S. to enact new laws to meet the requirements of CEDAW, the mere fact that a trea- ty establishes standards to which the U.S. does not currently adhere is not a sufficient reason for a reser- vation. The purpose of treaties is to undertake new obligations or to make a commitment to the interna- tional community to adhere to existing obligations. If the U.S. ratifies CEDAW subject to this broad limi- tation that implies a lack of political commitment to observe international standards, its actions will right- ly be decried by the international community. It suggests that the U.S. views these international norms as being applicable only in other countries and sees no room for improvement in its own rights performance. If the concern of the Administration is that CEDAW might require the U.S. to forbid private discrimina- tion which is protected by the Constitution, it is our position that, under settled principles, CEDAW may not be construed so as to forbid what is protected under the Constitution. At most, a reservation saying that under this article the U.S. is not required to forbid private discrimination which is protected under the Constitution 2. Article 2 (for text, see above) and Article 7 (b) : State Parties shall take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women in the political and public life of the country and, in particular, shall ensure to women, on equal terms with men, the right: (b) To participate in the formulation of government policy and the implementation thereof and to hold public office and perform all public functions at all levels of government. Proposed Administrative reservation Under current U.S. law and practice, women are permitted to volunteer for military service without re- striction, and women in fact serve in all U.S. armed services, including in combat positions. However, the United States does not accept an obligation under the Convention to assign women to all military units and positions which may require engagement in direct combat. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment This reservation is objectionable. Although the Department of Defense ("DoD") and the military policies on women in combat remain in flux, legal restrictions on women's participation in the military have now been lifted. See, e.g., Defense Authorization Act of 1994. The military's desire for flexibility is not an appropriate reason for taking a blanket reservation permitting continued discrimination. After 15 years of conducting its own detailed studies, the DoD has found that women are fully capable of performing com- bat roles. In both Panama and the Persian Gulf, women proved that they could perform in combat as well

41

as men. See Department of Defense, Conduct of the Persian Gulf War, Final Report to Congress, App. R at R-4 (April 1992); Bureau of International Organization Affairs, U.S. Dep't of State, U.S. Report to te UN on the Status of Women 1985-1994 93-94 (1994). Rather than abdicating any obligation to open di- rect combat positions to women, the U.S. should, at a minimum, commit to continuing current efforts to open all combat positions to women. In doing so, the U.S. would fulfill the good faith requirement of tak- ing "appropriate measures" as the phrase was construed during drafting of the Convention. See A/32/218 at 4 (1977). Despite recent advances for women, both the Army and the Marines continue to exclude women from infantry, armor and field artillery units, and thus block women from advancing along the three main routes to those branches' senior leadership. The military's policy of restricting women's participation in direct combat units denies women significant opportunities for job advancement. Most three-star and four-star positions require combat experience; at the end of FY 1993, there were 114 three-star and four- star admirals and generals in the four combined services. None were women. Further, contrary to the pro- posed reservation, women cannot volunteer for military service without restriction, as women are pre- cluded from certain designated combat positions. 3. Article 11 (1) (d) : 1) States Parties shall take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women in the field of employment in order to ensure, on a basis of equality of men and women, the same rights, in particular: (d) The right to equal remuneration, including benefits, and to equal treatment in respect of work of equal value, as well as equality of treatment in the evaluation of the quality of work. Proposed Administration Reservation: U.S. law provides strong protections against gender discrimination in the area of remuneration, including the right to equal pay for equal work in jobs that are substantially similar. However, the United States does not accept any obligation under this Convention to enact legislation the doctrine of comparable worth as that term is understood in U.S. practices. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment: This proposed reservation is unnecessary. During drafting of the Convention, it was understood that the phrase "appropriate measures" would obligate a State to make a good faith effort to implement a provi- sion of the Convention. See A/32/218 at 4 (1977). Instead of taking a blanket reservation to enacting comparable worth legislation, the U.S. should commit to bringing U.S. law into conformity with the in- ternational standards of wage equity evidenced by article 11(1)(d), General Recommendation No. 13 (en- couraging State Parties to ratify ILO Convention No. 100), and ILO Convention No. 100 ("equal remu- neration" interpreted as "rates of remuneration established without discrimination based on sex"). At a minimum, the U.S. should state that it will continue to implement the object and purpose of Article 11(1)(d) by developing legislative measures where appropriate. Federal legislation is currently silent on the issue of comparable worth, see County of Washington v. Gunther, 452 U.S. 161 (1981), lower courts construing Title VII have held that it cannot redress broader pay inequities. E.g., AFSCME v. Washington, 770 F. 2d (40) (9th Cir. 1985). However, there continue to be significant developments expanding the implementation of comparable worth principles to redress wage discrimination in female-dominated occupations. For example, over twenty states have adjusted their wages to correct for sex or race bias. See Institute for Women's Policy Research, Pay Equity Reme- dies in State Governments: Assessing Their Economic Effects (1994). Further, the Fair Pay Act of 1994 (H.R. 4803) currently pending in Congress would expand the protections of the Equal Pay Act to cover work of "equivalent" value in both the public and private sector. Ratification of the Convention without the proposed reservation would reiterate the U.S. commitment to increase women's access to fair wages.

42

4. Article 11 (2) (b) : 2. In order to prevent discrimination against women on the grounds of marriage or maternity and to en- sure their effective right to work, State Parties shall take appropriate measures: (b) To introduce maternity leave with pay or with comparable social benefits without loss of former em- ployment, seniority or social allowances. Proposed Administration Reservation Current U.S. law contains substantial provisions for maternity leave in many employment situations but does not require paid maternity leave. Therefore, the United States does not accept the obligation under article 11(2)(b) to introduce maternity leave with pay or with comparable social benefits without loss of former employment, seniority or social allowances. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment Rather than take this broad reservation, the U.S. should make a commitment to take appropriate steps to expand the availability of paid maternity leave. Such an undertaking would fill a significant gap in U.S. law. The Family and Medical Leave Act ("FMLA"), 29 U.S.C. 2601-54, mandates that employers of 50 or more employees provide twelve weeks of unpaid leave after childbirth or for other family of medical purposes. However, no federal law provides for paid maternity or parental leave, nor does U.S. law re- quire an employer to reinstate a woman who has taken maternity leave without loss of seniority or allow- ances. Laws such as the FMLA and the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, 42 U.S.C. 2000e(k), are of little practical benefit to most women, given that few can afford unpaid parental leave. Paid maternity and parental leave policies are already in place in many industrialized countries, including Germany, France, Italy, Canada, Austria, Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Denmark, Finland, Greece, Portugal, Japan, Sweden, and Spain. While the number of U.S. em- ployers offering paid maternity leave is small, the Congress has already made a commitment to study the issue. In 1993, Congress established a Commission on Leave to conduct a comprehensive study of, among other things, "policies that provide temporary wage replacement during periods of family and medical leave." 29 U.S. 2632. 5. Articles 1-30 Proposed Administration Understanding The United States understands that this Convention shall be implemented by the Federal Government to the extent that it exercises jurisdiction over the matters covered therein, and otherwise by the state and local governments. To the extent that state and local governments. exercise jurisdiction over such matters, the Federal Government shall, as necessary, take appropriate measures to ensure the fulfillment of this Convention. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment The proposed language is not constitutionally necessary, nor is it desirable. Federal authority in this area is clear. Missouri v. Holland, 252 U.S. 416 (1919). Under the Constitution and international law, the fed- eral government has the responsibility and the authority to carry out obligations under CEDAW. Alt- hough the federal government has the ultimate responsibility to see that these obligations are carried out, it can leave some implementation to the states so long as the United States government sees to it that this is done. There are few, if any, matters covered by CEDAW that are subject exclusively to state jurisdic- tion. Under the Fourteenth Amendment and other constitutional provisions, these matters are subject to the treaty and legislative powers of Congress and the jurisdiction of the federal courts.

43

6. Article 5 (for text, see above) and Article 7 : States Parties shall take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women in the politi- cal and public life of the country and, in particular, shall ensure to women, on equal terms with men, the right: (a) To vote in all elections and public referends and to be eligible for election to all publicly elected bod- ies; (b) To participate in the formulation of government policy and the implementation thereof and to hold public office and perform all public functions at all levels of government; (c) To participate in non-governmental organizations and associations concerned with the public and po- litical life of the country. and Article 8 : States Parties shall take all appropriate measures to ensure to women, on equal terms with men and with- out any discrimination, the opportunity to represent their Governments at the international level and to participate in the work of international organizations. and Article 13 : States Parties shall take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women in other areas of economic and social life in order to ensure, on a basis of equality of men and women, the same rights, in particular: (a) The right to family benefits; (b) The right to bank loans, mortgages and other forms of financial credit; (c) The right to participate in recreational activities, sports and all aspects of cultural life. Proposed Administrative Understanding The Constitution and laws of the United States contain extensive protections of individual freedom of speech, expression and association. Accordingly, the United States does not accept any obligation under this Convention, in particular under Articles 5, 7, 8 and 13, to restrict those rights, through the adoption of legislation or any other measures, to the extent that they are protected by the Constitution and laws of the United States. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment Under the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the government may only penalize speech that in- cites to imminent lawless action. Similar limits apply to restrictions of expression and association. An understanding emphasizing that U.S. compliance cannot restrict the free speech, expression or association protections of the First Amendment would be appropriate.

44

7. Article 12 1. State Parties shall take all appropriate measures to eliminate discrimination against women in the field of health care in order to ensure, on a basis of equality of men and women, access to health care services, including those related to family planning. 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article, State Parties shall ensure to women ap- propriate services in connection with pregnancy, confinement and the post-natal period, granting free ser- vices where necessary, as well as adequate nutrition during pregnancy and lactation. Proposed Administration Understanding The United States understands that Article 12 permits State Parties to determine which health care ser- vices are appropriate in connection with family planning, pregnancy, confinement and the post-natal peri- od, as well as when the provision of free services is necessary, and does not mandate the provision of par- ticular services on a cost-free basis NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment This understanding is unnecessary. Article 12 makes clear that State Parties shall decide which health ser- vices are "appropriate" and when it is "necessary" to grant free services. Given the lack of conflict be- tween U.S. law and the requirements of Article 12, the proposed understanding is superfluous. 8. Articles 1-30 Proposed Administrative Declaration The United States declares that, for purposes of its domestic law, the provisions of the Convention are non-self-executing. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment This declaration is not constitutionally required and it is undesirable. There is no reason for insisting that neither the Executive nor the courts should give effect to a treaty until Congress adopts legislation. To do so would go against the spirit of Article 6 of the Constitution as the framers intended it. It would under- mine one of the principle reasons why the Constitution made treaties the law of the land, and gave the President and the Senate the power to make such treaties without the consent of the House of Representa- tives. Incorporation of this declaration will unnecessarily delay U.S. compliance with some provisions and set up unnecessary political obstacles to U.S. compliance generally. Many of the articles will in fact require Congressional Implementation, but some might not. Determination of what is or is not self- executing should be made article by article after ratification and by each branch of government for pur- poses within its responsibility. 9. Article 29 (1) & (2) : 1. Any dispute between two or more State Parties concerning the interpretation or application of the pre- sent Convention which is not settled by negotiation shall, at the request of one of them, be submitted to arbitration. If within six months from the date of the request for arbitration the. parties are unable to agree on the organization of the arbitration, any one of those parties may refer the dispute to the International Court of Justice by request in conformity with the Statute of the Court. 2. Each State Party may at the time of signature or ratification of this convention or accession thereto de- clare that it does not consider itself bound by paragraph 1 of this article. The other States Parties shall not be bound by that paragraph with respect to any State Party which has made such a reservation.

45

Proposed Administration Declaration With reference to Article 29 (2), the United States declares that it does not consider itself bound by the provisions of Article 29 (1). The specific consent of the United States to the jurisdiction of the Interna- tional Court of Justice concerning disputes over the interpretation or application of this Convention is re- quired on a case-by-case basis. NOW LDEF/LCHR Comment This proposed declaration is objectionable. When the United States ratified the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, it declared that it accepted the competence of the Human Rights Committee to receive and consider communications in which one State Party claimed that another State Party was not fulfilling its obligations under the Covenant. Since the dispute is submitted to the International Court of Justice. The U.S. is already party to over 75 treaties which provide for submission of disputes to the Court. There is no basis to suspect that the Court will fail to render a fair and impartial verdict under those treaties, or under CEDAW. If the U.S. is committed to the rule of law, there is no reason to resist the ju- risdiction of the Court.

Wendy Wright, CEDAW: A Global Tool That Would Harm Women, Concerned Women of America, 2/23/2007

(http://www.cwfa.org/articledisplay.asp?id=13101&department=BLI&category=nation)

Two main problems exist with the United Nations’ treaty on Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW Two main problems exist with the United Nations’ treaty on Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW) - what it says and what it does. At first blush, some may believe the sweeping language and personal issues it addresses would benefit women. But it is, in fact, the broad language and intrusiveness - embodied in something as powerful as a treaty - that makes CEDAW a tool for mischief. Family law, parental rights, religious exercise, education, abortion regulation, employment pay scales, quotas in educational institutions, workplaces and elected offices, and homosexual privileges - these are among the most controversial issues in America. But this treaty could essentially hand over our right to work out, compromise and decide them for ourselves to a Committee at the United Nations. As we can see from previous Committee rulings, this decree from on high would favor the most radical and unwork- able viewpoints. Countries that ratify CEDAW agree to subject themselves to a committee at the United Nations. This committee receives reports from these countries and non-government organizations on implementation of the treaty. The CEDAW Committee then releases its “Concluding Observations,” stating its opinion and rulings on what the country should do to be in compliance. CEDAW must be carefully examined before Americans are committed to it and the CEDAW Commit- tee’s demands.

46

Following is a review of CEDAW and responses to arguments in favor of U.S. ratification of this treaty. CEDAW’s Two Problems 1. What CEDAW states Treaties are intended to be agreements between countries. In fact, the United Nations’ Charter prohibits the U.N. from intervening “in matters which are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any” na- tion. However, CEDAW is focused on domestic issues, intruding into every aspect of life. CEDAW forbids us to recognize - or celebrate - that men and women are fundamentally different. The treaty defines “discrimination” as: Any distinction, exclusion or restriction made on the basis of sex … in the political, economic, social, cultural, civil or any other field. This broad language goes beyond how government, employers or educational institutions behave. It in- cludes individuals, families, private groups and religious organizations. How people relate or arrange du- ties within their marriage or social communities could be affected. Girl Scouts, Boy Scouts, and religious denominations are among those that could be challenged in lawsuits because their participants voluntarily choose to associate or organize according to preferences based on sex. CEDAW’s preamble - the theme and purpose of the document - states: A change in the traditional role of men as well as the role of women in society and in the family is needed to achieve full equality between men and women. CEDAW, in Article 5a, requires countries to: Modify the social and cultural patterns of conduct of men and women, with a view to achieving the elimination of prejudices … based on … stereotyped roles for men and women. This begs the questions -Whose culture will prevail? Who will determine what patterns of conduct must be modified? The authority to answer these questions rests in the form of a committee of 23 “experts” drawn from na- tions that have ratified the treaty. Currently, China (which forcibly aborts women), Cuba (which kills women who attempt to flee its island), and Indonesia (identified by the U.S. State Department in 2006 as among the worst offenders of sexual trafficking of women and girls) have representatives sitting on the Committee. Oddly, a review of the CEDAW Committee’s rulings reveal that the only stereotypes of women it consid- ers a problem are … Mother and homemaker. The committee is not concerned with the portrayal of wom- en as sex objects or as intellectually inferior, but with a role that many women consider to make their life complete. Many women in the United States choose to put their family first, staying home to raise their children, care for elderly relatives, and contribute to religious organizations, charities and communities. CEDAW and its Committee consider their work as subservient, not worthy of commendation, and, frankly, deserv- ing to be outlawed. CEDAW requires nations to indoctrinate children in gender neutrality. Article 10c calls for: … the elimination of any stereotyped concept of the roles of men and women at all levels and in all forms of educa- tion by encouraging coeducation and other types of education which will help to achieve this aim and, in particular, by the revision of textbooks and school programs and the adaptation of teaching methods. Countries that ratify CEDAW agree to revise their textbooks, schools and teaching methods to abide by the treaty. Single-sex schools, in which some children thrive best, could be frowned upon. The CEDAW Committee would determine if textbooks are appropriate or must be changed to fit its interpretation of the

47

treaty. Children and teachers are prohibited from recognizing there are fundamental differences between boys and girls and that some roles based purely on sex, such as motherhood, are noble. 2. How CEDAW is applied Ratifying CEDAW would lend the United States’ prestige and credibility, not only to the treaty, but also to the CEDAW Committee’s rulings. Here are snapshots of some of those rulings: • Told China to decriminalize prostitution. • Criticized for a “lack of access … to easy and swift abortion. • Criticized Ireland for the Catholic Church’s influence of attitudes and state policy. • Told Libya to re-interpret the Koran in the light of CEDAW. • Derided Slovenia for having only 30 percent of children under age three in formal daycare (revealing the belief that children are better off being raised by strangers than mothers, and that women should not choose to stay at home with their kids). • Told Romania and Austria to integrate gender studies in schools. • Reprimanded Belarus for celebrating Mother’s Day. • Told Armenia to “combat the traditional stereotype of women in the noble role of mother. • Reprimanded Hong Kong for exempting “‘the affairs of religious denominations or orders’ from the scope of the Convention. • Criticized Croatia for “the refusal, by some hospitals, to provide abortions on the basis of conscientious ob- jection of doctors. The Committee considers this to be an infringement of women’s reproductive rights. • Told numerous countries to mandate sex education and provide access to contraception. • Told Vietnam to “ take urgent and wide-ranging measures, including targeted educational programmes, the revision of curricula and textbooks, and mass media campaigns, to overcome traditional stereotypes regard- ing the role of women and men in the society. • Told Mexico it “would welcome a more equitable redistribution of wealth among the population. • Told Italy to “ sensitize judges, lawyers and law enforcement personnel … to Italy’s international obliga- tions, in particular those outlined in the Convention. • Praised Croatia “ on the fact that the Convention … may be invoked before the courts by any citizen. • Told numerous countries to implement the concept of comparable worth - that is, equal pay for unequal work, or wages to be determined by the government. • Urged Belarus to reduce “protective standards which often have a discriminatory effect on women in gen- eral and pregnant women in particular. • Told Kyrgyzstan “that lesbianism be reconceptualized as a sexual orientation. The foundation of a healthy society is strong families, individual morality and freedom. CEDAW and its Committee view all these as hindrances to women achieving equality. “The U.S. won’t have to enact new laws.” Sen. Joseph Biden (D-Delaware), chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and other propo- nents of CEDAW claim that ratifying the treaty will not force the United States to enact any new laws. Yet, according to the treaty itself, Article 2 requires nations: To embody the principle of equality of men and women in their national constitution or other appropriate legislation. The CEDAW Committee has told numerous countries that to comply with the treaty they must change their constitution or national laws, particularly by inserting language from CEDAW. “CEDAW cannot be enforced.” Article VI of the U.S. Constitution establishes that treaties, along with the Constitution and federal stat- utes, are the “supreme law of the land.” As such, they supersede state and local laws. Family law, parental rights and abortion regulations are among the many areas entrusted to the states. The American Bar Association (ABA) produced a document to score countries that have ratified CEDAW. The CEDAW Assessment Tool is clearly meant to train activists on how to implement CEDAW

48

within countries. Two of the questions it asks are: “Is CEDAW directly applied and given effect in courts as part of national law?” And, “What training programs exist to educate judges and other legal profes- sionals about CEDAW’s precedence over national law?” Some CEDAW proponents intend to use the courts to implement CEDAW by bringing lawsuits challeng- ing U.S. laws or policies. Other CEDAW proponents look to the international arena to force compliance with the treaty. A publication by The Women’s Caucus for Gender Justice explains “the creation of the world’s first per- manent criminal court,” that is, the International Criminal Court, provides “an opportunity to codify as international law … many of the strategic objectives outlined and committed to by Governments in [such documents as CEDAW and the Beijing] Platform for Action.” Legal authorities debate whether these kinds of lawsuits - in national and international courts -would be successful. Yet, as we’ve seen too often, all it takes is a few zealous judges with bizarre interpretations to impose social agendas that would never be voted in by citizens. “CEDAW won’t affect women in the U.S.” Would CEDAW proponents go to such lengths to ratify the treaty if it were ineffective or purely political symbolism, to show solidarity with the women of the world? Julia Ernst, an attorney who organized a “Rally for CEDAW” at the American Bar Association’s national convention, stated she believed ratifying CEDAW would have no affect on U.S. citizens. But Julia was also a plaintiff in a lawsuit against President George W. Bush. The suit argued that, due to international commitments the United States made by signing onto U.N. documents and treaties that refer to “reproductive rights,” the Policy was illegal. This policy bans U.S. funding of internation- al organizations that commit abortion or challenge abortion laws in other countries. She claims the United States must give money to organizations to overturn other nations’ laws regulating abortion. The lawsuit was dismissed. A privilege of our American system is that we, the people, decide what our laws will be and who will rep- resent us. Advocates of CEDAW intend to use the treaty, and its interpretations dreamed up by the CEDAW Committee, to formulate legislation and challenge existing laws. Rulings from a U.N. body, consisting of people from foreign countries and cultures, will be relied upon to attempt to direct the poli- cies, culture and laws of America. “Not ratifying CEDAW puts us in company with Iran and Sudan.” Advocates for CEDAW make the strange assertion that by not ratifying it, the United States is in the same company as other countries that have not ratified it, such as Iran and Sudan. But if the United States ratifies CEDAW, it would put us in the company of: • Saudi Arabia, which systemically treats women as second-class and refuses to return kidnapped American women to their families. • China, which forcibly aborts its women and persecutes religious people. • Cuba, which kills women who flee the country and jails dissidents. • Libya, which practices female genital mutilation and murders political opponents. Eight out of the 12 countries identified by the U.S. State Department in 2006 as having the worst records on sexual trafficking of women and girls have ratified CEDAW. “CEDAW would empower women around the world.” If the United States ratified CEDAW, it would cause other countries to obey it, say its advocates. But, this is a wish, with no foundation or evidence to back it up. The countries that are the worst abusers of women are also anti-American.

49

The best thing to help women in other countries is to promote free and democratic societies. This is what ensures human rights and economic prosperity. Ironically, ratifying CEDAW would condemn women in America and around the world to destructive social policies that devastate the foundation for stable societies - motherhood, marriage and family. Note how the treaty is used by the Committee to promote the very ideology that leads to a loss of freedom, such as redistributing wealth, and quotas on how many women and men can be in certain academic pro- grams, professions, or elected offices. “CEDAW’s opponents say it will do too much, and not do enough.” This is true - CEDAW will be used in the United States to harm our democratic system, national sover- eignty, and protection of women, families and religious institutions. But in the countries that truly need reform to bring dignity to women, it has done too little. Dictators and totalitarian regimes will sign treaties with no intention of honoring them. Yet it allows them to have a representative sitting on U.N. committees in judgment over other countries that ratify the treaty. Hence, we have China and Cuba telling democratic societies to implement socialist policies. “Diplomats are embarrassed that the United States hasn’t ratified CEDAW.” Diplomats testified to the Senate Foreign Relations Committee that they were “embarrassed” when dele- gates from other countries accused the United States of having no authority to speak on human rights - since we have not ratified CEDAW. The embarrassment is that some of our diplomats are incapable of responding to this ridiculous charge. The United States has done more to promote human rights - within its borders and in other countries - than arguably any other country in the history of the world. Other nations have gained by observing our system, based on the belief of the dignity of individuals, conditioned by checks and balances that ensure too much power cannot rest in one branch or person, with the right of citizens to participate in govern- ment by running for office, advancing legislation, and challenging unjust laws or court decisions. The United States provides aid and development support to the poor in virtually every country of the world. This is a living example of our compassion for others. We’ve fought wars, sending our soldiers in harm’s way, to protect countries from regimes that kill its own people as well as threaten the security of others. Women in Afghanistan were rescued from the terror of the Taliban by a country that has not ratified CEDAW. America’s actions do more to help women around the world than other countries’ signatures on a treaty. “The U.S. could influence CEDAW’s rulings if it sits on the Committee.” If the United States ratifies CEDAW, there is no guarantee it will be on the Committee. The Committee has 23 seats, with representatives elected from among the company of nations that ratified CEDAW. Representation is restricted to reflect “equitable geographical distribution … [and] different forms of civi- lization as well as the principal legal systems.” This ensures that totalitarian or incompetent regimes have representation along with democracies, since countries gain moral equivalence by signing CEDAW. At any time, the United States may not get elected onto the Committee. If an American representative were on the Committee, it would be one voice out of 23. “Problems with CEDAW can be handled with reservations.” Reservations are like amendments - countries file reservations to clarify their understanding or to state their exemption from provisions or interpretations of the treaty. During the CEDAW debate in the United

50

States, reservations were adopted; however, legal experts warn they are weak, ineffectual and will likely be ignored. Article 28 of CEDAW states: A reservation incompatible with the object and purpose of the present Convention shall not be permitted. As the official body for overseeing CEDAW and its application, recognized as such by countries that rati- fy CEDAW, it would be up to the Committee to decide if a reservation was “incompatible” and thus null and void. The CEDAW Committee pressures countries to withdraw reservations. For example, it told Hong Kong (China) “to review regularly the reservations entered to the Convention. It urges the Government to amend all laws that are incompatible with the Convention, … with a view to removing the relevant reser- vations. … Of particular concern is the reservation exempting ‘the affairs of religious denominations or orders’ from the scope of the Convention.”“ In at least some cases, the CEDAW Committee views reservations as temporary measures, until countries actively change their culture with the goal to remove their reservations to CEDAW. For example, the CEDAW Committee told Luxembourg “to undertake awareness-raising and education campaigns to over- come traditional and stereotypical images of women and men so as to enable it to withdraw its reservation to article 16.” Article 16 deals with marriage and family. The Committee encourages countries to pressure other countries to remove reservations. It praised the Netherlands and Sweden for their “willingness to place objections to reservations entered by other States parties that it considers incompatible with the object and purpose of the Convention.” Judges who decide that reservations conflict with the object or purpose of the treaty could nullify them. It has been suggested that future presidents who favor establishing CEDAW could ignore or withdraw res- ervations. CEDAW is fundamentally flawed. No reservations could protect our laws and culture from its skewed belief that there is no difference between men and women. The United States should not give our prestige, nor subject our citizens, to CEDAW.

Concerned Women for America 1015 Fifteenth St. N.W., Suite 1100 Washington, D.C. 20005 Phone: (202) 488-7000 Fax: (202) 488-0806 E-mail: [email protected]

51

The “Baby Boy” Case, Case 2141, Resolution No. 23/81, 1980-81 Inter- Amer. Cm. H.R. 25, OEA/Ser. 6/v/II.54, doc. 9 rev. 1 (1981)

[The US law on abortion was the subject of a mean that a fetus enjoys the right to life from petition before the Inter-American Commis- the moment of conception. This conclusion sion on Human Rights. The “Baby Boy” was reached after an extensive discussion of Case, Case No. 2141, 1980-81 Inter-Amer. both the travaux préparatoires of the Conven- Cm. H.R. 25, OEA.Ser.L/V/II.54, doc. 9, rev. tion and an examination of the abortion laws 1 (1981). Two US citizens filed the petition in of the OAS member states at the time they rat- 1977 on behalf of an aborted fetus. The peti- ified the American Convention. Finally, as tion claimed that the US abortion law violated the excerpts below from the opinion indicate, the right to life as set forth in the American the Commission was reluctant to interpret the Declaration on the Rights and Duties of Man.1 Declaration so as to incorporate the language The petition claimed that three acts violated of the Convention, for that would bind the US the American Declaration: (i) the US Su- to a norm to which it had not consented. Two preme Court decisions of Roe v. Wade and commissioners dissented and one commis- Doe v. Bolton that established a women’s con- sioner wrote a concurring opinion. All three stitutional right to choose an abortion; (ii) an of these separate opinions asserted that it was act of abortion performed by a doctor in the a medical and scientific fact that life began at State of Massachusetts after these Supreme conception. The two dissents thus concluded Court decisions; and (iii) the same doctor’s that as a matter of law life began at concep- acquittal by a Massachusetts state court from tion, whereas the concurrence asserted that the criminal charges arising from the abortion. It law ought to so provide, while recognizing is in the Convention, however, and not the that it did not currently do so.] Declaration that the provision concerning the . . . . right to life includes the following sentence: 18. The first violation denounced in the “This right [to life] shall be protected by law petition concerns Article I of the American and, in general, from the moment of concep- Declaration of Rights and Duties of Man: tion.” (emphasis added) In contrast, the Dec- “Every human being has the right to life . . . .” laration says in its entirety, “Every human be- The petitioners admitted that the Declaration ing has the right to life, liberty and security of does not [answer] “when life begins,” “when a his person.” The petitioners attempted to in- pregnancy product becomes a human being,” corporate the “from the moment of concep- or other such questions. However, they try to tion” language by arguing that the Commis- answer these fundamental questions with two sion should look to the Convention definition different arguments: in interpreting the Declaration’s right to life clause. a) The travaux préparatoires, the discus- [The Inter-American Commission found sion of the draft Declaration during the IX that the US abortion law did not violate the International Conference of American Declaration’s right to life, even if one imputed Stats at Bogotá in 1948 and the final vote, to the Declaration the extra language found in demonstrate that the intention of the Con- the Convention. The Commission opined that ference was to protect the right to life the additional Convention language did not “from the moment of conception.” b) The American Convention on Human 1 Rights, promulgated to advance the Decla- The US had not, and as of the beginning of 1997 still has not, ratified the American Convention on Human Rights. While the US thus cannot be held ration’s high purposes and to be read as a accountable under the terms of the American Convention, it can be under the American Declaration, which applies to all OAS member states. corollary document, gives a definition of

52

the right to life in Article 4.1: “This right ba, United States of America, Mexico, Pe- shall be protected by law from the moment ru, Uruguay, and Venezuela, mainly as a of conception.” consequence of the conflict existing be- tween the laws of those States and the 19. A brief legislative history of the Dec- draft of the Juridical Committee. laration does not support the petitioner’s ar- e) In connection with the right to life, the gument, as may be concluded from the follow- definition given in the Juridical Commit- ing information and documents: tee’s draft was incompatible with the laws governing the death penalty and abortion a) Pursuant to Resolution XL of the Inter- in the majority of the American States. In American Conference on Problems of War effect, the acceptance of this absolute con- and Peace (Mexico, 1945), the Inter- cept - the right to life from the moment of American Juridical Committee of Rio de conception - would imply the obligation to Janeiro formulated a preliminary draft of derogate the articles of the Penal Codes in an International Declaration of the Rights force in 1948 in many countries because and Duties of Man to be considered by the such articles excluded the penal sanction Ninth International Conference of Ameri- for the crime of abortion if performed in can States (Bogotá, 1948) . . . . one or more of the following cases: A - b) Article I - Right to Life - of the draft when necessary to save the life of the submitted by the Juridical Committee mother; B - to interrupt the pregnancy of reads: “Every person has the right to life. the victim of a rape; C - to protect the This right extends to the right to life from honor of an honest woman; D - to prevent the moment of conception; to the right to the transmission to the fetus of a heredi- life of incurables, imbeciles and the in- tary or contagious disease; E - for econom- sane. Capital punishment may only be ap- ic reasons (angustia económica). plied in cases in which it has been pre- f) In 1948 the American States that permit- scribed by pre-existing law for crimes of ted abortion in one of such cases and, con- exceptional gravity.” sequently, would be affected by the adop- c) A Working Group was organized to tion of article I of the Juridical Committee, consider the observations and amendments were: Argentina. . .; Brazil. . .; Costa Ri- introduced by the Delegates and to prepare ca. . .; Cuba. . .; Ecuador. . .; Mexico (Dis- an acceptable document. As a result of its trito y Territorios Federales). . .; Nicara- work, the Group submitted to the Sixth gua. . .; Paraguay. . .; Peru. . .; Uru- Committee a new draft entitled American guay. . .; Venezuela. . .; United States of Declaration of the Fundamental Rights America. . .; Puerto Rico. . . . and Duties of Man, Article I of which h) Consequently, the defendant is correct reads: “Every human being has the right to in challenging the petitioners’ assumption life, liberty, security and integrity of her that Article I of the Declaration has incor- person.” porated the notion that the right to life ex- d) This completely new Article I and ists from the moment of conception. In- some substantial changes introduced by deed the conference faced this question the Working Group in other articles have but chose not to adopt language which been explained in its Report of the Work- would clearly have stated that principle. ing Group to the Committee, as a com- promise to resolve the problems raised by 20. The second argument of the petition- the Delegations of Argentina, Brazil, Cu- ers, related to the possible use of the Conven-

53

tion as an element for the interpretation of the drafters of the Convention intended to modify Declaration, requires also a study of the mo- the concept of the right to life that prevailed in tives that prevailed at the San José Diplomatic Bogotá, when they approved the American Conference with the adoption of the definition Declaration. The legal implications of the of the right to life. . . . clause “in general, from the moment of con- 25. To accommodate the views that in- ception” are substantially different from the sisted on the concept “from the moment of shorter clause “from the moment of concep- conception,” with the objection raised, since tion” as appears repeatedly in the petitioners’ the Bogotá conference, based on the legisla- briefs. tion of American States that permitted abor- 31. However, accepting gratia argumen- tion, inter alia, to save the mother’s life, and tandi [for the sake of argument], that the in case of rape, the IACHR, redrafting Article American Convention had established the ab- 2 [of the Convention] (Right to life), decided solute concept of the right to life from the by majority vote, to introduce the words “in moment of conception - it would be impossi- general.” This compromise was the origin of ble to impose upon the United States Govern- the new text of Article 2: “1. Every person ment or that of any other Member State of the has the right to have his life respected. This OAS, by means of ‘interpretation,” an interna- right shall be protected by law, in general, tional obligation based upon a treaty that such from the moment of conception.” State has not duly accepted or ratified. 26. The rapporteur of the Opinion pro- [In dissent, Dr.Marco Gerardo Monroy posed, at this second opportunity for discus- Cabra responded that the Commission had sion of the definition of the right [to] life, to misconstrued the significance of the deletion delete the entire final phrase “. . .in general, of the reference to conception in the draft of from the moment of conception.” He repeated Article I: “[O]ne cannot thereby conclude that the reasoning of his dissenting opinion in the life should not be protected from conception, Commission; based on the abortion laws in inasmuch as the statement ‘to the right to life force in the majority of the American States, of incurables, imbeciles, and the insane’ was with an addition: “to avoid any possibility of also eliminated, and no one could reasonably conflict with article 6, paragraph 1, of the say that the life of incurables, imbeciles, or the United Nations Covenant on Civil and Politi- insane should not be protected.” He suggested cal Rights, which states this right in a general that “[s]ince Article I does not define when way only.” . . . life begins, one can resort to medical science 27. However, the majority of the Com- which has concluded that life has its beginning mission believed that, for reasons of principle, in the union of two series of chromosomes. it was fundamental to state the provision on Most scientists agree that the fetus is a human the protection of the right to life in the form being and is genetically complete.” recommended to the Council of the OAS in its [In a separate dissent, Dr. Luis Demetrio Opinion (Part One). It was accordingly decid- Tinoco Castro concurred with Dr. Monroy ed to keep the text of paragraph 1 without Cabra that the fetus is, in fact, a person, and is change. . . . therefore entitled to protection. But he also 30. In the light of this [drafting] history, it questioned another aspect of the Commis- is clear that the petitioners’ interpretation of sion’s holding. It is wrong, he argued, the definition given by the American Conven- tion on the right to life in incorrect. The addi- that the existence, in the legislation of tion of the phrase “in general, from the mo- many American countries — in 1948 — ment of conception” does not mean that the of legal standards that recognized the le-

54

gality, in certain conditions, of induced ternational life, to the needs determined by abortion, should constitute an insurmount- the inevitable changes that the new epochs able obstacle for recognition to be given, create in the course of the years, and the in the Declaration, to the right of the hu- aspirations that arise as generation follows man being to existence, to life, in the pre- generation. The international community, natal period. . . . [T]he international com- the American community, could not refuse munity, or the American community, may, to accept innovations that have a logical and on certain occasions should revise the and just basis, because doing so would rules of international law in force at the imply stopping the progress of the law and moment, including the recent ones for the repudiating the principle contained in the international protection of human rights, Declaration that the system of protection for the purpose of establishing new pre- of the rights of many should be strength- cepts that will correspond to the advances ened more and more in the international of science, to the teaching of experience, field as social and legal circumstances be- to the changing realities of social and in- come more propitious.]

55

Brüggemann and Scheuten v. Federal Republic of Germany, 5 Eur. Comm’n H.R. Dec. & Rep. 130 (1976), 3 E.H.R.R. 244 (1981)

[In Brüggemann and Scheuten v. Federal Re- 54. According to Article 8 of the Conven- public of Germany, the European Commission tion, ‘Everyone has the right to respect for his of Human Rights addressed the issue of whether private . . . life . . .’. In its decision on admis- the criminalization of abortion violates the right sibility, the Commission has already found to respect for private life as set forth in Article that legislation regulating the interruption of 8, ECHR. A petition was brought before the pregnancy touches upon the sphere of private European Commission challenging (i) a deci- life. The first question which must be an- sion of the Federal Constitutional Court striking swered is whether the legal rules governing down German legislation that would have re- abortion in the Federal Republic of Germany moved criminal liability for any abortion per- since the judgment of the Constitutional Court formed during the first twelve weeks of preg- of 25 February 1975 constitute an interference nancy, and (ii) subsequent German legislation with the right to respect for private life of the that generally criminalized all abortions except those undertaken in specific situations of dis- applicants. tress during the first twelve weeks of pregnancy. 55. The right to respect for private life is The Federal Constitutional Court had held that of such a scope as to secure to the individual a such a provision violated the right to life and the sphere within which he can freely pursue the right to human dignity embodied in the German development and fulfillment of his personali- Basic Law.1 The challenge was brought by two ty. To this effect, he must also have the pos- women who claimed that the legislation and de- sibility of establishing relationships of various cision violated their family and privacy rights kinds, including sexual, with other persons. In under Article 8 by prohibiting them from having principle, therefore, whenever the State sets an abortion in the case of an unwanted preg- up rules for the behaviour of the individual nancy.2 The Commission held that the legal within this sphere, it interferes with the re- regulation in question did not violate the appli- spect for private life and such interference cant’s right to privacy. It specifically declined to must be justified in the light of Article 8 (2). address whether a fetus is a ‘life’ protected un- 56. However, there are limits to the per- der the right to life of the Convention, or is an sonal sphere. While a large proportion of the entity on behalf of which an individual’s privacy law existing in a given State has some imme- right may be limited as set forth in Article 8(2).] diate or remote effect on the individual’s pos- 50. The applicants mainly allege a viola- sibility of developing his personality by doing tion of Article 8 of the Convention by the what he wants to do, not all of these can be Federal Republic of Germany in that they are considered to constitute an interference with not free to have an abortion carried out in case private life in the sense of Article 8 of the of an unwanted pregnancy. They state that, as Convention. In fact, as the earlier jurispru- a result, they either have to renounce sexual dence of the Commission has already shown, intercourse or to apply methods of contracep- the claim to respect for private life is automat- tion or to carry out a pregnancy against their ically reduced to the extent that the individual will. . . . . himself brings his private life into contact with public life or into close connection with other 1 Article 1, I Grundgesetz (“Human dignity is inalienable. All governmental protected interests. . . . power has to respect and protect it.”) 2 60. The Commission does not find it nec- In addition to claiming a violation of Article 8, the two applicants also claimed that the law criminalizing abortion violated Articles 9 (conscience), 11 essary to decide, in this context, whether the (association), 14 (discrimination), 17 (other non-explicit rights), and 18. The unborn child is to be considered as ‘life’ in the Commission did not reach the claims under these latter Articles. sense of Article 2 of the Convention, or

56

whether it could be regarded as an entity within the first 12 weeks after conception ‘in which under Article 8 (2) could justify an in- order to avert from the pregnant woman the terference ‘for the protection of others’. There risk of serious distress that cannot be averted can be no doubt that certain interests relating in any other way she might reasonably be ex- to pregnancy are legally protected, e.g. as pected to bear, the Court may abstain from shown by a survey of the legal order in 13 imposing punishment’. (See § 23, supra). High Contracting Parties. (See the Commis- According to Article 218a of the Criminal sion’s Report, App VII.). This survey reveals code in the version of the Fifteenth Criminal that, without exception, certain rights are at- Law Reform Act of 18 May 1976 (See § 26, tributed to the conceived but unborn child, in supra), an abortion performed by a physician particular the right to inherit. The Commis- is not punishable if the termination of preg- sion also notes that Article 6 (5) of the United nancy is advisable for any reason in order to Nations Covenant on Civil and Political avert from the pregnant woman the danger of Rights prohibits the execution of death sen- a distress which is so serious that the pregnant tences on pregnant women. woman cannot be required to continue the 61. The Commission therefore finds that pregnancy and which cannot be averted in any not every regulation of the termination of un- other way the pregnant woman might reason- wanted pregnancies constitutes an interference ably be expected to bear. In particular, the with the right to respect for the private life of abortion is admitted if continuation of the the mother. Article 8 (1) cannot be interpreted pregnancy would create a danger to the life or as meaning that pregnancy and its termination health of The woman, if it has to be feared that are, as a principle, solely a matter of the pri- the child might suffer from an incurable injury vate life of the mother. In this respect the to its health or if the pregnancy is the result of Commission notes that there is not one mem- a crime. the woman is required also to seek ber State of the Convention which does not, in advice on medically significant aspects of one way or another, set up legal rules in this abortion as well as on the public and private matter. The applicants complain about the assistance available for pregnant women, fact that the Constitutional Court declared null mothers and children. and void the Fifth Criminal Law Reform Act, In the absence of any of the above indica- but even this Act was not based on the as- tions, the pregnant woman herself is neverthe- sumption that abortion is entirely a matter of less exempt from any punishment if the abor- the private life of the pregnant woman. It only tion was performed by a doctor within the first provided that an abortion performed by a phy- 22 weeks of pregnancy and if she made use of sician with the pregnant the medical and social counseling. woman’s consent should not be punishable if 63. In view of this situation, the Commis- no more than 12 weeks had elapsed after con- sion does not find that the legal rules com- ception. plained about by the applicants interfere with 62. The legal solutions following the Fifth their right to respect for their private life. Criminal Law Reform Act cannot be said to 64. Furthermore, the Commission has had disregard the private-life aspect connected regard to the fact that, when the European with the problem of abortion. The judgment Convention of Human Rights entered into of the Federal Constitutional Court of 25 Feb- force, the law on abortion in all member States ruary 1975 not only recognised the medical, was at least as restrictive as the one now com- eugenic and ethical indications but also stated plained of by the applicants. In many Europe- that, where the pregnancy was terminated by a an countries the problem of abortion is or has doctor with the pregnant woman’s consent been the subject of heated debates on legal

57

reform since. There is no evidence that it was the intention of the Parties to the Convention to bind themselves in favour of any particular solution under discussion — e.g. a solution of the kind set out in the Fifth Criminal Law Re- form Act (Fristenlösung — time limitation) which was not yet under public discussion at the time the Convention was drafted and adopted. 65. The Commission finally notes that, since 21 June 1974, the relevant legal situation has gradually become more favourable to the applicants. Conclusion 66. The Commission unanimously con- cludes that the present case does not disclose a breach of Article 8 of the Convention. (The Committee of Ministers, agreeing with the Commission’s opinion, decided that there had been no violation of the Convention: Res DH (78) 1 (17 March 1978).

58

Paton v. United Kingdom, 3 E.H.R.R. 408 (1981) (European Commission of Human Rights)

FACTS: for months I have been close to a nervous 1. The applicant is a citizen of the United breakdown.’) Kingdom born in 1944. He is a steel worker . . . . by profession. 7. The President dismissed the applica- 2. From his statement and the documents tion. He stated that an injunction could be submitted by the applicant it appears that he granted only to restrain the infringement of a was married to Joan Mary Paton on 10 Octo- legal right; that in English law the foetus has ber 1974. On 12 May 1978 he was told by his no legal rights until it is born and has a sepa- wife that she was eight weeks pregnant and rate existence from its mother, and that the intended to have an abortion. On 17 May father of a foetus, whether or not he is married 1978 the applicant applied to the High Court to the mother, has no legal right to prevent the of Justice for an injunction to prevent the mother from having an abortion or to be con- abortion from being carried out. . . . sulted or informed about a proposed abortion, 3. Section 1(1) of the 1967 Act permits if the provisions of the 1967 Act have been the termination of a pregnancy by a registered complied with. (See Paton v. British Pregnan- medical practitioner if two registered medical cy Advisory Service [1979] Q.B. 276.) practitioners find: . . . . Complaints (a) that the continuance of the pregnancy would involve risk to the life of the preg- The applicant contends that the law of nant woman, or of injury to the physical or England and Wales violates: mental health of the pregnant woman or (1) Articles 2 and/or 5 of the Convention any existing children of her family, greater in that it allows abortion at all, and/or that than if the pregnancy were terminated; or it denies the foetus any legal rights; (2) Articles 6 and/or 8 and/or 9 of the (b) that there is a substantial risk that if Convention in that, if the provisions of the the child were born it would suffer from 1967 Act are complied with, it denies the such physical or mental abnormalities as father of a foetus, whether or not he is to be seriously handicapped. married to the mother: The certificate in the present case was is- (a) a right to object to a proposed abor- sued under paragraph (a) (injury to the physi- tion of the foetus; and/or cal or mental health of the pregnant woman). (b) a right to apply to the Courts for an (In an affidavit submitted to the High Court order to prevent or postpone the pro- the applicant’s wife stated inter alia: ‘My posed abortion; and/or marriage was increasingly unhappy . . . and (c) a right to be consulted about the pro- . . . has broken down irretrievably. I left the posed abortion; and/or plaintiff on legal advice as I feared for my (d) a right to be informed about the pro- safety and we live apart . . . and in future I will posed abortion; and/or live as a single woman . . . Because of the (e) a right to demand, in a case where plaintiff’s behaviour life with him became in- registered medical practitioners have creasingly impossible and my health suffered given certificates under section 1 of the and I am receiving treatment from my doctor 1967 Act, that the mother be examined . . . I could not cope and I verily believe that by a different registered medical practi-

59

tioner or practitioners appointed by the personne à la vie est protégé par la loi’). The father or by and upon his application to a Commission, in its interpretation of this clause designated court, tribunal or other body; and, in particular, of the terms ‘everyone’ and and/or ‘life’, has examined the ordinary meaning of (f) a right to demand that the registered the provision in the context both of Article 2 medical practitioners, who examine the and of the Convention as a whole, taking into mother to decide whether or not to give account the object and purpose of the Conven- certificates under section 1 of the 1967 tion. Act, should be independent of the insti- 7. The Commission first notes that the tution or organisation at or by which the term ‘everyone’ (‘toute personne’) is not de- abortion will be carried out should such fined in the Convention. It appears in Article certificates be given. 1 and in Section I, apart from Article 2(1), in . . . . Articles 5, 6, 8 to 11 and 13. In nearly all THE LAW these instances the use of the word is such that . . . . 4. The Commission, therefore, has to it can apply only postnatally. None indicates examine whether this application discloses clearly that it has any possible prenatal appli- any appearance of a violation of the provisions cation, although such application in a rare case of the Convention invoked by the applicant, in — e.g. under Article 6(1) — cannot be entire- particular Articles 2 and 8. It here recalls that ly excluded. the abortion law of High Contracting Parties 8. As regards, more particularly, Article 2, to the Convention has so far been the subject it contains the following limitations of ‘every- of several applications under Article 25. The one’s’ right to life announced in the first sen- applicants either alleged that the legislation tence of paragraph (1): concerned violated the (unborn child’s) right — a clause permitting the death penalty in to life (Article 2) or they claimed that it con- paragraph (1), second sentence: ‘No one stituted an unjustified interference with the shall be deprived of his life intentionally (parents’) right to respect for private life (Ar- save in the execution of a sentence of a ticle 8). . . . court following his conviction of a crime 5. The question whether the unborn child for which this penalty is provided by law’; is covered by Article 2 was expressly left open and in Application No 6959/75 ((1978) 10 Eur. — the provision, in paragraph (2), that Cm. H.R. 100, 116, § 60) and has not yet been deprivation of life shall not be regarded as considered by the Commission in any other inflicted in contravention of Article 2 case. It has, however, been the subject of pro- when it results from ‘the use of force ceedings before the Constitutional Court of which is no more than absolutely neces- Austria, a High Contracting State in which the sary’ in the following three cases: ‘In de- Convention has the rank of constitutional law. fence of any person from unlawful vio- In those proceedings the Austrian Constitu- lence’; ‘in order to effect a lawful arrest or tional Court, noting the different view ex- to prevent the escape of a person lawfully pressed on this question in legal writings, detained’; ‘in action lawfully taken for the found that Article 2(1), first sentence, inter- purpose of quelling a riot or insurrection’. preted in the context of Article 2, §§ (1) and (2), does not cover the unborn life. All the above limitations, by their nature, con- 6. Article 2(1), first sentence, provides: cern persons already born and cannot be ap- ‘Everyone’s right to life shall be protected by plied to the foetus. law’ (in the French text: ‘Le droit de toute

60

9. Thus both the general usage of the term of ‘everyone’s’ right to ‘life’, by their nature, ‘everyone’ (‘toute personne’) of the Conven- concern persons already born and cannot be tion (§ 7 above) and the context in which this applied to the foetus. The Commission must term is employed in Article 2 (§ 8 above) tend therefore examine whether Article 2, in the to support the view that it does not include the absence of any express limitation concerning unborn. the foetus, is to be interpreted: 10. The Commission has next examined, — as not covering the foetus at all; in the light of the above considerations, — as recognising a ‘right to life’ of the whether the term ‘life’ in Article 2(1), first foetus with certain implied limitations; or sentence, is to be interpreted as covering only — as recognising an absolute ‘right to life’ the life of persons already born or also the of the foetus. ‘unborn life’ of the foetus. The Commission 18. The Commission has first considered notes that the term ‘life’, too, is not defined in whether Article 2 is to be construed as recog- the Convention. nising an absolute ‘right to life’ of the foetus 11. It further observes that another, more and has excluded such an interpretation on the recent international instrument for the protec- following grounds. tion of human rights, the American Conven- 19. The ‘life’ of the foetus is intimately tion on Human Rights of 1969, contains in connected with, and cannot be regarded in iso- Article 4(1), first and second sentences, the lation from, the life of the pregnant woman. If following provisions expressly extending the Article 2 were held to cover the foetus and its right to life to the unborn: protection under this Article were, in the ab- Every person has the right to have his life sence of any express limitation, seen as abso- respected. This right shall be protected by lute, an abortion would have to be considered law and, in general, from the moment of as prohibited even where the continuance of conception. the pregnancy would involve a serious risk to 12. The Commission is aware of the wide the life of the pregnant woman. This would divergence of thinking on the question of mean that the ‘unborn life’ of the foetus would where life begins. While some believe that it be regarded as being of a higher value than the starts already with conception others tend to life of the pregnant woman. The ‘right to life’ focus upon the moment of nidation, upon the of a person already born would thus be con- point that the foetus becomes ‘viable’, or upon sidered as subject not only to the express limi- live birth. . . . . tations mentioned in paragraph 8 above but 16. The Commission considers with the also to a further, implied limitation. Austrian Constitutional Court that, in inter- 20. The Commission finds that such an preting the scope of the term ‘life’ in Article interpretation would be contrary to the object 2(1), first sentence, of the Convention, par- and purpose of the Convention. It notes that, ticular regard must be had to the context of the already at the time of the signature of the Article as a whole. It also observes that the Convention (4 November 1950), all High term ‘life’ may be subject to different interpre- Contracting Parties, with one possible excep- tations in different legal instruments, depend- tion, permitted abortion when necessary to ing on the context in which it is used in the save the life of the mother and that, in the instrument concerned. meanwhile, the national law on termination of 17. The Commission has already noted, pregnancy has shown a tendency towards fur- when discussing the meaning of the term ‘eve- ther liberalisation. ryone’ in Article 2 (§ 8 above), that the limita- 21. Having thus excluded, as being in- tions, in paragraphs (1) and (2) of the Article, compatible with the object and purpose of the

61

Convention, one of the three different con- 24. The Commission concludes that the structions of Article 2 mentioned in paragraph applicant’s complaint under Article 2 is inad- 17 above, the Commission has next consid- missible as being manifestly ill-founded with- ered which of the two remaining interpreta- in the meaning of Article 27(2). tions is to be regarded as the correct one — 25. In its examination of the applicant’s i.e. whether Article 2 does not cover the foetus complaints, concerning the Abortion Act 1967 at all or whether it recognises a ‘right to life’ and its application in this case, the Commis- of the foetus with certain implied limitations. sion has next had regard to Article 8 of the 22. The Commission here notes that the Convention which, in paragraph (1), guaran- abortion complained of was carried out at the tees to everyone the right to respect for his initial stage of the pregnancy — the appli- family life. The Commission here notes, apart cant’s wife was ten weeks pregnant — under from his principal complaint concerning the section 1(1)(a) of the Abortion Act 1967 in permission of the abortion, the applicant’s an- order to avert the risk of injury to the physical cillary submission that the 1967 Act denies the or mental health of the pregnant woman. It father of the foetus a right to be consulted, and follows that, as regards the second of the two to make applications, about the proposed abor- remaining interpretations, the Commission is tion. in the present case not concerned with the The Commission also observes that the broad question whether Article 2 recognises a applicant, who under Article 2 claims to be the ‘right to life’ of the foetus during the whole victim of a violation of the right to life of the period of the pregnancy but only with the nar- foetus of which he was the potential father, rower issue whether such a right is to be as- under Article 8 invokes a right of his own. sumed for the initial stage of the pregnancy. 26. As regards the principal complaint Moreover, as regards implied limitations of a concerning the permission of the abortion, the ‘right to life’ of the foetus at the initial stage, Commission recalls that the pregnancy of the only the limitation protecting the life and applicant’s wife was terminated in accordance health of the pregnant woman, the so-called with her wish and in order to avert the risk of ‘medical indication’, is relevant for the deter- injury to her physical or mental health. The mination of the present case and the question Commission therefore finds that this decision, of other possible limitations (ethic indication, in so far as it interfered in itself with the ap- eugenic indication, social indication, time lim- plicant’s right to respect for his family life, itation) does not arise. was justified under paragraph (2) of Article 8 23. The Commission considers that it is as being necessary for the protection of the not in these circumstances called upon to de- rights of another person. It follows that this cide whether Article 2 does not cover the foe- complaint is also manifestly ill-founded within tus at all or whether it recognises a ‘right to the meaning of Article 27(2). life’ of the foetus with implied limitations. It 27. The Commission has next considered finds that the authorisation, by the United the applicant’s ancillary complaint that the Kingdom authorities, of the abortion com- Abortion Act 1967 denies the father of the plained of is compatible with Article 2(1), first foetus a right to be consulted, and to make ap- sentence because, if one assumes that this plications, about the proposed abortion. It ob- provision applies at the initial stage of the serves that any interpretation of the husband’s pregnancy, the abortion is covered by an im- and potential father’s right, under Article 8 of plied limitation, protecting the life and health the Convention, to respect for his private and of the woman at that stage, of the ‘right to life’ family life, as regards an abortion which his of the foetus. wife intends to have performed on her, must

62

first of all take into account the right of the cedural rights as claimed by the applicant, i.e. pregnant woman, being the person primarily a right to be consulted, or a right to make ap- concerned in the pregnancy and its continua- plications, about an abortion which his wife tion or termination, to respect for her private intends to have performed on her. The Com- life. The pregnant woman’s right to respect mission concludes that this complaint is in- for her private life, as affected by the develop- compatible ratione materiae with the provi- ing foetus, has been examined by the Com- sions of the Convention within the meaning of mission in its Report in the Brüggemann and Article 27(2). Scheuten case (supra, §§ 59 et seq). In the 28. The Commission does not find that present case the Commission, having regard to any of the other provisions invoked by the ap- the right of the pregnant woman, does not find plicant (Articles 5, 6 and 9 of the Convention) that the husband’s and potential father’s right are relevant for the examination of his com- to respect for his private and family life can be plaints. interpreted so widely as to embrace such pro-

63

Hypothetical UK Derogation of December 18, 2001 (for the Problem at CB 789-792) Declaration contained in a Note Verbale from meaning of Article 15 (1) of the Convention, the Permanent Representation of the United exists in the United Kingdom. Kingdom, dated 18 December 2001, registered The Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act by the Secretariat General of the Council of 2001 Europe on 18 December 2001 - Or. Engl. As a result of the public emergency, provision The United Kingdom Permanent Representa- is made in the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Secu- tive to the Council of Europe presents his com- rity Act 2001 (effective within the UK as of pliments to the Secretary General of the Coun- October 1, 2001), inter alia, for an extended cil, and has the honour to convey the following power to arrest and detain individuals who information in order to ensure compliance with commit or are suspected of committing terrorist the obligations of Her Majesty's Government in acts. The extended power to arrest and detain the United Kingdom under Article 15(3) of the will apply where the Secretary of State issues a Convention for the Protection of Human Rights certificate indicating his belief that the person is and Fundamental Freedoms signed at Rome on an international terrorist. The maximum period 5 November 1950. of detention under the certificate will be six (6) Public emergency in the United Kingdom days. The certificate will be subject to an ap- The terrorist attacks in New York, Washington, peal to a Special Appeals Commission D.C. and Pennsylvania on 11th September 2001 (“SAC”), which will have power to cancel it if resulted in several thousand deaths, including it considers that the certificate should not have many British victims and others from 70 differ- been issued. The membership of the SAC con- ent countries. In its resolutions 1368 (2001) and sists of a high official from the metropolitan 1373 (2001), the United Nations Security police department, a high-level official in the Council recognised the attacks as a threat to Foreign Ministry, and a judge appointed by Her international peace and security. Majesty’s government. The threat from international terrorism is a con- The extended power of arrest and detention in tinuing one. In its resolution 1373 (2001), the the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act Security Council, acting under Chapter VII of 2001 is a measure which is strictly required by the United Nations Charter, required all States the exigencies of the situation. It is a temporary to take measures to prevent the commission of provision which comes into force for an initial terrorist attacks, including by denying safe ha- period of 15 months and then expires unless ven to those who finance, plan, support or renewed by the Parliament. Thereafter, it is sub- commit terrorist attacks. ject to annual renewal by Parliament. If, at any time, in the Governments' assessment, the public There exists a terrorist threat to the United emergency no longer exists or the extended Kingdom from persons suspected of involve- power is no longer strictly required by the exi- ment in international terrorism. In particular, gencies of the situation, then the Secretary of there are individuals present in the United State will, by Order, repeal the provision. Kingdom who are suspected of being con- cerned in the commission, preparation or insti- Derogation under Article 15 of the Convention gation of acts of international terrorism, of be- To the extent, therefore, that the exercise of the ing members of organisations or groups which extended power may be inconsistent with the are so concerned or of having links with mem- United Kingdom's obligations under Article 5, bers of such organisations or groups, and who the Government has decided to avail itself of are a threat to the national security of the Unit- the right of derogation conferred by Article ed Kingdom. 15(1) of the Convention and will continue to do As a result, a public emergency, within the so until further notice.

64

Actual UK Derogation of December 18, 2001 (for the Problem at CB 789-792)

Note: This is the actual derogation filed by the UK in stigation of acts of international terrorism, of 2001 (referred to in CB 791). I have included this solely being members of organisations or groups for your interest; reading it is optional. What you must read for the problem at CB 789-792 is the Hypothetical which are so concerned or of having links UK Declaration (Supp.64 ).. with members of such organisations or groups, and who are a threat to the national security of Declaration contained in a Note Verbale the United Kingdom. from the Permanent Representation of the United Kingdom, dated 18 December 2001, As a result, a public emergency, within the registered by the Secretariat General on 18 meaning of Article 15 (1) of the Convention, December 2001 - Or. Engl. exists in the United Kingdom. The United Kingdom Permanent Representa- The Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001 tive to the Council of Europe presents his As a result of the public emergency, provision compliments to the Secretary General of the is made in the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Se- Council, and has the honour to convey the fol- curity Act 2001, inter alia, for an extended lowing information in order to ensure compli- power to arrest and detain a foreign national ance with the obligations of Her Majesty's which will apply where it is intended to re- Government in the United Kingdom under move or deport the person from the United Article 15(3) of the Convention for the Protec- Kingdom but where removal or deportation is tion of Human Rights and Fundamental Free- not for the time being possible, with the con- doms signed at Rome on 5 November 1950. sequence that the detention would be unlawful Public emergency in the United Kingdom under existing domestic law powers. The ex- tended power to arrest and detain will apply The terrorist attacks in New York, Washing- where the Secretary of State issues a certifi- ton, D.C. and Pennsylvania on 11th September cate indicating his belief that the person's 2001 resulted in several thousand deaths, in- presence in the United Kingdom is a risk to cluding many British victims and others from national security and that he suspects the per- 70 different countries. In its resolutions 1368 son of being an international terrorist. That (2001) and 1373 (2001), the United Nations certificate will be subject to an appeal to the Council recognised the attacks as a threat to Special Immigration Appeals Commission international peace and security. (“SIAC”), established under the Special Immi- The threat from international terrorism is a gration Appeals Commission Act 1997, which continuing one. In its resolution 1373 (2001), will have power to cancel it if it considers that the Security Council, acting under Chapter VII the certificate should not have been issued. of the United Nations Charter, required all There will be an appeal on a point of law from States to take measures to prevent the com- a ruling by SIAC. In addition, the certificate mission of terrorist attacks, including by deny- will be reviewed by SIAC at regular intervals. ing safe haven to those who finance, plan, SIAC will also be able to grant bail, where ap- support or commit terrorist attacks. propriate, subject to conditions. It will be open There exists a terrorist threat to the United to a detainee to end his detention at any time by Kingdom from persons suspected of involve- agreeing to leave the United Kingdom. ment in international terrorism. In particular, The extended power of arrest and detention in there are foreign nationals present in the Unit- the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act ed Kingdom who are suspected of being con- 2001 is a measure which is strictly required by cerned in the commission, preparation or in- the exigencies of the situation. It is a temporary

65

provision which comes into force for an initial grounds, continued detention may not be con- period of 15 months and then expires unless re- sistent with Article 5(1)(f) as interpreted by newed by the Parliament. Thereafter, it is sub- the Court in the Chahal case. This may be the ject to annual renewal by Parliament. If, at any case, for example, if the person has estab- time, in the Governments' assessment, the public lished that removal to their own country might emergency no longer exists or the extended result in treatment contrary to Article 3 of the power is no longer strictly required by the exi- Convention. In such circumstances, irrespec- gencies of the situation, then the Secretary of tive of the gravity of the threat to national se- State will, by Order, repeal the provision. curity posed by the person concerned, it is Domestic law powers of detention (other than well established that Article 3 prevents re- under the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security moval or deportation to a place where there is Act 2001) a real risk that the person will suffer treatment contrary to that article. If no alternative desti- The Government has powers under the Immi- nation is immediately available then removal gration Act 1971 (“the 1971 Act”) to remove or deportation may not, for the time being, be or deport persons on the ground that their possible even though the ultimate intention presence in the United Kingdom is not condu- remains to remove or deport the person once cive to the public good on national security satisfactory arrangements can be made. In ad- grounds. Persons can also be arrested and de- dition, it may not be possible to prosecute the tained under Schedules 2 and 3 to the 1971 person for a criminal offence given the strict Act pending their removal or deportation. The rules on the admissibility of evidence in the courts in the United Kingdom have ruled that criminal justice system of the United King- this power of detention can only be exercised dom and the high standard of proof required. during the period necessary, in all the circum- stances of the particular case, to effect remov- Derogation under Article 15 of the Convention al and that, if it becomes clear that removal is The Government has considered whether the not going to be possible within a reasonable exercise of the extended power to detain con- time, detention will be unlawful (R. v Gover- tained in the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Secu- nor of Durham Prison, ex parte Singh [1984] rity Act 2001 may be inconsistent with the All ER 983). obligations under Article 5(1) of the Conven- Article 5(1)(f) of the Convention tion. As indicated above, there may be cases where, notwithstanding a continuing intention It is well established that Article 5(1)(f) per- to remove or deport a person who is being de- mits the detention of a person with a view to tained, it is not possible to say that “action is deportation only in circumstances where “ac- being taken with a view to deportation” within tion is being taken with a view to deportation” the meaning of Article 5(1)(f) as interpreted (Chahal v United Kingdom (1996) 23 EHRR by the Court in the Chahal case. To the extent, 413 at paragraph 112). In that case the Euro- therefore, that the exercise of the extended pean Court of Human Rights indicated that power may be inconsistent with the United detention will cease to be permissible under Kingdom's obligations under Article 5(1), the Article 5(1)(f) if deportation proceedings are Government has decided to avail itself of the not prosecuted with due diligence and that it right of derogation conferred by Article 15(1) was necessary in such cases to determine of the Convention and will continue to do so whether the duration of the deportation pro- until further notice. ceedings was excessive (paragraph 113). Period covered: 18/12/01 - The preceding In some cases, where the intention remains to statement concerns Article(s): 15 remove or deport a person on national security

66

The Paquete Habana, 175 U.S. 677 (1900)

MR. JUSTICE GRAY delivered the opinion of the court. lished work, although many are referred to These are two appeals from decrees of the and discussed by the writers on international District Court of the United States for the law, notably in 2 Ortolan, Regles Internation- Southern District of Florida, condemning two ales et Diplomatie de la Mer, (4th ed.) lib. 3, c. fishing vessels and their cargoes as prize of 2, pp. 51-56; in 4 Calvo, Droit International, war. (5th ed.) §§ 2367-2373; in De Boeck, Pro- Each vessel was a fishing smack, running priete Privee Ennemie sous Pavillon Ennemi, in and out of Havana, and regularly engaged § § 191-196; and in Hall, International in fishing on the coast of Cuba; sailed under Law, (4th. ed.) § 148. It is therefore worth the Spanish flag; was owned by a Spanish the while to trace the history of the rule, from subject of Cuban birth, living in the city of the earliest accessible sources, through the in- Havana; was commanded by a subject of creasing recognition of it, with occasional set- Spain, also residing in Havana; and her master backs, to what we may now justly consider as and crew had no interest in the vessel, but its final establishment in our own country and were entitled to shares, amounting in all to generally throughout the civilized world. two thirds, of her catch, the other third belong- The earliest acts of any government on the ing to her owner. Her cargo consisted of fresh subject, mentioned in the books, either em- fish, caught by her crew from the sea, put on anated from, or were approved by, a King of board as they were caught, and kept and sold England. alive. Until stopped by the blockading squad- ron, she had no knowledge of the existence of In 1403 and 1406, Henry IV issued orders the war, or of any blockade. She had no arms to his admirals and other officers, entitled or ammunition on board, and made no attempt “Concerning Safety for Fishermen -- De Secu- to run the blockade after she knew of its exist- ritate pro Piscatoribus.” By an order of Octo- ence, nor any resistance at the time of the cap- ber 26, 1403, reciting that it was made pursu- ture. . . . ant to a treaty between himself and the King We are then brought to the consideration of France; and for the greater safety of the of the question whether, upon the facts ap- fishermen of either country, and so that they pearing in these records, the fishing smacks could be, and carry on their industry, the more were subject to capture by the armed vessels safely on the sea, and deal with each other in of the United States during the recent war with peace; and that the French King had consented Spain. that English fishermen should be treated like- wise; it was ordained that French fishermen By an ancient usage among civilized na- might, during the then pending season for the tions, beginning centuries ago, and gradually herring fishery, safely fish for herrings and all ripening into a rule of international law, coast other fish, from the harbor of Gravelines and fishing vessels, pursuing their vocation of the island of Thanet to the mouth of the Seine catching and bringing in fresh fish, have been and the harbor of Hautoune. And by an order recognized as exempt, with their cargoes and of October 5, 1406, he took into his safe con- crews, from capture as prize of war. duct, and under his special protection, guardi- This doctrine, however, has been earnestly anship and defence, all and singular the fish- contested at the bar; and no complete collec- ermen of France, Flanders and Brittany, with tion of the instances illustrating it is to be their fishing vessels and boats, everywhere on found, so far as we are aware, in a single pub- the sea, through and within his dominions, ju-

67

risdictions and territories, in regard to their tion, to or upon such fishermen, or their ves- fishery, while sailing, coming and going, and, sels, supplies, equipments, nets and fish, or at their pleasure, freely and lawfully fishing, other goods soever truly appertaining to fish- delaying or proceeding, and returning home- ing. The treaty was made at Calais, then an ward with their catch of fish, without any mo- English possession. It recites that the ambas- lestation or hindrance whatever; and also their sadors of the two sovereigns met there at the fish, nets, and other property and goods soev- earnest request of Henry VIII, and with his er; and it was therefore ordered that such countenance, and in the presence of Cardinal fishermen should not be interfered with, pro- Wolsey, his chancellor and representative. vided they should comport themselves well And towards the end of the treaty it is agreed and properly, and should not, by color of these that the said King and his said representative, presents, do or attempt, or presume to do or “by whose means the treaty stands concluded, attempt, anything that could prejudice the shall be conservators of the agreements there- King, or his kingdom of England, or his sub- in, as if thereto by both parties elected and jects. 8 Rymer’s Foedera, 336, 451. chosen.” 4 Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, pt. 1, pp. 352, 353. The treaty made October 2, 1521, between the Emperor Charles V and Francis I of The herring fishery was permitted, in time France, through their ambassadors, recited that of war, by French and Dutch edicts in 1536. a great and fierce war had arisen between Bynkershoek, Quaestiones Juris Publicae, lib. them, because of which there had been, both 1, c. 3; 1 Emerigon des Assurances, c. 4, sect. by land and by sea, frequent depredations and 9; c. 12, sect. 19, § 8. incursions on either side, to the grave detri- France, from remote times, set the exam- ment and intolerable injury of the innocent ple of alleviating the evils of war in favor of subjects of each; and that a suitable time for all coast fishermen. In the compilation entitled the herring fishery was at hand, and, by reason Us et Coutumes de la Mer, published by Clei- of the sea being beset by the enemy, the fish- rac in 1661, and in the third part thereof, con- ermen did not dare to go out, whereby the sub- taining “Maritime or Admiralty Jurisdiction -- ject of their industry, bestowed by heaven to la Jurisdiction de la Marine ou d’Admiraute allay the hunger of the poor, would wholly fail -- as well in time of peace as in time of war,” for the year, unless it were otherwise provided article 80 is as follows: “The admiral may in -- quo fit, ut piscaturoe commoditas, ad pau- time of war accord fishing truces -- tresves perum levandam famem a coelesti numine pescheresses -- to the enemy and to his sub- concessa, cessare hoc anno omnino debeat, jects; provided that the enemy will likewise nisi aliter provideatur. And it was therefore accord them to Frenchmen.” Cleirac, 544. agreed that the subjects of each sovereign, Under this article, reference is made to articles fishing in the sea, of exercising the calling of 49 and 79 respectively of the French ordi- fishermen, could and might, until the end of nances concerning the Admiralty in 1543 and the next January, without incurring any attack, 1584, of which it is but a reproduction. 4 depredation, molestation, trouble or hindrance Pardessus, Collection de Lois Maritimes, 319; soever, safely and freely, everywhere in the 2 Ortolan, 51. And Cleirac adds, in a note, sea, take herrings and every other kind of fish, this quotation from Froissart’s Chronicles: the existing war by land and sea notwithstand- “Fishermen on the sea, whatever war there ing; and further that, during the time aforesaid, were in France and England, never did harm no subject of either sovereign should commit, to one another; so they are friends, and help or attempt or presume to commit, any depre- one another at need -- Pescheurs sur mer, dation, force, violence, molestation or vexa- quelque guerre qui soit en France et An-

68

gleterre, jamais ne se firent mal l’un a l’autre; any signals creating a suspicion of intelligence aincois sont amis, et s’aydent l’un a l’autre au with the enemy; and the admiral was directed besoin.” to communicate the King’s intentions to all officers under his control. By a royal order in The same custom would seem to have pre- council of November 6, 1780, the former or- vailed in France until towards the end of the ders were confirmed; and the capture and ran- seventeenth century. For example, in 1675, som, by a French cruiser, of The John and Louis XIV and the States General of Holland, Sarah, an English vessel, coming from Hol- by mutual agreement, granted to Dutch and land, laden with fresh fish, were pronounced French fishermen the liberty, undisturbed by to be illegal. 2 Code des Prises, (ed. 1784) their vessels of war, of fishing along the 721, 901, 903. coasts of France, Holland and England. D’Hauterive et De Cussy, Traites de Com- Among the standing orders made by Sir merce, pt. 1, vol. 2, p. 278. But by the ordi- James Marriott, Judge of the English High nances of 1681 and 1692 the practice was dis- Court of Admiralty, was one of April 11, continued, because, Valin says, of the faithless 1780, by which it was “ordered, that all causes conduct of the enemies of France, who, abus- of prize of fishing boats or vessels taken from ing the good faith with which she had always the enemy may be consolidated in one moni- observed the treaties, habitually carried off her tion, and one sentence or interlocutory, if un- fishermen, while their own fished in safety. 2 der fifty tons burden, and not more than six in Valin sur l’Ordonnance de la Marine, (1776) number.” Marriott’s Formulary, 4. But by the 689, 690; 2 Ortolan, 52; De Boeck, § 192. statements of his successor, and of both French and English writers, it appears that The doctrine which exempts coast fisher- England, as well as France, during the Ameri- men with their vessels and cargoes from cap- can Revolutionary War, abstained from inter- ture as prize of war has been familiar to the fering with the coast fisheries. The Young Ja- United States from the time of the War of In- cob and Johanna, 1 C. Rob. 20; 2 Ortolan, 53; dependence. Hall, § 148. On June 5, 1779, Louis XVI, our ally in that war, addressed a letter to his admiral, in- In the treaty of 1785 between the United forming him that the wish he had always had States and Prussia, article 23, (which was pro- of alleviating, as far as he could, the hardships posed by the American Commissioners, John of war, had directed his attention to that class Adams, and Thomas Jef- of his subjects which devoted itself to the ferson, and is said to have been drawn up by trade of fishing, and had no other means of Franklin,) provided that, if war should arise livelihood; that he had thought that the exam- between the contracting parties, “all women ple which he should give to his enemies, and and children, scholars of every faculty, culti- which could have no other source than the vators of the earth, artisans, manufacturers and sentiments of humanity which inspired him, fishermen, unarmed and inhabiting unforti- would determine them to allow to fishermen fied towns, villages or places, and in general the same facilities which he should consent to all others whose occupations are for the com- grant; and that he had therefore given orders mon subsistence and benefit of mankind, shall to the commanders of all his ships not to dis- be allowed to continue their respective em- turb English fishermen, nor to arrest their ves- ployments, and shall not be molested in their sels laden with fresh fish, even if not caught persons; nor shall their houses or goods be by those vessels; provided they had no offen- burnt or otherwise destroyed, nor their fields sive arms, and were not proved to have made wasted, by the armed force of the enemy, into whose power, by the events of war, they may

69

happen to fall; but if anything is necessary to promulgation of that order, Lord Stowell (then be taken from them for the use of such armed Sir William Scott) in the High Court of Admi- force, the same shall be paid for at a reasona- ralty of England condemned small Dutch fish- ble price.” 8 Stat. 96; 1 Kent Com. 91 note; ing vessels as prize of war. In one case, the Wheaton’s History of the Law of Nations, capture was in April, 1798, and the decree was 306, 308. Here was the clearest exemption made November 13, 1798. The Young Jacob from hostile molestation or seizure of the per- and Johanna, 1 C. Rob. 20. . . . sons, occupations, houses and goods of un- armed fishermen inhabiting unfortified places. For the year 1800, the orders of the Eng- The article was repeated in the later treaties lish and French governments and the corre- between the United States and Prussia of 1799 spondence between them may be found in and 1828. 8 Stat. 174, 384. And Dana, in a books already referred to. 6 Martens, 503- note to his edition of Wheaton’s International 512; 6 Schoell, 118-120; 2 Ortolan, 53, 54. Law, says: “In many treaties and decrees, The doings for that year may be summed up as fishermen catching fish as an article of food follows: On March 27, 1800, the French gov- are added to the class of persons whose occu- ernment, unwilling to resort to reprisals, reen- pation is not to be disturbed in war.” acted the orders given by Louis XVI in 1780, Wheaton’s International Law, (8th ed.) § 345, above mentioned, prohibiting any seizure by not 168. the French ships of English fishermen, unless armed, or proved to have made signals to the Since the United States became a nation, enemy. On May 30, 1800, the English gov- the only serious interruptions, so far as we are ernment, having received notice of that action informed, of the general recognition of the of the French government, revoked its order of exemption of coast fishing vessels from hos- January 24, 1798. But, soon afterwards, the tile capture, arose out of the mutual suspicions English government complained that French and recriminations of England and France dur- fishing boats had been made into fireboats at ing the wars of the French Revolution. Flushing, as well as that the French govern- In the first years of those wars, England ment had impressed, and had sent to Brest, to having authorized the capture of French fish- serve in its flotilla, French fishermen and their ermen, a decree of the French National Con- boats, even those whom the English had re- vention of October, 2, 1793, directed the ex- leased on condition of their not serving; and ecutive power “to protest against this conduct, on January 21, 1801, summarily revoked its theretofore without example; to reclaim the last order, and again put in force its order of fishing boats seized; and, in case of refusal, to January 24, 1798. On February 16, 1801, Na- resort to reprisals.” But in July, 1796, the poleon Bonaparte, then First Consul, directed Committee of Public Safety ordered the re- the French commissioner at London to return lease of English fishermen seized under the at once to France, first declaring to the English former decree, “not considering them as pris- government that its conduct, “contrary to all oners of war.” La Nostra Segnora de la Pie- the usages of civilized nations, and to the dad, (1801) cited below; 2 De Cussy, Droit common law which governs them, even in Maritime, 164, 165; 1 Masse, Droit Commer- time of war, gave to the existing war a charac- cial, (2d ed.) 266, 267. ter of rage and bitterness which destroyed even the relations usual in a loyal war,” and On January 24, 1798, the English Gov- “tended only to exasperate the two nations, ernment, by express order, instructed the and to put off the term of peace;” and that the commanders of its ships to seize French and French government, having always made it “a Dutch fishermen with their boats. . . . After the maxim to alleviate as much as possible the

70

evils of war, could not think, on its part, of During the wars of the French Empire, as rendering wretched fisherman victims of a both French and English writers agree, the prolongation of hostilities, and would abstain coast fisheries were left in peace. 2 Ortolan, from all reprisals.” 54; De Boeck, § 193; Hall, § 148. De Boeck quaintly and truly adds, “and the incidents of On March 16, 1801, the Addington Minis- 1800 and of 1801 had no morrow -- n’eurent try, having come into power in England, re- pas de lendemain.” voked the orders of its predecessors against the French fisherman; maintaining, however, In the war with Mexico in 1846, the Unit- that “the freedom of fishing was nowise ed States recognized the exemption of coast founded upon an agreement, but upon a sim- fishing boats from capture. . . . ple concession;” that “this concession would [I]t appears that Commodore Conner, be always subordinate to the convenience of commanding the Home Squadron blockading the moment,” and that “it was never extended the east coast of Mexico, on May 14, 1846, to the great fishery, or to commerce in oysters wrote a letter from the ship Cumberland, off or in fish.” And the freedom of the coast fish- Brazos Santiago, near the southern point of eries was again allowed on both sides.6 Mar- Texas, to Mr. Bancroft, the Secretary of the tens, 514; 6 Schoell, 121; 2 Ortolan, 54; Man- Navy, enclosing a copy of the commodore’s ning, Law of Nations, (Amos ed.) 206. . . . “instructions to the commanders of the vessels The English government, soon afterwards, of the Home Squadron, showing the principles more than once unqualifiedly prohibited the to be observed in the blockade of the Mexican molestation of fishing vessels employed in ports,” one of which was that “Mexican boats catching and bringing to market fresh fish. . . . engaged in fishing on any part of the coast will be allowed to pursue their labors unmo- Wheaton, in his Digest of the Law of Mar- lested;” and that on June 10, 1846, those in- itime Captures and Prizes, published in 1815, structions were approved by the Navy De- wrote: “It has been usual in maritime wars partment . . . . to exempt from capture fishing boats and their cargoes, both from views of mutual accom- In the treaty of peace between the United modation between neighboring countries, and States and Mexico in 1848 were inserted the from tenderness to a poor and industrious or- very words of the earlier treaties with Prussia, der of people. This custom, so honorable to already quoted, forbidding the hostile molesta- the humanity of civilized nations, has fallen tion or seizure in time of war of the persons, into disuse; and it is remarkable that both occupations, houses or goods of fishermen. 9 France and England mutually reproach each Stat. 939, 940. . . . other with that breach of good faith which has France, in the Crimean War in 1854, and finally abolished it.” Wheaton on Captures, c. in her wars with Austria in 1859 and with 2, § 18. Germany in 1870, by general orders, forbade This statement clearly exhibits Wheaton’s her cruisers to trouble the coast fisheries, or to opinion that the custom had been a general seize any vessel or boat engaged therein, un- one, as well as that it ought to remain so. His less naval or military operations should make assumption that it had been abolished by the it necessary. Calvo, § 2372; Hall, § 148; 2 differences between France and England at the Ortolan, (4th ed.) 449; 10 Revue de Droit In- close of the last century was hardly justified ternational, (1878) 399. by the state of things when he wrote, and has Calvo says that in the Crimean War, “not- not since been borne out. withstanding her alliance with France and Ita-

71

ly, England did not follow the same line of coast fisheries,” as well as “ships engaged ex- conduct, and her cruisers in the Sea of Azof clusively on a voyage of scientific discovery, destroyed the fisheries, nets, fishing imple- philanthropy or religious mission.” Takahashi, ments, provisions, boats, and even the cabins, International Law, 11, 178. of the inhabitants of the coast.” Calvo, § International law is part of our law, and 2372. And a Russian writer on Prize Law re- must be ascertained and administered by the marks that those depredations, “having courts of justice of appropriate jurisdiction, brought ruin on poor fishermen and inoffen- as often as questions of right depending upon sive traders, could not but leave a painful im- it are duly presented for their determination. pression on the minds of the population, with- For this purpose, where there is no treaty, and out impairing in the least the resources of the no controlling executive or legislative act or Russian government.” Katchenovsky, (Pratt’s juricial decision, resort must be had to the cus- ed.) 148. But the contemporaneous reports of toms and usages of civilized nations; and, as the English naval officers put a different face evidence of these, to the works of jurists and on the matter, by stating that the destruction in commentators, who by years of labor, research question was part of a military measure, con- and experience, have made themselves peculi- ducted with the cooperation of the French arly well acquainted with the subjects of ships, and pursuant to instructions of the Eng- which they treat. Such works are resorted to lish admiral “to clear the seaboard of all fish by judicial tribunals, not for the speculations stores, all fisheries and mills, on a scale be- of their authors concerning what the law ought yond the wants of the neighboring population, to be, but for trustworthy evidence of what the and indeed of all things destined to contribute law really is. Hilton v. Guyot, 159 U.S. 113, to the maintenance of the enemy’s army in the 163, 164, 214, 215. Crimea;” and that the property destroyed con- sisted of large fishing establishments and Wheaton places, among the principal storehouses of the Russian government, num- sources of international law, “Text-writers of bers of heavy launches, and enormous quanti- authority, showing what is the approved usage ties of nets and gear, salted fish, corn and of nations, or the general opinion respecting other provisions, intended for the supply of their mutual conduct, with the definitions and the Russian army. United Service Journal of modifications introduced by general consent.” 1855, pt. 3, pp. 108-112. As to these he forcibly observes: “Without wishing to exaggerate the importance of these Since the English orders in council of writers, or to substitute, in any case, their au- 1806 and 1810, before quoted, in favor of thority for the principles of reason, it may be fishing vessels employed in catching and affirmed that they are generally impartial in bringing to market fresh fish, no instance has their judgment. They are witnesses of the sen- been found in which the exemption from cap- timents and usages of civilized nations, and ture of private coast fishing vessels, honestly the weight of their testimony increases every pursuing their peaceful industry, has been de- time that their authority is invoked by states- nied by England, or by any other nation. And men, and every year that passes without the the Empire of Japan, (the last State admitted rules laid down in their works being impugned into the rank of civilized nations,) by an ordi- by the avowal of contrary principles.” nance promulgated at the beginning of its war Wheaton’s International Law, (8th ed.) § 15. with China in August, 1894, established prize . . . courts, and ordained that “the following ene- my’s vessels are exempt from detention” -- It will be convenient, in the first place, to including in the exemption “boats engaged in refer to some leading French treatises on in-

72

ternational law, which deal with the question little real difference in the views, or in the now before us, not as one of the law of France practice, of England and of other maritime only, but as one determined by the general nations; and that no civilized nation at the pre- consent of civilized nations. sent day would molest coast fishing vessels, so long as they were peaceably pursuing their “Enemy ships,” say Pistoye and Duverdy, calling, and there was no danger that they or in their Treatise on Maritime Prizes, published their crews might be of military use to the en- in 1855, “are good prize. Not all, however; for emy. . . . it results from the unanimous accord of the maritime powers that an exception should be But there are writers of various maritime made in favor of coast fishermen. Such fish- countries, not yet cited, too important to be ermen are respected by the enemy, so long as passed by without notice. . . . they devote themselves exclusively to fish- Ferdinand Attlmayr, Captain in the Austri- ing.” 1 Pistoye et Duverdy, tit. 6, c. 1, p. 314. an Navy, in his Manual for Naval Officers, De Cussy, in his work on the Phases and published at Vienna in 1872 under the auspi- Leading Cases of the Maritime Law of Na- ces of Admiral Tegetthoff, says: “Regarding tions -- Phases et Causes Celebres du Droit the capture of enemy property, an exception Maritime des Nations -- published in 1856, must be mentioned, which is a universal cus- affirms in the clearest language the exemption tom. Fishing vessels which belong to the adja- from capture of fishing boats . . . . cent coast, and whose business yields only a necessary livelihood, are, from considerations No international jurist of the present day of humanity, universally excluded from cap- has a wider or more deserved reputation than ture.” 1 Attlmayr, 61. Calvo, who, though writing in French, is a citizen of the Argentine Republic, employed Ignacio de Negrin, First Official of the in its diplomatic service abroad. In the fifth Spanish Board of Admiralty, in his Elemen- edition of his great work on international law, tary Treatise on Maritime International Law, published in 1896, he observes . . . in § 2367 adopted by royal order as a text-book in the . . .: “Notwithstanding the hardships to which Naval Schools of Spain, and published at Ma- maritime wars subject private property, not- drid in 1873, concludes his chapter “Of the withstanding the extent of the recognized lawfulness of prizes” with these words: “It rights of belligerents, there are generally ex- remains to be added that the custom of all empted, from seizure and capture, fishing ves- civilized peoples excludes from capture, and sels.” . . . from all kind of hostility, the fishing vessels of the enemy’s coasts, considering this indus- The modern German books on internation- try as absolutely inoffensive, and deserving, al law, cited by the counsel for the appellants, from its hardships and usefulness, of this fa- treat the custom, by which the vessels and im- vorable exception. It has been thus expressed plements of coast fishermen are exempt from in very many international conventions, so seizure and capture, as well established by the that it can be deemed an incontestable princi- practice of nations. . . . ple of law, at least among enlightened na- Two recent English text-writers, cited at tions.” Negrin, tit. 3, c. 1, § 310. . . . the bar, (influenced by what Lord Stowell said No less clearly and decisively speaks the a century since,) hesitate to recognize that the distinguished Italian jurist, Pasquale Fiore, in exemption of coast fishing vessels from cap- the enlarged edition of his exhaustive work on ture has now become a settled rule of interna- Public International Law, published at Paris in tional law. Yet they both admit that there is 1885-6, saying: “The vessels of fishermen

73

have been generally declared exempt from commanding the North Atlantic Squadron, to confiscation, because of the eminently peace- “immediately institute a blockade of the north ful object of their humble industry, and of the coast of Cuba, extending from Cardenas on principles of equity and humanity. The ex- the east to Bahia Honda on the west.” Bureau emption includes the vessel, the implements of of Navigation Report of 1898, appx. 175. The fishing, and the cargo resulting from the fish- blockade was immediately instituted accord- ery.” . . . ingly. On April 22, the President issued a proclamation, declaring that the United States This review of the precedents and authori- had instituted and would maintain that block- ties on the subject appears to us abundantly to ade, “in pursuance of the laws of the United demonstrate that at the present day, by the States, and the law of nations applicable to general consent of the civilized nations of the such cases.” 30 Stat. 1769. And by the act of world, and independently of any express treaty Congress of April 25, 1898, c. 189, it was de- or other public act, it is an established rule of clared that the war between the United States international law, founded on considerations and Spain existed on that day, and had existed of humanity to a poor and industrious order of since and including April 21. 30 Stat. 364. men, and of the mutual convenience of bellig- erent States, that coast fishing vessels, with On April 26, 1898, the President issued their implements and supplies, cargoes and another proclamation, which, after reciting the crews, unarmed, and honestly pursuing their existence of the war, as declared by Congress, peaceful calling of catching and bringing in contained this further recital: “It being desira- fresh fish, are exempt from capture as prize of ble that such war should be conducted upon war. . . . principles in harmony with the present views of nations and sanctioned by their recent prac- This rule of international law is one which tice.” This recital was followed by specific prize courts, administering the law of nations, declarations of certain rules for the conduct of are bound to take judicial notice of, and to the war by sea, making no mention of fishing give effect to, in the absence of any treaty or vessels. 30 Stat. 1770. But the proclamation other public act of their own government in clearly manifests the general policy of the relation to the matter. . . . Government to conduct the war in accordance By the practice of all civilized nations, with the principles of international law sanc- vessels employed only for the purposes of dis- tioned by the recent practice of nations. covery or science are considered as exempt from the contingencies of war, and therefore On April 28, 1898, (after the capture of the not subject to capture. It has been usual for the two fishing vessels now in question,) Admiral government sending out such an expedition to Sampson telegraphed to the Secretary of the give notice to other powers; but it is not essen- Navy as follows: “I find that a large number of tial. 1 Kent Com. 91, note; Halleck, c. 20, § fishing schooners are attempting to get into 22; Calvo, § 2376; Hall, § 138. . . . Havana from their fishing grounds near the Florida reefs and coasts. They are generally The position taken by the United States manned by excellent seamen, belonging to during the recent war with Spain was quite in the maritime inscription of Spain, who have accord with the rule of international law, now already served in the Spanish navy, and who generally recognized by civilized nations, in are liable to further service. As these trained regard to coast fishing vessels. men are naval reserves, have a semi-military On April 21, 1898, the Secretary of the character, and would be most valuable to the Navy gave instructions to Admiral Sampson, Spaniards as artillerymen, either afloat or ashore, I recommend that they should be de-

74

tained prisoners of war, and that I should be MR. CHIEF JUSTICE FULLER, with authorized to deliver them to the commanding whom concurred MR. JUSTICE HARLAN officer of the army at Key West.” To that and MR. JUSTICE McKENNA, dissenting. communication the Secretary of the Navy, on . . . In truth, the exemption of fishing April 30, 1898, guardedly answered: “Spanish craft is essentially an act of grace, and not a fishing vessels attempting to violate blockade matter of right, and it is extended or denied as are subject, with crew, to capture, and any the exigency is believed to demand. . . . such vessel or crew considered likely to aid enemy may be detained.” Bureau of Naviga- It is needless to review the speculations tion Report of 1898, appx. 178. The Admi- and repetitions of the writers on international ral’s despatch assumed that he was not author- law. Ortolan, De Boeck and others admit that ized, without express order, to arrest coast the custom relied on as consecrating the im- fishermen peaceably pursuing their calling; munity is not so general as to create an abso- and the necessary implication and evident in- lute international rule; Heffter, Calvo and oth- tent of the response of the Navy Department ers are to the contrary. Their lucubrations were that Spanish coast fishing vessels and may be persuasive, but are not authoritative. their crews should not be interfered with, so In my judgment, the rule is that exemption long as they neither attempted to violate the from the rigors of war is in the control of the blockade, nor were considered likely to aid the Executive. He is bound by no immutable rule enemy. . . . on the subject. It is for him to apply, or to Upon the facts proved in either case, it modify, or to deny altogether such immunity is the duty of this court, sitting as the highest as may have been usually extended. prize court of the United States, and adminis- Exemptions may be designated in ad- tering the law of nations, to declare and ad- vance, or granted according to circumstances, judge that the capture was unlawful, and with- but carrying on war involves the infliction of out probable cause; and it is therefore, in each the hardships of war at least to the extent that case, the seizure or destruction of enemy’s property Ordered, that the decree of the District on sea need not be specifically authorized in Court be reversed, and the proceeds of the sale order to be accomplished. of the vessel, together with the proceeds of Being of opinion that these vessels were any sale of her cargo, be restored to the claim- not exempt as matter of law, I am constrained ant, with damages and costs. . . . to dissent from the opinion and judgment of the court; and my brothers Harlan and McKenna concur in this dissent.

75

Graham v. Florida, 130 S. Ct. 2011 (2010)

[The following is taken from the Court’s islative enactments and state practice” to de- syllabus of the case:] termine whether there is a national consensus against the sentencing practice at issue. Roper. Petitioner Graham was 16 when he com- Next, looking to “the standards elaborated by mitted armed burglary and another crime. Un- controlling precedents and by the Court’s own der a plea agreement, the Florida trial court understanding and interpretation of the Eighth sentenced Graham to probation and withheld Amendment’s text, history, meaning, and pur- adjudication of guilt. Subsequently, the trial pose,” the Court determines in the exercise of court found that Graham had violated the its own independent judgment whether the terms of his probation by committing addi- punishment in question violates the Constitu- tional crimes. The trial court adjudicated Gra- tion, Because this case implicates a particular ham guilty of the earlier charges, revoked his type of sentence as it applies to an entire class probation, and sentenced him to life in prison of offenders who have committed a range of for the burglary. Because Florida has abol- crimes, the appropriate analysis is the categor- ished its parole system, the life sentence left ical approach. Graham no possibility of release except ex- ecutive clemency. He challenged his sentence Application of the foregoing approach under the Eighth Amendment’s Cruel and Un- convinces the Court that the sentencing prac- usual Punishments Clause, but the State First tice at issue is unconstitutional. Six jurisdic- District Court of Appeal affirmed. tions do not allow life without parole sentenc- Embodied in the cruel and unusual pun- es for any juvenile offenders. Seven jurisdic- ishments ban is the “precept . . . that punish- tions permit life without parole for juvenile ment for crime should be graduated and pro- offenders, but only for homicide crimes. Thir- portioned to [the] offense.” The Court’s cases ty-seven States, the District of Columbia, and implementing the proportionality standard fall the Federal Government permit sentences of within two general classifications. In cases of life without parole for a juvenile nonhomicide the first type, the Court has considered all the offender in some circumstances. The State re- circumstances to determine whether the length lies on these data to argue that no national of a term-of-years sentence is unconstitution- consensus against the sentencing practice in ally excessive for a particular defendant’s question exists. An examination of actual sen- crime. The second classification comprises tencing practices in those jurisdictions that cases in which the Court has applied certain permit life without parole for juvenile non- categorical rules against the death penalty. In homicide offenders, however, discloses a con- a subset of such cases considering the nature sensus against the sentence. Nationwide, of the offense, the Court has concluded that there are only 123 juvenile offenders serving capital punishment is impermissible for non- life without parole sentences for nonhomicide homicide crimes against individuals. In a sec- crimes. Because 77 of those offenders are ond subset, cases turning on the offender’s serving sentences imposed in Florida and the characteristics, the Court has prohibited death other 46 are imprisoned in just 10 States, it for defendants who committed their crimes appears that only 11 jurisdictions nationwide before age 18, Roper v. Simmons, or whose in fact impose life without parole sentences on intellectual functioning is in a low range, At- juvenile nonhomicide offenders, while 26 kins v. Virginia. In cases involving categorical States, the District of Columbia, and the Fed- rules, the Court first considers “objective indi- eral Government do not impose them despite cia of society’s standards, as expressed in leg- apparent statutory authorization. Given that

76

the statistics reflect nearly all juvenile non- prison than an adult offender. And none of the homicide offenders who have received a life legitimate goals of penal sanctions-- without parole sentence stretching back many retribution, deterrence, incapacitation, and re- years, moreover, it is clear how rare these sen- habilitation --is adequate to justify life without tences are, even within the States that do parole for juvenile nonhomicide offenders. sometimes impose them. While more common Because age “18 is the point where society in terms of absolute numbers than the sentenc- draws the line for many purposes between ing practices in, e.g., Atkins and Enmund v. childhood and adulthood,” it is the age below Florida, the type of sentence at issue is actual- which a defendant may not be sentenced to ly as rare as those other sentencing practices life without parole for a nonhomicide crime. A when viewed in proportion to the opportuni- State is not required to guarantee eventual ties for its imposition. The fact that many ju- freedom to such an offender, but must impose risdictions do not expressly prohibit the sen- a sentence that provides some meaningful op- tencing practice at issue is not dispositive be- portunity for release based on demonstrated cause it does not necessarily follow that the maturity and rehabilitation. It is for the State, legislatures in those jurisdictions have deliber- in the first instance, to explore the means and ately concluded that such sentences would be mechanisms for compliance. appropriate. A categorical rule is necessary, given the The inadequacy of penological theory to inadequacy of two alternative approaches to justify life without parole sentences for juve- address the relevant constitutional concerns. nile nonhomicide offenders, the limited culpa- First, although Florida and other States have bility of such offenders, and the severity of made substantial efforts to enact comprehen- these sentences all lead the Court to conclude sive rules governing the treatment of youthful that the sentencing practice at issue is cruel offenders, such laws allow the imposition of and unusual. No recent data provide reason to the type of sentence at issue based only on a reconsider Roper’s holding that because juve- discretionary, subjective judgment by a judge niles have lessened culpability they are less or jury that the juvenile offender is irredeema- deserving of the most serious forms of pun- bly depraved, and are therefore insufficient to ishment. Moreover, defendants who do not prevent the possibility that the offender will kill, intend to kill, or foresee that life will be receive such a sentence despite a lack of moral taken are categorically less deserving of such culpability. Second, a case-by-case approach punishments than are murderers. nonhomicide requiring that the particular offender’s age be crimes “may be devastating in their harm . . . weighed against the seriousness of the crime but ‘in terms of moral depravity and of the as part of a gross disproportionality inquiry injury to the person and to the public,’ . . . would not allow courts to distinguish with suf- they cannot be compared to murder in their ficient accuracy the few juvenile offenders ‘severity and irrevocability.’ Thus, when having sufficient psychological maturity and compared to an adult murderer, a juvenile of- depravity to merit a life without parole sen- fender who did not kill or intend to kill has a tence from the many that have the capacity for twice diminished moral culpability. Age and change. Nor does such an approach take ac- the nature of the crime each bear on the analy- count of special difficulties encountered by sis. As for the punishment, life without parole counsel in juvenile representation, given juve- is “the second most severe penalty permitted niles’ impulsiveness, difficulty thinking in by law,” and is especially harsh for a juvenile terms of long-term benefits, and reluctance to offender, who will on average serve more trust adults. A categorical rule avoids the risk years and a greater percentage of his life in that, as a result of these difficulties, a court or

77

jury will erroneously conclude that a particu- crimes; all of the seven Israeli prisoners whom lar juvenile is sufficiently culpable to deserve commentators have identified as serving life life without parole for a nonhomicide. It also sentences for juvenile crimes were convicted gives the juvenile offender a chance to of homicide or attempted homicide. See Am- demonstrate maturity and reform.. nesty International, Human Rights Watch, The Rest of Their Lives: Life without Parole for [The following is from the actual opin- Child Offenders in the United States 106, n. ions:] 322 (2005); Memorandum and Attachment Justice Kennedy delivered the opinion from Ruth Levush, Law Library of Congress, of the Court. . . . There is support for our to Supreme Court Library (Feb. 16, 2010) conclusion in the fact that, in continuing to (available in Clerk of Court’s case file). impose life without parole sentences on juve- Thus, as petitioner contends and respond- niles who did not commit homicide, the Unit- ent does not contest, the United States is the ed States adheres to a sentencing practice re- only Nation that imposes life without parole jected the world over. This observation does sentences on juvenile nonhomicide offenders. not control our decision. The judgments of We also note, as petitioner and his amici em- other nations and the international community phasize, that Article 37(a) of the United Na- are not dispositive as to the meaning of the tions Convention on the Rights of the Child, Eighth Amendment. But “ ‘[t]he climate of Nov. 20, 1989, 1577 U. N. T. S. 3 (entered international opinion concerning the accepta- into force Sept. 2, 1990), ratified by every na- bility of a particular punishment’ “ is also “ tion except the United States and Somalia, ‘not irrelevant.’ The Court has looked beyond prohibits the imposition of “life imprisonment our Nation’s borders for support for its inde- without possibility of release . . . for offences pendent conclusion that a particular punish- committed by persons below eighteen years of ment is cruel and unusual. age.” Brief for Petitioner 66; Brief for Amnes- Today we continue that longstanding prac- ty International et al. as Amici Curiae 15-17. tice in noting the global consensus against the As we concluded in Roper with respect to the sentencing practice in question. A recent study juvenile death penalty, “the United States now concluded that only 11 nations authorize life stands alone in a world that has turned its face without parole for juvenile offenders under against” life without parole for juvenile non- any circumstances; and only 2 of them, the homicide offenders. 543 U.S., at 577. United States and Israel, ever impose the pun- ishment in practice. See M. Leighton & C. de The State’s amici stress that no interna- la Vega, Sentencing Our Children to Die in tional legal agreement that is binding on the Prison: Global Law and Practice 4 (2007). An United States prohibits life without parole for updated version of the study concluded that juvenile offenders and thus urge us to ignore Israel’s “laws allow for parole review of juve- the international consensus. See Brief for Sol- nile offenders serving life terms,” but ex- idarity Center for Law and Justice et al. as pressed reservations about how that parole Amici Curiae 14-16; Brief for Sixteen Mem- review is implemented. De la Vega & Leigh- bers of United States House of Representa- ton, Sentencing Our Children to Die in Prison: tives as Amici Curiae 40-43. These arguments Global Law and Practice, 42 U.S. F. L. Rev. miss the mark. The question before us is not 983, 1002-1003 (2008). But even if Israel is whether international law prohibits the United counted as allowing life without parole for States from imposing the sentence at issue in juvenile offenders, that nation does not appear this case. The question is whether that pun- to impose that sentence for nonhomicide ishment is cruel and unusual. In that inquiry, “the overwhelming weight of international

78

opinion against” life without parole for non- view of noncapital sentences and (2) our con- homicide offenses committed by juveniles clusion in Roper v. Simmons, that juvenile of- “provide[s] respected and significant confir- fenders are generally less culpable than adults mation for our own conclusions.” Roper. who commit the same crimes. The debate between petitioner’s and re- These cases expressly allow courts ad- spondent’s amici over whether there is a bind- dressing allegations that a noncapital sentence ing jus cogens norm against this sentencing violates the Eighth Amendment to consider practice is likewise of no import. See Brief for the particular defendant and particular crime Amnesty International 10-23; Brief for Six- at issue. The standards for relief under these teen Members of United States House of Rep- precedents are rigorous, and should be. But resentatives 4-40. The Court has treated the here Graham’s juvenile status--together with laws and practices of other nations and inter- the nature of his criminal conduct and the ex- national agreements as relevant to the Eighth traordinarily severe punishment imposed--lead Amendment not because those norms are me to conclude that his sentence of life with- binding or controlling but because the judg- out parole is unconstitutional. . . . ment of the world’s nations that a particular Justice Thomas, with whom Justice sentencing practice is inconsistent with basic Scalia joins, and with whom Justice Alito principles of decency demonstrates that the joins as to Parts I and III, dissenting. The Court’s rationale has respected reasoning to Court holds today that it is “grossly dispropor- support it. tionate” and hence unconstitutional for any * * * judge or jury to impose a sentence of life The Constitution prohibits the imposition without parole on an offender less than 18 of a life without parole sentence on a juvenile years old, unless he has committed a homi- offender who did not commit homicide. A cide. Although the text of the Constitution is State need not guarantee the offender eventual silent regarding the permissibility of this sen- release, but if it imposes a sentence of life it tencing practice, and although it would not must provide him or her with some realistic have offended the standards that prevailed at opportunity to obtain release before the end of the founding, the Court insists that the stand- that term. The judgment of the First District ards of American society have evolved such Court of Appeal of Florida is reversed, and the that the Constitution now requires its prohibi- case is remanded for further proceedings not tion. inconsistent with this opinion. The news of this evolution will, I think, It is so ordered. come as a surprise to the American people. Congress, the District of Columbia, and 37 Chief Justice Roberts, concurring in the States allow judges and juries to consider this judgment. I agree with the Court that Ter- sentencing practice in juvenile nonhomicide rance Graham’s sentence of life without pa- cases, and those judges and juries have decid- role violates the Eighth Amendment’s prohibi- ed to use it in the very worst cases they have tion on “cruel and unusual punishments.” Un- encountered. like the majority, however, I see no need to invent a new constitutional rule of dubious The Court does not conclude that life provenance in reaching that conclusion. In- without parole itself is a cruel and unusual stead, my analysis is based on an application punishment. It instead rejects the judgments of of this Court’s precedents, in particular (1) our those legislatures, judges, and juries regarding cases requiring “narrow proportionality” re- whatthe Court describes as the “moral” ques- tion of whether this sentence can ever be

79

“proportionat[e]” when applied to the category sensus . . . is not itself determinative.” Only of offenders at issue here. . . the independent moral judgment of this Court is sufficient to decide the question. . . I am unwilling to assume that we, as members of this Court, are any more capable I respectfully dissent. . . of making such moral judgments than our fel- low citizens. Nothing in our training as judges qualifies us for that task, and nothing in Arti- cle III gives us that authority. In the end, how- ever, objective factors such as legislation and the frequency of a penalty’s use are merely ornaments in the Court’s analysis, window dressing that accompanies its judicial fiat.4 By the Court’s own decree, “[c]ommunity con-

4 I confine to a footnote the Court’s discussion of foreign laws and sentencing practices be- cause past opinions explain at length why such factors are irrelevant to the meaning of our Constitution or the Court’s discernment of any longstanding tradition in this Nation. Here, two points suffice. First, despite the Court’s attempt to count the actual number of juvenile nonhomicide offenders serving life-without- parole sentences in other nations (a task even more challenging than counting them within our borders), the laws of other countries per- mit juvenile life-without-parole sentences, see Child Rights Information, Network, C. de la Vega, M. Montesano, & A. Solter, Human Rights Advocates, Statement on Juvenile Sen- tencing to Human Rights Council, 10th Sess. (Nov. 3, 2009) (“Eleven countries have laws with the potential to permit the sentencing of child offenders to life without the possibility of release”, online at http://www.crin.org/resources/infoDetail.asp?I D=19806) (as visited May 14, 2010, and available in Clerk of Court’s case file)). Sec- ond, present legislation notwithstanding, de- mocracies around the world remain free to adopt life-without-parole sentences for juve- nile offenders tomorrow if they see fit. Start- ing today, ours can count itself among the few in which judicial decree prevents voters from making that choice.

80

Human Rights Watch/ACLU, A Violent Education: Corporal Punishment of Children in US Public Schools (2008)

On August 18, 2003, 10-year-old Tim L. start- * * * ed the fifth grade at his public elementary Tim’s mother’s tenacity and commitment to school in rural east Texas. On the fourth day protecting her son’s rights make this story of school, Tim refused to run in gym class extraordinary. Yet in other ways, Tim’s story because he did not have his asthma medica- is far from unique. In school districts in many tion. When the gym coach confronted him, states, students of all ages are routinely sub- Tim said, “coach sucks.” The coach then took jected to corporal punishment. a wooden paddle and beat Tim severely on the buttocks. Faye L., Tim’s mother, reported, Though some states have outlawed the prac- “There was blood in his underpants…. I had tice, it is permitted by some federal and state to pull the underwear off his behind from the laws. Hundreds of school districts allow stu- dried blood.” dents to be beaten, and state legislatures pro- vide specific legal protection for educators Though Tim had always been an enthusiastic who injure students when using corporal pun- student, he begged his mother not to make ishment. Studies show that beatings can dam- him get on the school bus the next day. Three age the trust between educator and student, days later, with his bruises still fresh, Tim corrode the educational environment, and was hit again, this time by a teacher, for play- leave the student unable to learn effectively, ing with a pen during band class. His genitals making it more likely he or she will leave were bruised and swollen. With her son physi- school. African-American students are pun- cally injured and terrified of school, Faye de- ished at disproportionately high rates, creat- cided she could not risk sending him back. ing a hostile environment in which minority She began to teach him herself, at home. students struggle to succeed. Faye wanted school authorities to hold the The United States is out of step with interna- teachers accountable. They reminded her, tional practice and jurisprudence on the use of however, that corporal punishment is legal in corporal punishment in schools. Today 106 their district, and refused to take disciplinary countries outlaw the practice, including the action against the two teachers who had hit United Kingdom and other European coun- her son. When she tried to file assault charg- tries, following rulings on corporal punish- es, the police dissuaded her, saying she had to ment by the European Court of Human Rights. “follow school procedure.” Next, she at- Experts charged with issuing definitive inter- tempted to pursue private litigation, but her pretations of international human rights trea- claims were dismissed in court because the ties also consistently have concluded that law provides immunity for teachers who pad- corporal punishment by school officials and dle. Faye was left feeling that she had no way teachers violates governmental obligations to to seek justice for the injuries her son had al- protect children from physical violence and ready sustained, and no way to protect him cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment. The from future harm. Though Tim asked to go disproportionate use of corporal punishment back to school, Faye felt she could not offer against African-American students in particu- him a guarantee of safety in their public lar violates the right to nondiscrimination in school district. “The law is supposed to be accessing education. there to protect you. How do you explain this to your son, after this? ‘Well, I’m sorry, hon- Corporal Punishment in US Public Schools ey.’ That’s all you can say.”

81

As students across the United States return to Even students who are not punished find school each year, they, like their parents, are themselves in a hostile, violent environment hoping for academic success. Policymakers designed to instill fear. One student told us and educators have the important responsibil- that “licks would be so loud and hard you ity of creating an educational environment could hear it through the walls.” A teacher re- based on respect, including an effective disci- ported that a principal turned on the loud plinary system. Yet for many students, “disci- speaker while paddling a student. . . . pline” means extensive use of violence. A Violent and Degrading School Environ- According to the Office for Civil Rights at the ment US Department of Education, 223,190 stu- Minor bruising and stinging are the most dents nationwide received corporal punish- common results of corporal punishment. ment at least once in the 2006-2007 school Some children are more seriously injured. year, including 49,197 students in Texas Some parents we interviewed sought medical alone, the largest number of any state. In Mis- care for their children who, like Tim L., sus- sissippi, 7.5 percent of public school students tained bleeding and deep bruising to the but- were paddled during this period, the highest tocks. Other children sustained blows to other percentage in the nation. The actual numbers parts of their bodies, including their hands or almost surely are higher: Human Rights arms when they reached back to protect them- Watch interviewees reported that corporal selves. . . . punishment is often administered in a chaotic environment in which many instances of the For hundreds of thousands of school children practice are not recorded. One administrator in the US, violence inflicted by those in au- reported that 37 students in a single day were thority is a regular part of their experience at sent to his office for corporal punishment. A school. All corporal punishment, whether or high school student in another district esti- not it causes significant physical injury, repre- mated that as many as 60 students a day are sents a violation of each student’s rights to paddled at her school. physical integrity and human dignity. It is de- grading and humiliating, damaging the stu- Today 21 US states permit corporal punish- dent’s self-esteem and making him or her feel ment to be used in schools. Corporal punish- helpless. ment usually takes the form of paddling (also called “swats,” “pops,” or “licks”). A teacher A number of teachers told us that as students or administrator swings a hard wooden paddle are beaten, or see those around them beaten, that is typically a foot-and-a-half long against the trust between administrators, teachers, and the child’s buttocks, anywhere between three students is often destroyed. Over time, stu- and 10 times. Paddling can happen in the of- dents may become less engaged in school and fice or elsewhere, as noted by one Mississippi less interested in exploring and discovering teacher: “The principal would do it in the new academic concepts. Corporal punishment hallway, in the classroom, in the band room. may result in the student failing to thrive aca- He would patrol the hallways with a paddle.” demically and may contribute to school drop 4 Students can be physically punished for a out. . . . Research suggests that children who wide range of misbehavior, including minor are physically punished are more inclined to infractions such as chewing gum, being late, engage in aggressive conduct toward their sleeping in class, talking back to a teacher, siblings, parents, teachers, and schoolmates. violating the dress code, or going to the bath- As a consequence of the helplessness and hu- room without permission. miliation felt by students who experience

82

corporal punishment, some students become 10.7 percent of the Texas student population, angry: students told Human Rights Watch meaning almost twice as many were beaten as that it only makes them want to lash out might be expected. . . . against teachers or other students. Others be- Lack of Recourse come depressed or withdrawn; still others be- come immune to the constant violence, ac- Students, parents, and teachers encounter ob- cepting it as a part of their daily lives. Some stacles when trying to limit corporal punish- parents are concerned that the use of corporal ment. For instance, teachers who work in punishment in schools could also legitimize schools that use corporal punishment may domestic violence in the home. One mother find themselves without alternative ways of observed: “What are we teaching our young disciplining particularly troublesome stu- women when a school principal can swat … dents. We interviewed teachers who wanted to on the behind? We’re saying that it’s okay for send chronically misbehaving students out of a man to beat a woman … [that’s] something the classroom, but were reluctant to do so we don’t want in our families.” knowing they would be beaten. While some teachers believe corporal punishment is an Discrimination in the Classroom effective tool, other teachers concur with aca- Corporal punishment in the US disproportion- demic research showing that positive forms of ately affects African-American students, and discipline such as counseling and mediation in some areas, Native American students. In are more effective in addressing the student’s the 2006-2007 school year, African-American underlying issues. Yet if the school does not students made up 17.1 percent of the nation- support these forms of discipline, individual wide student population, but 35.6 percent of teachers face obstacles implementing them on those paddled. In the same year, in the 13 a classroom-by-classroom basis. states with the highest rates of paddling, 1.4 Students are sometimes asked to choose be- times as many African-American students tween corporal punishment and other forms were paddled as might be expected given of discipline such as suspensions or deten- their percentage of the student population. tions, decisions children should not be asked Although girls of all races were paddled less to make. One elementary teacher described than boys, African-American girls were none- her pupils’ decision process as follows: “I theless physically punished at more than take the five licks because I’m nine and I want twice the rate of their white counterparts in to go outside and play.” Older students choose those 13 states during this period. These dis- paddling because they want to seem tough or parities violate students’ right to nondiscrimi- because their parents are less likely to find nation in access to education, making it harder out about the underlying infraction. While it is for these students to succeed and undermining a recognized principle of human rights that the social fabric of schools. children should have a voice in making the Special education students—students with policies to which they are subjected (and that mental or physical disabilities—also receive participation is increasingly important as they corporal punishment at disproportionate rates. get older), giving children of any age a stark For instance, in Texas, the number of special choice between being beaten and other forms education students who were beaten in the of discipline is not appropriate. Rather, it is a 2006-2007 school year amounted to 18.4 per- form of coercion that exploits vulnerable cent of the total number of students who re- young people with underdeveloped decision- ceived corporal punishment statewide. How- making capabilities, asking them to trade ever, special education students made up only away their right to be free from beatings by

83

school personnel. Parents in some school dis- refused to impose constitutional restrictions on tricts are given methods of “opting out” of the the practice of “reasonable” corporal punish- use of corporal punishment on their children. ment. However, these mechanisms are inadequate: Some state laws criminalize the imposition of parents report that opt-out forms are ignored excessive corporal punishment, but the stand- and that their children are beaten anyway. . . . ard of “excessiveness” is hard for students to Legality and Reform prove. While some school districts have at- tempted to regulate corporal punishment, for While corporal punishment is prohibited in example by placing limits on the number of most US juvenile detention centers and even blows a child may receive or requiring that the foster care settings, it continues to be allowed paddler not beat the child in anger, these reg- in certain US public schools. Many parents ulations have proved difficult if not impossi- and teachers hold to the belief that corporal ble to enforce. And such attempts do not ad- punishment in public schools has an instruc- dress the basic fact that a child’s rights are tive purpose, providing the discipline “neces- violated whenever he or she is beaten by sary” for children to learn. The fact that many school authorities. While some Americans people believe that corporal punishment has a might believe firmly in the adage “spare the genuine pedagogical function does not dimin- rod, spoil the child,” corporal punishment has ish the fact that it violates children’s human increasingly been prohibited in many states rights. and municipalities. In fact, 95 of the 100 larg- International instruments, including the United est school districts in the country have banned Nations Convention on the Rights of the corporal punishment, including Houston, Dal- Child, the UN Convention against Torture, las, Memphis, Atlanta, and Mobile County. and the International Covenant on Civil and Twenty-nine states and Washington, DC, have Political Rights, prohibit the use of cruel, in- banned the practice, as have many school dis- human, or degrading treatment, regardless of tricts within states that permit corporal pun- circumstance. Corporal punishment in US ishment. Outside of the US, as noted above, public schools also violates other human 106 countries reject the use of corporal pun- rights, including the right to freedom from ishment in public schools. physical violence and the right to non- Teachers in districts that use corporal punish- discrimination. Corporal punishment infringes ment may want the best for their students, and on the right to education, and educational ex- may genuinely believe that corporal punish- perts have concluded that the use of corporal ment can help to educate them. Likewise, punishment hinders learning, encourages parents and even children want orderly, safe children to drop out of school, and generally school environments in which students can undermines the purposes of education as ar- learn. But corporal punishment is not the an- ticulated by a broad spectrum of US educa- swer. . . . tors and embodied in international law. Standards set by the US government and many Poverty and lack of resources help create con- states on corporal punishment fall far below ditions that lead to corporal punishment in the best practices counseled by educational schools. Teachers may have overcrowded experts and the obligations inherent in inter- classrooms and lack resources such as coun- national human rights law. Though more than selors to assist with particularly disruptive half the states prohibit the use of corporal students or classroom dynamics. These condi- punishment in schools, federal law does not tions do not facilitate effective discipline, and ban the practice. The US Supreme Court has they may explain why teachers feel it is neces-

84

sary to subject students to beatings, but they minimum by establishing an “opt-in” do not excuse such actions. Better approach- scheme requiring parents affirmatively to es to school discipline are available. Effective agree before their child could be subjected discipline does not require paddling of stu- to this practice. dents. Nationwide, teachers and administrators • State legislatures, police, district attorneys, increasingly have been using positive disci- state courts, and local school boards pline methods that foster nurturing school cul- should remove obstacles that prevent vic- tures, which allow students to thrive. With tims of corporal punishment (and their appropriate funding, training, and support, parents) from pursuing redress. Lawmak- teachers and administrators can implement ers should repeal legislation that grants discipline systems that respond to students’ educators who use corporal punishment fundamental needs and do better at producing immunity from civil or criminal laws. environments in which every student can Law enforcement officials and courts maximize his or her academic potential. should treat corporal punishment com- Key Recommendations plaints as any other assault complaint. State boards of education, local school • The president of the United States, the US boards, superintendents, principals, and Congress, state legislatures, and gover- teachers should prohibit the use of cor- nors should take all necessary steps to ban poral punishment in all schools and clas- explicitly the use of corporal punishment ses under their control, and provide educa- in schools. There should be no exceptions tors with extensive training and support for “reasonable” force or corporal pun- for effective, non-abusive discipline tech- ishment “to maintain discipline.” niques. • Until a complete ban on corporal punish- • State boards of education and local school ment has been instituted, federal and state boards should implement statistical re- legislatures, governors, and boards of edu- view systems that track every instance of cation should establish an immediate corporal punishment, and take measures moratorium on corporal punishment for to ensure that students of color are not special education students, in light of their punished at disproportionate rates. particular vulnerability and additional po- • Federal and state governments, local tential for serious physical or psychologi- school boards, superintendents, principals, cal injury. and teachers should conduct comprehen- • Until a complete ban is adopted, state leg- sive and sustained awareness-raising islatures, governors, and boards of educa- campaigns among parents and children on tion should require school districts to re- the right not to be disciplined physically, spect parents’ wishes not to have their including appropriate programs according children beaten by school officials, at a to the age of the child.

Human Rights Watch/ACLU, Impairing Education: Corporal Punishment of Students with Disabilities in US Public Schools (2009)

Landon K., a six-year-old boy with autism, grandmother, Jacquelyn K., reported, “my was in first grade at his Mississippi elemen- child just lost it ... he was screaming and hol- tary school when his assistant principal, “a lering ... it just devastated him.” Jacquelyn big, 300-lb man, picked up an inch thick pad- knew that paddling was harmful for children dle and paddled him [on the buttocks].” His with autism: “I had already signed a form say-

85

ing they couldn’t paddle. I sent that form in was able to obtain video of her son’s treatment every year ... When a child with autism has at school. She was shocked. “They had been something like that happen, they don’t forget picking him up, throwing him into the tile it. It’s always fresh in their minds.” floor like a wrestler. They’d ... pick him up by all four limbs. You can see where they’re Landon was traumatized and became terrified dragging him ... They’re carrying him like a of school. “He was a nice, quiet, calm boy,” wild animal.” noted Jacquelyn, but after the paddling, “he was screaming, crying, we had to call the am- Jonathan started to get more and more agitated bulance, they had to sedate him ... The next during the months he was subjected to physi- day, I tried to take him to school, but I cal abuse. He was “having aggressive epi- couldn’t even get him out of the house. He sodes, he was knocking people over ... I asked was scared of going over there, scared it him, what was wrong.” Jonathan, like many would happen again ... We carried him out of children with autism, has limited communica- the house, he was screaming. We got him to tion abilities. “He can’t explain ... Every time school but had to bring him back home ... he got upset, he would scream at the top of Now he has these meltdowns all the time. He his lungs ... He was throwing fits because he can’t focus, he cries.” was getting hurt.”Ultimately, Rose withdrew her son from school and enrolled him in a dif- Jacquelyn withdrew Landon from school, ferent program. Nonetheless, she feels con- fearing for his physical safety and mental siderable guilt. “I trusted the school, I trusted health. She was threatened by truant officers: them to do the right thing ... All this abuse “[They] said I’d go to jail if I didn’t send him happened on my watch. It never should have back to school ... If I felt he would have been happened. I feel so guilty.” safe in school, he would have been there. I’m sure they would have paddled him again. I * * * don’t trust them. If they don’t know what . . . Twenty states permit corporal punishment; they’re dealing with, how can they teach a in states where the practice is permitted, hun- child? And the sad thing about it, he can learn. dreds of school districts make routine use of it. He can learn.” * * * Jonathan C., a 15-year- . . . 0ld boy with autism, was repeatedly subjected to corporal punishment at his Florida school. Students with disabilities—who are entitled to On October 2, 2008, for example, he was appropriate, inclusive educational programs picked up by a male staff member and thrown that give them the opportunity to thrive—are “into the tile floor, face-first,” after screaming subjected to violent discipline at dispropor- in the cafeteria and running away from a staff tionately high rates. Students with disabilities member. Staff members dragged him to a make up 19 percent of those who receive cor- meeting room, where the male staff member poral punishment, yet just 14 percent of the “put him in a chokehold. Other staff members nationwide student population. Human rights [came] running. Three or four of them tack- law protects students with disabilities from le[d] him, and he [was] thrown to the floor violence and cruel and inhuman treatment, again.” The staff members used their strength and guarantees them non-discriminatory ac- and body weight to pin Jonathan, face-down, cess to an inclusive education. Furthermore, to the floor. as President Obama noted when signing the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with After Jonathan sustained injuries, including a Disabilities on July 24, 2009, US law has at- deep cut to the bridge of his nose and bruises tempted to ensure that “children with disabili- to his forehead, Rose C., Jonathan’s mother, ties were no longer excluded ... and then no

86

longer denied the opportunity to learn the tween pain crises and paddling in her students same skills in the same classroom as other with sickle cell anemia: “any kind of mental children.” or physical stress can be a pain trigger for these students for a pain crisis ... If they’re Yet in countless US public schools, students paddled, it’s an immediate trigger for a possi- with disabilities—who already face barriers to ble moderate to severe pain crisis.” Among attaining a quality education—face physical families we interviewed, episodes of corporal violence that further discourages them from punishment directly preceded children’s re- reaching their full potential. Corporal Pun- gression in developmental terms, particularly ishment of Students with Disabilities Much of for children with autism. Several students the corporal punishment in US public schools with autism became self-injurious following takes the form of paddling. This report focus- episodes of corporal punishment, though they es on public schools, including mainstream had previously not exhibited self-injurious be- schools (some of which have special educa- havior; others became more aggressive. Anna tion classrooms within those schools) and al- M.’s seven-year-old son with an autism disor- ternative schools. der who was physically punished now “strug- Some students are paddled, or, in other gles with anger. Right after the incidents, he’d words, hit on the buttocks several times with a have anger explosions. I still can’t come up wooden board resembling a shaved-down behind him and hug him. It’s changed him.” baseball bat. The punishment causes immedi- ate pain, and in some cases, lasting injury and Punishment for Disabilities mental trauma. Paddling, which is legal in 20 According to our interviews, students with states, is routinely used at disproportionately disabilities were routinely punished for behav- high rates against students with disabilities. iors related to their disabilities, such as Tou- Students with disabilities are routinely sub- rette Syndrome or obsessive compulsive dis- jected to other forms of physical discipline in order (OCD). Students with autism are par- addition to paddling, impeding their rights to ticularly likely to be punished for behaviors education. common to their condition, stemming from . . . According to interviews conducted for this difficulties with appropriate social behavior. report, students with disabilities have been For instance, Landon, the six-year-old with subjected to a wide range of corporal punish- autism in Mississippi, was punished because ment, including hitting children with rulers; he had a meltdown when his routine was pinching or striking very young children; changed. Educators may not have access to grabbing children with enough force to sufficient training on the nature of their stu- bruise; throwing children to the floor; and dents’ disabilities or on best practices for re- bruising or otherwise injuring children in the sponding to behavior connected to those disa- course of restraint. . . . bilities. As Karen W., an Arkansas mother, noted of her son’s school: “not one person in Aggravating Medical Conditions for Stu- that whole building had one day’s training in dents with Disabilities autism.”13 Students with disabilities—like all Corporal punishment, which is never appro- students—can thrive with appropriate disci- priate for any child, is particularly abusive for pline. When students with disabilities are students with disabilities whose medical con- beaten for the consequences of their disabili- ditions may be worsened as a consequence of ties, their rights to education and non- the punishment itself. For instance, one advo- discrimination are violated. Students with dis- cate we interviewed drew a connection be- abilities face considerable barriers to success

87

as it is; corporal punishment makes those bar- Parents may struggle to protect their children riers even higher. from violent school discipline. Parents found that school districts did not respond adequate- Disproportionality and Lack of Infor- ly to their complaints or requests to use more mation appropriate discipline with their students. “We Nationwide, students with disabilities receive went to war, we really did,”15 commented corporal punishment at disproportionately Karen W. After seeing their children injured high rates. In Tennessee, for example, students in school, parents feared for their child’s with disabilities are paddled at more than physical safety. Anna M. observed, “I was twice the rate of the general student popula- afraid for his life, to be honest. He was 52 tion. These statistics may seem high, but they pounds, or maybe even less, at this point.” likely undercount the full extent of violence Ultimately, many parents felt they had no against students with disabilities; there is no choice but to withdraw their children from mandated reporting for many types of corporal public school, despite the impact on family punishment that take place. Some students life and the child’s education. Theresa E. ex- with disabilities may exhibit behavioral prob- plained the dilemma, “We thought [our lems in the classroom, but that does not justify granddaughter] needed school for socializa- use of force. tion. I didn’t think I could home school her. Parents repeatedly voiced concerns that they Jessie’s autistic ... I’m not sure I can educate were unaware of the full extent of the violence her.”17 Some parents were forced to stop used against their children, either because the working, like May R.: “I can’t even get a job school district did not report it to them or be- ... I had to keep [my seven-year-old daughter cause their children were unable to verbalize with autism] safe. She had taken a huge down- what had happened. As Karen W., the mother turn.” of an Arkansas boy with autism, commented, Many parents were left with a lingering sense “it took [my son] a long time to tell me what of guilt and responsibility. As Jacquelyn K. happened. But I’m a lot more fortunate than said of Landon, “I can imagine my little child some of these parents.”14 Where parents do was just screaming and hollering, and I wasn’t not have access to information about abuse there to help him.” 19 Karen W. echoed this against their children, they face obstacles to sentiment: “Oh, the guilt I live with.... I blame protecting their children from harm. myself for my ignorance. I didn’t touch him Parents’ Inability to Protect Their Children or hurt him ... but if parents knew that schools do this, the kids wouldn’t be hurt.”

Sarah Carr, Why Are Black Students Facing Corporal Punishment in Public Schools? A growing controversy over use of the “paddle” to discipline children has a painful racial subtext. The Nation, April 28, 2014.

Students in this central Mississippi town Hill, 16, for defiantly throwing a crumpled quickly learn that even seemingly minor piece of paper in the trash can. transgressions can bring down the weight of In Holmes County, where 99 percent of the the paddle. Seventh grader Steven Burns re- public school children are black, students say counts getting smacked with it for wearing the corporal punishment traditionally starts at wrong color shirt; Jacoby Blue, 12, for failing daycare and Head Start centers, where teach- to finish her homework on time; and Curtis ers rap preschool-age students lightly with

88

rulers and pencils, cautioning: “Just wait until allow the practice, according to a survey from you get to big school.” the Education Department’s Office for Civil At “big school,” the wooden paddle is larg- Rights. er—the employee handbook calls for it to be In Mississippi, where about half of all public up to thirty inches long, half an inch thick, and school students are black, these racial gaps from two to three inches wide—and the teach- have widened slightly in recent years: in 2012, ers sometimes admonish errant students to black children accounted for about 64 percent “talk to the wood or go to the hood” (slang for of those paddled, up from 60 percent in 2000. choosing between the paddle and an out-of- The national conversation over corporal pun- school suspension). ishment is muted partly because schoolhouse “It’s not really about you learning to listen, paddling is limited predominantly to one re- it’s about you feeling pain,” says Kameisha gion: the South. Only nineteen states (includ- Smith, a 19-year-old college student who at- ing just a few in the West and Midwest) per- tended public schools in Holmes County and mit the practice, while students can (and do) is helping to organize a student-led resistance get suspended in all states. to the practice. But there are other, more complicated reasons In recent months, school districts have come that the debate over paddling has taken a dif- under heavy criticism for suspending and ex- ferent course. In communities like Lexington, pelling black students at much higher rates the wielders of the paddle and its most vocal than white ones, starting in the youngest defenders are mostly black. Critiques of the grades. During the 2011–12 school year, for practice have become conflated with attacks example, black children made up only 18 per- on the black community’s right to self- cent of the preschool students included in one governance, even when those critiques are national survey, yet nearly half of the pre- voiced by other African-Americans. It’s one schoolers suspended multiple times. of the ironies of the debate that defenders “We must tackle these brutal truths head-on,” speak of corporal punishment in terms of said Education Secretary Arne Duncan during black self-sufficiency—emphasizing a com- a January press conference at which he issued munity’s right to determine how it educates its new federal guidelines for school discipline. children—while critics speak of it in terms of The guidelines call for schools to reduce their black subjugation. reliance on suspensions, through such strate- “We feel as if we know what is best for our gies as improved training for staff members kids,” says Troy Henry, an African-American and partnerships with community groups and board member of St. Augustine High School juvenile justice organizations. in New Orleans, who three years ago fought Yet both the guidelines and the national con- against an effort to abolish corporal punish- versation have overlooked the brutal truths ment at the all-male and historically black when it comes to physical discipline in the Catholic school. He added that the paddle schools, which still occurs tens of thousands helps enforce the importance of rules and of times a year. As with suspensions, black boundaries. “The margin for error is much children are far more likely to get paddled at smaller in black communities, especially for school than white ones. In 2012, for instance, black boys,” he says. black children made up 18 percent of the stu- But Joyce Parker, the African-American dent population but 35 percent of reported in- founder of a community organization in cidents of corporal punishment in states that Greenville, Mississippi, that is opposed to

89

corporal punishment, says the paddle symbol- Like many small towns in the region, Lexing- izes a “legacy we’re trying to outlive.” ton has a rich history and an enduring charm. “During slavery, we were whipped on the B.B. King briefly lived here as a young adult, back, beat on the back and dehumanized,” she and jazz bassist Malachi Favors and blues mu- says. “The sad part is that we are doing it…to sician Lonnie Pitchford were both born here. ourselves now.” The commercial center is shaped like a square, as in the famed college town of Oxford 110 Signs of Change miles to the north, with businesses ringing the Even in Mississippi, where a higher percent- picturesque courthouse in the center. age of students get physically disciplined than On one weekday afternoon in winter, howev- in any other state, the paddle is starting to lose er, a busker carrying a placard with the word some of its might. The number of beatings fell cash appeared to be the only sign of life in the 33 percent between 2008 and 2012, according square. She tried to attract customers to a to a report by the Clarion-Ledger newspaper small storefront advertising payday loans and in Jackson. title advances. Given the dearth of people, the In Holmes County, where Lexington is locat- busker might as well have been addressing her ed, 83 percent of the residents are black; the vigorous shouts and motions to the wind. median household income is about $22,000; Debate over the issue of corporal punishment and the average life expectancy—66 for men has pitted parents against kids, neighbors and 73.5 for women—is the lowest of any against neighbors, and superintendents against county in the United States. principals in some instances. But opponents of Holmes County’s nine public schools enroll corporal punishment have never gained about 3,000 students. School staffers paddled enough traction to eliminate the practice dis- students 351 times during the 2012–13 school trictwide. (In Mississippi, the decision about year, according to state figures provided in whether to paddle is left up to individual response to a public records request. That communities.) number has fluctuated in recent years, drop- Defenders of the practice in Holmes argue that ping from more than 300 incidents in 2009 to corporal punishment is not only a rite of pas- sixty-eight in 2011–12, and bouncing back up sage and an effective discipline tool, but man- in the last school year. dated by the biblical proverb “Spare the rod, Holmes is not an anomaly, but the prevalence spoil the child.” They also claim there’s a dis- of the practice varies widely throughout the proportionate need for the paddle in a place state. In 2012–13, three dozen Mississippi dis- where poor children of color will be afforded tricts reported more cases of corporal punish- few breaks down the road if they don’t learn ment than Holmes County, with a few large to follow the “rules” early on. districts paddling their students more than Anthony Anderson, a minister and member of 1,000 times. Other districts are bowing to crit- the Holmes County Board of Education, says icism and using the paddle less. A few, includ- students who learn the importance of “rules ing Jackson Public Schools in the state’s capi- and regulations” will be less likely to get into tal, have banned the practice altogether. The trouble—or act out violently—as adults. recruitment of younger teachers through alter- native programs like Teach for America has “There was no other alternative given in the contributed to the decline, because they are far Bible,” he adds. less likely to embrace corporal punishment. “Reasonable and Moderate”

90

Students at Lexington’s Nollie Jenkins Family times a child can be struck or on what part of Center, which hosts different afterschool the body. workshops, are pushing back hard against this But students complain that teachers sometimes ethos. They believe the opposite to be true, stray from both the letter and the spirit of the arguing that paddling is an act of violence that regulations: administering the paddle without simply begets more violence. permission of the principal, failing to find a As part of a grassroots campaign, the students female staff member to paddle older girls, or are collecting signatures, lobbying school adding embellishments—holes in the wood, board members and spreading word of their wrapping two paddles together with tape— dissent via social media. They face an uphill that make the blows hurt more. Occasionally, battle, since a majority of the school board they say, students get injured, particularly if a supports the paddle. student gets hit on the hand. Kameisha Smith, who attends Tougaloo Col- Three years ago in Mississippi’s Tate County, lege in Jackson, says she was paddled three in the northwest part of the state, a 15-year- times between the ages of 10 and 14 as a stu- old’s family sued the district, alleging that the dent in Holmes County public schools. One teen fainted and pitched forward while being time, everyone in her class received the pun- paddled, shattering five teeth and breaking his ishment for laughing and snickering when jaw. (Last year, a judge dismissed the family’s they were supposed to be standing silently in federal claims, citing, among other reasons, a line. A second time, a teacher was disappoint- Supreme Court ruling that the Eighth ed with her work. She can’t recall the reason Amendment prohibiting cruel and unusual for the third paddling. punishment does not apply in school corporal Students at the county’s career and technical punishment cases.) Similar lawsuits crop up school have traditionally been responsible for every few years. Mississippi law states that designing and building the paddles that will be teachers and administrators cannot be held used on their peers (and, occasionally, on liable in such suits if they follow school dis- themselves). Some of the paddles have names trict rules and act without “malicious pur- scrawled on them by students or staff. A re- pose.” tired paddle kept at Nollie Jenkins Family Curtis Hill, 16, vividly remembers “Big Dad- Center, for instance, goes by the name “Mr. dy,” the two paddles wrapped together that a Feel Good.” teacher used on students’ hands and bottoms It’s most common to get paddled on the rear, when Hill was in the fourth grade. He also according to several students at the family remembers the fractured wrist he says one center. Typically, students are told to bend student suffered as a result of a paddling in forward and place their hands on a desk or middle school. wall before the paddle is administered. The Yet Hill says his family members continue to district’s employee handbook states that only support corporal punishment. “My mom, my a principal, assistant principal or “designee” granddaddy, my aunt, they like it because the can wield the paddle; for children in grades preacher said—” seven and above, the staff member must be the “Spare the rod, spoil the child!” one of his same gender as the student. The handbook al- classmates interjects. so states that “corporal punishment shall be reasonable and moderate” and should be pre- In Hill’s view, though, the paddle is mostly ceded by “less stringent” measures such as about “belittling” children. “It makes you feel counseling. It does not specify how many like nothing,” he says.

91

Powell Rucker, the superintendent of Holmes from her son’s teacher, who said he was “hol- County schools, says it’s rare for school staff lering” and that Pickett needed to come pick to stray from the district rules when it comes him up. Arriving at the school, Pickett says to administering the paddle. “I have not seen administrators tried to “push the issue,” telling that frequently,” he says, adding that staff her they wouldn’t have to call her so much if members who deviate are disciplined. Rucker she allowed them to use the paddle. “I told the says administrators do not routinely hit stu- principal, ‘If I allow it, they will beat the hell dents on their hands, but that sometimes stu- out of them every day,’” she recalls. dents stick their hands in front of their bot- Rucker says that parents who won’t permit toms at the last minute, which can cause in- paddling and dislike out-of-school suspen- creased pain. “With the paddles being as small sions should be willing to come in and sit with as they are, there have been no major inju- their children if they’re constantly interrupting ries,” he says. other students’ learning time. “In order to For Rucker, who physically disciplined his have some means of control, educators are own children, paddling is a religious impera- forced to contact parents” in some cases, he tive. “You can’t change the Bible,” he says. says. Rucker adds that district staff members “You just can’t.” usually do not call parents without provoca- tion. “The Way You Were Brought Up” In addition to citing the Bible and the need to LaShunkeita Clark, another parent, thought teach children boundaries, defenders of cor- she had decided against corporal punishment poral punishment often cite the paddle’s cru- and signed the form prohibiting school staffers cial role in their own upbringing. “You can’t from striking her 13-year-old daughter. But easily dismiss the way you were brought up,” while she was serving as a substitute teacher says Nathaniel Christian, a minister in Holmes at her daughter’s school one day, she realized County, who has conflicted feelings about how hard it is to break from tradition. Her corporal punishment. daughter, Ayana, began “cutting up” and mis- behaving in front of her mother and other stu- Many parents in the county accept paddling as dents. Feeling disrespected and embarrassed, a kind of cultural legacy that should be passed Clark’s first instinct was to resort to physical on to their own children. Families who don’t discipline. So she allowed an administrator to want their children to be paddled in school can strike her daughter that day. sign a form exempting them—an option that some 20 percent of families choose, according In some Mississippi communities, newcomers to Rucker. who find the idea of paddling children abhor- rent can feel pressured to accept the practice. Some parents, however, say they have felt Eight years ago, during Robyn Gulley’s first pressured into condoning the paddle. Other- week teaching second grade in Sunflower as a wise, school officials will call them repeated- Teach for America corps member in the Delta, ly, interrupting them at work, and issue sus- her mentor rapped disobedient students with a pension after suspension to their children. ruler and encouraged Gulley to do the same. Mary Pickett, the parent of a first and a second Gulley, who is white and grew up in Colora- grader, says she disapproves of corporal pun- do, tried to find alternative ways to reprimand ishment because it does little to address the students. She hung a paper clip with each root causes of a child’s misbehavior. She child’s name on it, for instance, and moved signed the form forbidding the paddling of her down the clips of troublesome students. children. Not long after, she received a call

92

Yet when she called the parents of students Seeking Alternatives to the Paddle with chronic behavior problems, they often Even some adamant supporters of corporal responded: “Whup ‘em—you just need to punishment, like Rucker, do not believe that wear ‘em out.” And when she brought unruly paddling always works. For some students, students to the principal’s office, the adminis- Rucker thinks that better counseling and social trator told her, “Well, you need to paddle services are needed. them.” Eventually, she stopped taking students to the office and dealt with the problems as “But we can’t afford it,” he says, adding that best she could on her own. But Gulley contin- the school receives only enough funding to ued to worry that spurning the paddle would provide one counselor for every 500 students. be construed as disrespectful. She was one of Opponents of corporal punishment say they only a few white teachers in the school; most recognize that they have to present effective of her colleagues were experienced educators alternatives if they hope to change minds. who had grown up in the community. “If I “Something has to go in its place,” says didn’t do it, the implication was that I thought Smith, the college student. She and others at I was better than them,” Gulley recalls. the Nollie Jenkins Family Center have been During her second year of teaching, Gulley trying to promote peer mediation, in which paddled students twice. (The district permitted students step in to counsel one another teachers to paddle students in the main office through crises and conflicts. as long as two witnesses were present, Gulley The many ways that corporal punishment has says.) The first time, she struck a younger stu- become embedded not only in schools, but in dent who constantly jumped out of her seat homes and hearts, can make it complicated to and made rude, taunting comments to class- attack the practice on the grounds of racial mates. The second time, Gulley paddled stu- disparity—especially in communities where dents who had been involved in a fight, but black leaders and parents may view that attack only after the principal challenged her to do as an encroachment on their civil rights, not as so. an enhancement of their children’s. Those Gulley, who now teaches at a charter school in who view the paddle partly as preparation for New Orleans, says she met several wonderful the hard challenges that many poor black chil- parents who physically disciplined their chil- dren will face in the world as teenagers and dren. But she questions the efficacy of the adults are not always disposed to regard its strategy. “The feeling after you paddle a child banishment as an advance in racial justice. is terrible,” she says. “You are angry. They are “There’s a whole part of corporal punishment angry. And I do not think it is effective. It’s that’s a reflection of American society, of who especially not effective for a white person do- we are and where we came from,” says Gul- ing it to a black child in an all-black commu- ley. “In a lot of ways, we’re stuck.” nity.” Daniel Hurst, Corporal punishment can be 'very effective', curriculum review chief says, The Guardian, 15 July 2014

One of the two men reviewing the [Australian] them to “throw the first punch”. national school curriculum, Kevin Donnelly, In a radio interview about behaviour manage- has recounted the “very effective” approach of ment, Donnelly voiced support for the use of his former physical education teacher who corporal punishment if the school community took misbehaving students aside and dared was in favour of it.

93

The education minister, Christopher Pyne, dis- “There are one or two schools around Austral- tanced himself from the comments, with a ia that I know where it is actually approved of spokesman saying he “did not support a return and they do do it. I’m sure they only do it very to corporal punishment in any form” and the rarely. But I think we have to get a balance curriculum review had “nothing to do with here.” managing student behaviour”. Donnelly, who is also a senior research fellow Donnelly, a former teacher and conservative at the Australian Catholic University, said education commentator who was appointed by schools needed to develop whole-school dis- the Abbott government to suggest changes to the cipline policies. He recalled the previous use national school curriculum, aired his views dur- of time-out rooms. ing an interview with Sydney radio station 2UE. “They [students] loved it because they could Initially commenting on figures showing an get out of class work and relax and meditate increase in school suspensions in New South for a while. That obviously didn’t work so Wales, Donnelly said it was important that the we’ve just got to get the balance right.” classroom did not suffer from disruptive or Pyne appointed Donnelly and the public poli- badly behaved students. cy professor Ken Wiltshire to the curriculum The host, Justin Smith, asked: “What would review in January. They are due to present a you describe as the best punishment you’ve final report to the government by the end of come across, even if it is one that has now July. gone away? I’m not alluding to the strap here; The president of the Australian Education Un- I don’t think that you would ever resort to ion, Angelo Gavrielatos, said the “extraordi- that. You would never advocate bringing that nary” views were unbalanced and did not be- back, surely?” long in contemporary schools. Donnelly replied: “Well … ” before pausing “We've moved well beyond that as a commu- and chuckling. “I grew up in Broadmeadows, nity,” he said. “We cannot condone the use of sort of a housing commission estate in Mel- corporal punishment or in fact any violent act bourne, and we had a Scottish phys ed teach- on children. er,” he said. “The minister must now act. It is unacceptable “Whenever there was any discipline problems that such views are being expressed by some- he would take the boy behind the shed and one who's been appointed allegedly to look at say, ‘Well, we can either talk about this or you balance in the national curriculum.” can throw the first punch.’ That teacher would probably lose his job now but it was very ef- A spokesman for Pyne said the minister did fective. He only had to do it once and the kids not support a return to corporal punishment. were pretty well behaved for the rest of the “State governments run and operate schools, year.” not the commonwealth, so questions to do Donnelly then sought to step back from the with classroom and student management issue. “I’m not saying corporal punishment; should be directed to them,” he said on obviously those days are gone.” But when Wednesday. “Dr Donnelly’s views are a mat- pressed on whether he still saw merit in cor- ter for him.” poral punishment, Donnelly confirmed his The terms of reference for the review focus on qualified support. “If the school community is the content and development of the national in favour of it then I’ve got no problem and if curriculum and contain no request for recom- it’s done properly,” he said. mendations on discipline matters.

94

Committee on the Rights of the Child, General Comment No. 8 (2006), CRC/C/GC/8* (2 March 2007)

2. The Convention on the Rights of the Child take place in many settings, including within and other international human rights instru- the home and family, in all forms of alterna- ments recognize the right of the child to re- tive care, schools and other educational insti- spect for the child’s human dignity and physi- tutions and justice systems - both as a sen- cal integrity and equal protection under the tence of the courts and as a punishment with- law. The Committee is issuing this general in penal and other institutions -in situations of comment to highlight the obligation of all child labour, and in the community. States parties to move quickly to prohibit and 13. In rejecting any justification of violence eliminate all corporal punishment and all oth- and humiliation as forms of punishment for er cruel or degrading forms of punishment of children, the Committee is not in any sense children and to outline the legislative and rejecting the positive concept of discipline. other awareness-raising and educational The healthy development of children depends measures that States must take. on parents and other adults for necessary 10. “Child” is defined as in the Convention as guidance and direction, in line with children’s “every human being below the age of eighteen evolving capacities, to assist their growth to- years unless under the law applicable to the wards responsible life in society. child, majority is attained earlier”. 14. The Committee recognizes that parenting 11. The Committee defines “corporal” or and caring for children, especially babies and “physical” punishment as any punishment in young children, demand frequent physical ac- which physical force is used and intended to tions and interventions to protect them. This is cause some degree of pain or discomfort, quite distinct from the deliberate and punitive however light. Most involves hitting (“smack- use of force to cause some degree of pain, ing”, “slapping”, “spanking”) children, with discomfort or humiliation. As adults, we know the hand or with an implement - a whip, stick, for ourselves the difference between a protec- belt, shoe, wooden spoon, etc. But it can also tive physical action and a punitive assault; it involve, for example, kicking, shaking or is no more difficult to make a distinction in throwing children, scratching, pinching, bit- relation to actions involving children. The ing, pulling hair or boxing ears, forcing chil- law in all States, explicitly or implicitly, al- dren to stay in uncomfortable positions, burn- lows for the use of non-punitive and neces- ing, scalding or forced ingestion (for exam- sary force to protect people. ple, washing children’s mouths out with soap 15. The Committee recognizes that there are or forcing them to swallow hot spices). In the exceptional circumstances in which teachers view of the Committee, corporal punishment and others, e.g. those working with children is invariably degrading. In addition, there are in institutions and with children in conflict other non-physical forms of punishment that with the law, may be confronted by danger- are also cruel and degrading and thus incom- ous behaviour which justifies the use of rea- patible with the Convention. These include, sonable restraint to control it. Here too there for example, punishment which belittles, hu- is a clear distinction between the use of force miliates, denigrates, scapegoats, threatens, motivated by the need to protect a child or scares or ridicules the child. others and the use of force to punish. The 12. Corporal punishment and other cruel or principle of the minimum necessary use of degrading forms of punishment of children force for the shortest necessary period of time

95

must always apply. Detailed guidance and tional measures to protect the child from all training is also required, both to minimize the forms of physical or mental violence, injury necessity to use restraint and to ensure that or abuse, neglect or negligent treatment, mal- any methods used are safe and proportionate treatment or exploitation, including sexual to the situation and do not involve the deliber- abuse, while in the care of parent(s), legal ate infliction of pain as a form of control. guardian(s) or any other person who has the care of the child”. There is no ambiguity: “all IV. HUMAN RIGHTS STANDARDS AND forms of physical or mental violence” does CORPORAL PUNISHMENT OF CHIL- not leave room for any level of legalized vio- DREN lence against children. Corporal punishment 16. Before the adoption of the Convention on and other cruel or degrading forms of punish- the Rights of the Child, the International Bill ment are forms of violence and States must of Human Rights -the Universal Declaration take all appropriate legislative, administra- and the two International Covenants, on Civil tive, social and educational measures to elimi- and Political Rights and on Economic, Social nate them. and Cultural Rights - upheld “everyone’s” 19. In addition, article 28, paragraph 2, of the right to respect for his/her human dignity and Convention refers to school discipline and physical integrity and to equal protection un- requires States parties to “take all appropriate der the law. In asserting States’ obligation to measures to ensure that school discipline is prohibit and eliminate all corporal punishment administered in a manner consistent with the and all other cruel or degrading forms of pun- child’s human dignity and in conformity with ishment, the Committee notes that the Con- the present Convention”. vention on the Rights of the Child builds on this foundation. The dignity of each and every 20. Article 19 and article 28, paragraph 2, do individual is the fundamental guiding princi- not refer explicitly to corporal punishment. ple of international human rights law. The travaux préparatoiresfor the Convention do not record any discussion of corporal pun- 17. The preamble to the Convention on the ishment during the drafting sessions. But the Rights of the Child affirms, in accordance Convention, like all human rights instruments, with the principles in the Charter of the Unit- must be regarded as a living instrument, ed Nations, repeated in the preamble to the whose interpretation develops over time. In Universal Declaration, that “recognition of the the 17 years since the Convention was adopt- inherent dignity and of the equal and inaliena- ed, the prevalence of corporal punishment of ble rights of all members of the human family children in their homes, schools and other in- is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace stitutions has become more visible, through in the world”. The preamble to the Conven- the reporting process under the Convention tion also recalls that, in the Universal Declara- and through research and advocacy by, among tion, the United Nations “has proclaimed that others, national human rights institutions and childhood is entitled to special care and assis- non-governmental organizations (NGOs). tance”. 18. Article 37 of the Convention requires 21. Once visible, it is clear that the practice States to ensure that “no child shall be sub- directly conflicts with the equal and inaliena- jected to torture or other cruel, inhuman or ble rights of children to respect for their hu- degrading treatment or punishment”. Thisis man dignity and physical integrity. The dis- complemented and extended by article 19, tinct nature of children, their initial dependent which requires States to “take all appropriate and developmental state, their unique human legislative, administrative, social and educa- potential as well as their vulnerability, all

96

demand the need for more, rather than less, 29. Some raise faith-based justifications for legal and other protection from all forms of corporal punishment, suggesting that certain violence. interpretations of religious texts not only justi- fy its use, but provide a duty to use it. Free- 22. The Committee emphasizes that eliminat- dom of religious belief is upheld for everyone ing violent and humiliating punishment of in the International Covenant on Civil and Po- children, through law reform and other neces- litical Rights (art. 18), but practice of a reli- sary measures, is an immediate and unquali- gion or belief must be consistent with respect fied obligation of States parties. It notes that for others’ human dignity and physical integ- other treaty bodies, including the Human rity. Freedom to practise one’s religion or be- Rights Committee, the Committee on Eco- lief may be legitimately limited in order to nomic, Social and Cultural Rights and the protect the fundamental rights and freedoms Committee against Torture have reflected the of others. In certain States, the Committee has same view in their concluding observations on found that children, in some cases from a very States parties’ reports under the relevant in- young age, in other cases from the time that struments, recommending prohibition and oth- they are judged to have reached puberty, may er measures against corporal punishment in be sentenced to punishments of extreme vio- schools, penal systems and, in some cases, the lence, including stoning and amputation, pre- family. For example, the Committee on Eco- scribed under certain interpretations of reli- nomic, Social and Cultural Rights, in its gen- gious law. Such punishments plainly violate eral comment No. 13 (1999) on “The right to the Convention and other international human education” stated: “In the Committee’s view, rights standards, as has been highlighted also corporal punishment is inconsistent with the by the Human Rights Committee and the fundamental guiding principle of international Committee against Torture, and must be pro- human rights law enshrined in the Preambles hibited. to the Universal Declaration and both Cove- nants: the dignity of the individual. Other as- V. MEASURES AND MECHANISMS RE- pects of school discipline may also be incon- QUIRED TO ELIMINATE CORPORAL sistent with school discipline, including public PUNISHMENT AND OTHER CRUEL OR humiliation.” DEGRADING FORMS OF PUNISHMENT 23. Corporal punishment has also been con- 1. Legislative measures demned by regional human rights mecha- 31. … The Committee emphasizes that the nisms. The European Court of Human Rights, Convention requires the removal of any provi- in a series of judgements, has progressively sions (in statute or common - case law) that condemned corporal punishment of children, allow some degree of violence against chil- first in the penal system, then in schools, in- dren (e.g. “reasonable” or “moderate” chas- cluding private schools, and most recently in tisement or correction), in their the home. The European Committee of Social homes/families or in any other setting. Rights, monitoring compliance of member States of the Council of Europe with the Eu- 32. In some States, corporal punishment is ropean Social Charter and Revised Social specifically authorized in schools and other Charter, has found that compliance with the institutions, with regulations setting out how it Charters requires prohibition in legislation is to be administered and by whom. And in a against any form of violence against children, minority of States, corporal punishment using whether at school, in other institutions, in canes or whips is still authorized as a sentence their home or elsewhere. of the courts for child offenders. As frequently

97

reiterated by the Committee, the Convention view that prosecution and other formal inter- requires the repeal of all such provisions. ventions (for example, to remove the child or remove the perpetrator) should only proceed 35. Once the criminal law applies fully to as- when they are regarded both as necessary to saults on children, the child is protected from protect the child from significant harm and as corporal punishment wherever he or she is and being in the best interests of the affected child. whoever the perpetrator is. But in the view of The affected child’s views should be given the Committee, given the traditional ac- due weight, according to his or her age and ceptance of corporal punishment, it is essential maturity. that the applicable sectoral legislation - e.g. family law, education law, law relating to all 3. Educational and other measures forms of alternative care and justice systems, 44. Article 12 of the Convention underlines employment law - clearly prohibits its use in the importance of giving due consideration to the relevant settings. In addition, it is valuable children’s views on the development and im- if professional codes of ethics and guidance plementation of educational and other for teachers, carers and others, and also the measures to eradicate corporal punishment rules or charters of institutions, emphasize the and other cruel or degrading forms of punish- illegality of corporal punishment and other ment. Given the widespread traditional ac- cruel or degrading forms of punishment. ceptance of corporal punishment, prohibition Implementation of prohibition of corporal on its own will not achieve the necessary punishment and other cruel or degrading change in attitudes and practice. Comprehen- forms of punishment sive awareness-raising of children’s right to protection and of the laws that reflect this 38. The Committee believes that implementa- right is required. Under article 42 of the Con- tion of the prohibition of all corporal punish- vention, States undertake to make the princi- ment requires awareness-raising, guidance and ples and provisions of the Convention widely training (see paragraph 45 et seq. below) for known, by appropriate and active means, to all those involved. This must ensure that the adults and children alike. law operates in the best interests of the affect- ed children -in particular when parents or oth- 46. In addition, States must ensure that posi- er close family members are the perpetrators. tive, non-violent relationships and education The first purpose of law reform to prohibit are consistently promoted to parents, carers, corporal punishment of children within the teachers and all others who work with children family is prevention: to prevent violence and families. The Committee emphasizes that against children by changing attitudes and the Convention requires the elimination not practice, underlining children’s right to equal only of corporal punishment but of all other protection and providing an unambiguous cruel or degrading punishment of children. It foundation for child protection and for the is not for the Convention to prescribe in detail promotion of positive, non-violent and partic- how parents should relate to or guide their ipatory forms of child-rearing. children. But the Convention does provide a framework of principles to guide relationships 41. Children’s dependent status and the unique both within the family, and between teachers, intimacy of family relations demand that deci- carers and others and children. sions to prosecute parents, or to formally in- tervene in the family in other ways, should be 4. Monitoring and evaluation taken with very great care. Prosecuting parents 51. . . .States parties should monitor their pro- is in most cases unlikely to be in their chil- gress towards eliminating corporal punish- dren’s best interests. It is the Committee’s

98

ment and other cruel or degrading forms of every State to carry out/commission such re- punishment and thus realizing children’s right search, as far as possible with groups repre- to protection. Research using interviews with sentative of the whole population, to provide children, their parents and other carers, in baseline information and then at regular inter- conditions of confidentiality and with appro- vals to measure progress. The results of this priate ethical safeguards, is essential in order research can also provide valuable guidance to accurately assess the prevalence of these for the development of universal and targeted forms of violence within the family and atti- awareness-raising campaigns and training for tudes to them. The Committee encourages professionals working with or for children.

Elizabeth M. Schneider, Caroline Bettinger-López, et al., Implementing the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights’ Domestic-Violence Ruling, Clearinghouse Review: Jour- nal of Law & Poverty (July Aug. 2012, at 113) I . The Decision: Lenahan v. United tect and compensate victims. In its decision States the commission emphasized the international . . . In 1999 Lenahan’s daughters were abduct- consensus that “a State’s failure to act with ed by her estranged husband and were killed due diligence to protect women from violence after the Castle Rock, Colorado, police repeat- constitutes a form of discrimination, and de- edly refused to enforce her domestic-violence nies women their right to equality before the restraining order against him. Lenahan sued law.” The commission found violations of Castle Rock in federal court; she claimed that several articles of the American Declaration the police department’s failure to act violated on the Rights and Duties of Man: Article I her right to due process under the Fourteenth (Right to Life); Article II (Right to Nondis- Amendment. In 2005, in Castle Rock v. Gon- crimination and Equal Protection); Article VII zales, the Supreme Court, ruling on her pro- (Special Protection for Children); and Article cedural due process claim, found that the po- XVIII (Right to Judicial Protection). lice had no constitutional duty to enforce her The Inter-American Commission concluded restraining order. its decision with seven recommendations to Lenahan subsequently filed a complaint the United States. Three focused individually against the United States before the Inter- on Lenahan: (1) Undertake a serious, impar- American Commission on Human Rights, an tial, and exhaustive investigation to ascertain organ of the Organization of American States; the cause, time, and place of the deaths of the she claimed human rights violations by the three daughters. (2) Investigate systemic fail- local police for failing to protect her and her ures related to the enforcement of Lenahan’s children and by U.S. courts, which failed to protection order; determine the responsibilities offer her a remedy. of public officials and hold them accountable for violating state and federal law. (3) Offer Before the Inter-American Commission, Le- full reparations to Lenahan and her next-of- nahan challenged the core principle of U.S. kin. law embodied in DeShaney v. Winnebago City Department of Social Services: government The other four recommendations related to generally has no duty to protect individuals federal and state legislative and policy reme- from private acts of violence. Lenahan ar- dies: (1) Adopt or reform legislation and other gued that the United States must adhere to in- measures to mandate enforcement of protec- ternational standards on state responsibility to tion orders and other measures to shield wom- exercise due diligence to prevent, investigate, en from violence. (2) Adopt or reform legisla- and punish human rights violations and pro- tion and other measures to protect children in

99

the domestic-violence context. (3) Act to re- And, third, the decision could strengthen ar- shape stereotypes of domestic-violence vic- guments underscoring the risks of domestic tims and to end discrimination against them. violence and the importance of protection or- (4) Design model law enforcement protocols der enforcement, in a range of federal and for investigating missing children reports in state domestic-violence or sexual assault cases the domestic-violence context. that address matters such as torts, family law, By framing domestic violence as a human protective orders, custody disputes, or Hague rights violation, the Lenahan decision chal- convention claims. . . . lenges advocates and policymakers to rethink III . State-Law Strategies for Holding the United States’ approach to domestic vio- Police Accountable lence and to ask whether U.S. policies respect, In Castle Rock v. Gonzales the U.S. Supreme protect, and fulfill fundamental rights. The Court suggests that states are free to craft decision holds the potential to influence do- ways to hold police accountable for failures to mestic-violence advocacy in the United States respond to domestic violence. . . . State courts and, more broadly, to help realize human have a stake in enforcing state domestic- rights here at home. violence laws and are not subject to the feder- II . Federal Litigation Strategies alism concerns at play in federal courts. Some . . . The decision can support gender violence state courts have recognized that their consti- claims in at least three specific ways. First, it tutions confer positive rights and have ex- can serve as persuasive authority in cases pressed a willingness to look to international seeking law enforcement accountability. Alt- human rights law as persuasive authority. hough Castle Rock v. Gonzales precludes The government’s duty under human rights procedural due process claims, it does not law to exercise due diligence with regard to foreclose claims under other theories, such as violence against women encompasses three state-created danger or equal protection. The principles that can support state negligence Inter-American Commission’s analysis of the and constitutional claims: the rights to protec- importance of law enforcement responses that tion, to a remedy, and to live free from sex take each protection order seriously and assess discrimination (including gender-based vio- risk and calculate responses accordingly could lence. For example, state negligence law of- bolster arguments that law enforcement inac- ten requires plaintiffs to demonstrate a “spe- tion increases the survivor’s risk of private cial relationship” between police and the vic- violence. The decision’s affirmation of the tim and to show that no governmental im- connection between failed law enforcement munity applies. The due diligence obligation responses and sex discrimination could sup- can help establish a special relationship port arguments that law enforcement respons- through recognition of the state’s duty to re- es violate equal protection. spond to domestic violence; the right to a Second, the Lenahan decision supports ap- remedy can bolster arguments that immunity proaches that reframe weak and ineffective should not preclude claims. law enforcement response as police miscon- These human rights principles may also in- duct. Accordingly the decision could buttress form state constitutional substantive due pro- initiatives such as U.S. Department of Justice cess and equal protection claims. Because the investigations of police practices that treat search for substantive due process is a search mishandling of domestic and sexual violence for fundamental human rights, a search that cases as a form of misconduct. invites consideration of international values, state courts should consider the duty to protect

100

and the duty to exercise due diligence when already engaged in community organizing on evaluating those claims. International human domestic violence and related issues, and they rights law on the right to a remedy further are prepared to use the message of Lenahan supports legal recognition of these claims. immediately. Advocates can also call on the Human rights law’s acknowledgment that vi- domestic-violence community to pressure the olence against women—and the long-standing United States to respond to the Inter-American practice of ignoring, minimizing, and condon- Commission’s recommendations in, for exam- ing it—is fundamentally a form of sex dis- ple, pending reports to the United Nations’ crimination can also support state equal pro- Human Rights Committee, Committee against tection claims, particularly in states with equal Torture, and Committee on the Elimination of rights amendments. These principles can Racial Discrimination. thus advance state-law claims by reframing Advocates should participate in annual the rights of survivors and the government’s events, such as 16 Days of Activism Against obligations to respond to gender-based vio- Gender Violence Campaign, International lence. Human Rights Day, the U.S. Human Rights IV . Community Organizing Network’s Bi-Annual Conference, and Inter- The Inter-American Commission’s Lenahan national Women’s Day, to raise awareness of decision could be a galvanizing tool particu- the commission’s decision and the need for larly for communities of color and indigenous greater accountability in the United States. communities, where the criminal justice sys- V . Leveraging Federal Agencies tem has disproportionately failed to protect . . . Within the executive branch, advocates residents from gender-based violence. Infor- can engage with four entities to implement the mation about this decision should be conveyed commission’s recommendations. First is the thoughtfully. Communities may respond and White House Council on Women and Girls, mobilize when they learn that international charged with raising awareness of a wide ar- human rights law, unlike U.S. law, holds ray of issues that disproportionately affect states accountable by imposing a duty to use women and girls and with coordinating gen- due diligence to prevent and respond to vio- der-focused initiatives among executive lence by private actors. Campaigns that con- branch departments. The council has used nect police failure to respond to gender-based conferences and public outreach events “head- violence with other commonly understood lined” by Obama Administration officials to themes, such as police misconduct, may spur draw attention to issues ranging from work- activism. The idea that marginalized groups place flexibility to domestic violence and, are more likely to become victims of violence most recently, a White House Forum on will likely resonate in low-income communi- Women and the Economy. ties, which should demand responsiveness from law enforcement while objecting to Second, the Office of the White House Advi- overzealous policing that results in brutality. sor on Violence Against Women is working to Community groups should know that, after ensure that all federal agencies use their fund- domestic remedies are exhausted, justice can ing and enforcement powers to prevent and be achieved in other venues and that we respond to domestic and dating violence, sex- should advocate higher standards of accounta- ual assault, and stalking. For example, the of- bility than prevailing ones. fice has worked with the U.S. Department of Education to develop a guidance letter to We should begin by identifying and sharing school districts, colleges, and universities information among groups with which we about sexual assault on campuses. have relationships. Many of these groups are 101

The office is also focused on the federal gov- challenge cultural and governmental norms ernment’s role as an employer by, for exam- that support continuation of the violence. ple, encouraging federal agencies to adopt pol- A human rights perspective can be brought to icies to assist employees in coping with gen- a court’s attention in simple ways. The rights der-based violence. to liberty, freedom from abuse, family integri- Third, the Justice Department’s Civil Rights ty, and respect for family life are particularly Division has for the first time incorporated relevant in domestic-violence cases. Closing domestic violence and sexual assault into its arguments, trial memos, and other court police misconduct investigations. The divi- presentations can cite the basic human right to sion also appears open to pursuing additional be free from abuse. A single sentence in clos- investigations and has expressed a willingness ing, drawing the court’s attention to the sys- to look into complaints brought to its atten- tematic worldwide abuse of women, can shift tion. This focus dovetails with community or- a judge’s perspective to appreciate that gen- ganizing efforts and could be a starting point der-based violence constitutes a human rights for discussions between community groups violation. Lawyers can also incorporate testi- and the division. mony about the broader effect of intimate- And, fourth, state and local law enforcement partner abuse on the family. As the Lenahan agencies could be held accountable through case reveals, human rights commissions look the funding that many receive from the Jus- beyond the core family in their decision mak- tice Department’s Office on Violence Against ing. Testimony by grandparents, siblings, and Women. Advocates could use a key provision friends, both as witnesses to abuse and as of federal law that permits those who believe chroniclers of the effect the abuse had on they have been discriminated against by Vio- them, can help courts appreciate that abuse lence Against Women Act grantees to seek disrupts the fabric of the family structure. This injunctive and declaratory relief. . . . argument can translate into judgments for ad- ditional compensation as part of U.S. courts’ VI . Family Law and Local Domestic- familiar quantifying and calculating of dam- Violence Litigation and Legislation ages. This shift can also influence orders so Survivors of intimate-partner abuse in the that family safety, rather than a parent’s right United States frequently find themselves in to access to children, becomes the priority. family court. Courts hearing family law mat- Students at the University of Cincinnati Col- ters have jurisdiction over custody, child sup- lege of Law’s Domestic Violence Clinic de- port, divorce, legal separation, and related veloped an additional way to begin this culture matters. In some states, family courts have shift. For presentation to the city council, the exclusive or primary jurisdiction over protec- students drafted a resolution acknowledging tion orders. Court personnel, including judges that freedom from domestic violence is a basic and clerks, often fail to appreciate the effect of human right. The council adopted the resolu- abuse on families. Human rights advocates tion in October 2011. In March 2012, at the can influence court personnel to see domestic urging of students from the University of Bal- violence in a broader social context and help timore School of Law’s Family Law Clinic, court personnel appreciate their judgments in the Baltimore City Council followed suit. . . . a global context. For example, a human rights lens can help judges see domestic violence as VII . Fatality Reviews, Court Watching, part of a pattern of oppression rather than as and Safety Audits two partners behaving badly. Naming gender- The Inter-American Commission’s Lenahan based violence as a form of discrimination can decision can be the basis for infusing a human

102

rights perspective into criminal justice reform plement community mobilization models that modalities. Here I consider three: fatality facilitate early intervention, a full range of as- reviews, court-watch programs, and safety sistance, and prevention. Good models apply audits. feminist and human rights methods to incor- Fatality reviews evaluate the circumstances porate survivors’ voices in data collection as underlying domestic-violence-related deaths, well as in the creation of policies and practices with the objective of preventing them in the that more comprehensively accommodate the future. The reviews evaluate prior victim and needs of domestic-violence survivors. perpetrator contact with social service The following recommendations may advance agencies, the criminal justice system, and the Inter-American Commission decision’s other helping institutions in order to conclusions: recommend measures that will enhance safety 1. Incorporate considerations of socioeco- and perpetrator accountability. Court-watch nomic status, race, or ethnicity and housing programs use volunteers to monitor and status. compile data on how domestic violence and 2. Target comprehensive resources to more sexual assault cases are handled and to raise serious cases of violence. awareness among both the public and people 3. Develop multi-disciplined risk assessments affiliated with the court system about the that police departments and community agen- monitors’ conclusions. Safety audits use cies can employ to prevent intimate-partner interviews with victims and system homicide; concentrate on the most serious employees, observation, and textual analysis cases of policies, procedures, and forms to assess of domestic violence and assess calls for po- systems’ ability to respond and enhance lice protection from victims of domestic vio- domestic-violence survivors’ safety. lence to promote a more effective law en- The human rights standards endorsed in the forcement response. Inter-American Commission’s Lenahan deci- sion can be incorporated into these and other criminal justice responses to capture a fuller range of survivors’ needs. For example, data such as income level, immigration status, or housing status could be added to the needs examined in court-watch or fatality-review programs. Mapping the location of homes of intimate-partner femicide victims, fatality- review programs could use such data to inves- tigate incident patterns and their relationship to neighborhoods or socioeconomic back- grounds. Safety audits already have been used to assess racial disparities in child welfare. Incorporating human rights principles into these and other criminal justice reforms would require adopting comprehensive approaches to ensure that survivors are offered economic and other resources and protections. This re- quires bringing advocacy organizations to the criminal justice reform table in order to im-

103

Bond v. United States, 134 S.Ct. 2077 (2014)

Chief Justice Roberts delivered the opinion on that responsibility, unless Congress has of the Court. The horrors of chemical warfare clearly indicated that the law should have such were vividly captured by John Singer Sargent reach. The Chemical Weapons Convention in his 1919 painting Gassed. The nearly life- Implementation Act contains no such clear sized work depicts two lines of soldiers, indication, and we accordingly conclude that it blinded by mustard gas, clinging single file to does not cover the unremarkable local offense orderlies guiding them to an improvised aid at issue here. station. There they would receive little treat- I ment and no relief; many suffered for weeks only to have the gas claim their lives. The sol- A diers were shown staggering through piles of In 1997, the President of the United States, comrades too seriously burned to even join the upon the advice and consent of the Senate, procession. ratified the Convention on the Prohibition of The painting reflects the devastation that Sar- the Development, Production, Stockpiling, gent witnessed in the aftermath of the Second and Use of Chemical Weapons and on Their Battle of Arras during World War I. That bat- Destruction. The nations that ratified the Con- tle and others like it led to an overwhelming vention (State Parties) had bold aspirations for consensus in the international community that it: “general and complete disarmament under toxic chemicals should never again be used as strict and effective international control, in- weapons against human beings. Today that cluding the prohibition and elimination of all objective is reflected in the international Con- types of weapons of mass destruction.” This vention on Chemical Weapons, which has purpose traces its origin to World War I, when been ratified or acceded to by 190 countries. “[o]ver a million casualties, up to 100,000 of The United States, pursuant to the Federal them fatal, are estimated to have been caused Government’s constitutionally enumerated by chemicals ..., a large part following the in- power to make treaties, ratified the treaty in troduction of mustard gas in 1917.” The atroc- 1997. To fulfill the United States’ obligations ities of that war led the community of nations under the Convention, Congress enacted the to adopt the 1925 Geneva Protocol, which Chemical Weapons Convention Implementa- prohibited the use of chemicals as a method of tion Act of 1998. The Act makes it a federal warfare. crime for a person to use or possess any chem- Up to the 1990s, however, chemical weapons ical weapon, and it punishes violators with remained in use both in and out of wartime, severe penalties. It is a statute that, like the with devastating consequences. Iraq’s use of Convention it implements, deals with crimes nerve agents and mustard gas during its war of deadly seriousness. with Iran in the 1980s contributed to interna- The question presented by this case is whether tional support for a renewed, more effective the Implementation Act also reaches a purely chemical weapons ban. In 1994 and 1995, local crime: an amateur attempt by a jilted long-held fears of the use of chemical weap- wife to injure her husband’s lover, which end- ons by terrorists were realized when Japanese ed up causing only a minor thumb burn readi- extremists carried out two attacks using sarin ly treated by rinsing with water. Because our gas. The Convention was conceived as an ef- constitutional structure leaves local criminal fort to update the Geneva Protocol’s protec- activity primarily to the States, we have gen- tions and to expand the prohibition on chemi- erally declined to read federal law as intruding cal weapons beyond state actors in wartime. The Convention aimed to achieve that objec- 104

tive by prohibiting the development, stockpil- tional agreement, it is “not self-executing.” ing, or use of chemical weapons by any State That is, the Convention creates obligations Party or person within a State Party’s jurisdic- only for State Parties and “does not by itself tion. Arts. I, II, VII. It also established an give rise to domestically enforceable federal elaborate reporting process requiring State law” absent “implementing legislation passed Parties to destroy chemical weapons under by Congress.” It instead provides that “[e]ach their control and submit to inspection and State Party shall, in accordance with its consti- monitoring by an international organization tutional processes, adopt the necessary based in The Hague, Netherlands. Arts. VIII, measures to implement its obligations under IX. this Convention.” Art. VII(1), 1974 U.N.T.S. The Convention provides: 331. “In particular,” each State Party shall “[p]rohibit natural and legal persons anywhere “(1) Each State Party to this Convention un- ... under its jurisdiction ... from undertaking dertakes never under any circumstances: any activity prohibited to a State Party under “(a) To develop, produce, otherwise acquire, this Convention, including enacting penal leg- stockpile or retain chemical weapons, or islation with respect to such activity.” Art. transfer, directly or indirectly, chemical VII(1)(a), id., at 331–332. weapons to anyone; “(b) To use chemical weapons; Congress gave the Convention domestic effect “(c) To engage in any military preparations in 1998 when it passed the Chemical Weapons to use chemical weapons; Convention Implementation Act. The Act “(d) To assist, encourage or induce, in any closely tracks the text of the treaty: It forbids way, anyone to engage in any activity pro- any person knowingly “to develop, produce, hibited to a State Party under this Conven- otherwise acquire, transfer directly or indirect- tion.” Art. I, id., at 319. ly, receive, stockpile, retain, own, possess, or use, or threaten to use, any chemical weapon.” “Chemical Weapons” are defined in relevant 18 U.S.C. § 229(a)(1). It defines “chemical part as “[t]oxic chemicals and their precursors, weapon” in relevant part as “[a] toxic chemi- except where intended for purposes not pro- cal and its precursors, except where intended hibited under this Convention, as long as the for a purpose not prohibited under this chapter types and quantities are consistent with such as long as the type and quantity is consistent purposes.” Art. II(1)(a), ibid. “Toxic Chemi- with such a purpose.” § 229F(1)(A). “Toxic cal,” in turn, is defined as “Any chemical chemical,” in turn, is defined in general as which through its chemical action on life pro- “any chemical which through its chemical ac- cesses can cause death, temporary incapacita- tion on life processes can cause death, tempo- tion or permanent harm to humans or animals. rary incapacitation or permanent harm to hu- This includes all such chemicals, regardless of mans or animals. The term includes all such their origin or of their method of production, chemicals, regardless of their origin or of their and regardless of whether they are produced in method of production, and regardless of facilities, in munitions or elsewhere.” Art. whether they are produced in facilities, in mu- II(2), id., at 320. “Purposes Not Prohibited nitions or elsewhere.” § 229F(8)(A). Finally, Under this Convention” means “[i]ndustrial, “purposes not prohibited by this chapter” is agricultural, research, medical, pharmaceutical defined as “[a]ny peaceful purpose related to or other peaceful purposes,” Art. II(9)(a), id., an industrial, agricultural, research, medical, at 322, and other specific purposes not at issue or pharmaceutical activity or other activity,” here, Arts. II(9)(b)-(d). and other specific purposes. § 229F(7). A per- Although the Convention is a binding interna- son who violates section 229 may be subject

105

to severe punishment: imprisonment “for any 18 U.S.C. § 1708. More surprising, they also term of years,” or if a victim’s death results, charged her with two counts of possessing and the death penalty or imprisonment “for life.” § using a chemical weapon, in violation of sec- 229A(a). tion 229(a). Bond moved to dismiss the chem- B ical weapon counts on the ground that section 229 exceeded Congress’s enumerated powers Petitioner Carol Anne Bond is a microbiolo- and invaded powers reserved to the States by gist from Lansdale, Pennsylvania. In 2006, the Tenth Amendment. The District Court de- Bond’s closest friend, Myrlinda Haynes, an- nied Bond’s motion. She then entered a condi- nounced that she was pregnant. When Bond tional guilty plea that reserved her right to discovered that her husband was the child’s appeal. The District Court sentenced Bond to father, she sought revenge against Haynes. six years in federal prison plus five years of Bond stole a quantity of 10–chloro–10H– supervised release, and ordered her to pay a phenoxarsine (an arsenic-based compound) $2,000 fine and $9,902.79 in restitution. from her employer, a chemical manufacturer. She also ordered a vial of potassium dichro- Bond appealed, raising a Tenth Amendment mate (a chemical commonly used in printing challenge to her conviction. She also argued photographs or cleaning laboratory equip- that section 229 does not reach her conduct ment) on Amazon.com. Both chemicals are because the statute’s exception for the use of toxic to humans and, in high enough doses, chemicals for “peaceful purposes” should be potentially lethal. It is undisputed, however, understood in contradistinction to the “war- that Bond did not intend to kill Haynes. She like” activities that the Convention was pri- instead hoped that Haynes would touch the marily designed to prohibit. Bond argued that chemicals and develop an uncomfortable rash. her conduct, though reprehensible, was not at all “warlike.” The Court of Appeals rejected Between November 2006 and June 2007, this argument. Bond went to Haynes’s home on at least 24 occasions and spread the chemicals on her car [It] also rejected Bond’s constitutional chal- door, mailbox, and door knob. These attempt- lenge to her conviction, holding that section ed assaults were almost entirely unsuccessful. 229 was “necessary and proper to carry the The chemicals that Bond used are easy to see, Convention into effect.” Id., at 162. The Court and Haynes was able to avoid them all but of Appeals relied on this Court’s opinion in once. On that occasion, Haynes suffered a mi- Missouri v. Holland, 252 U.S. 416, (1920), nor chemical burn on her thumb, which she which stated that “[i]f the treaty is valid there treated by rinsing with water. Haynes repeat- can be no dispute about the validity of the edly called the local police to report the suspi- statute” that implements it “as a necessary and cious substances, but they took no action. proper means to execute the powers of the When Haynes found powder on her mailbox, Government.” she called the police again, who told her to II call the post office. Haynes did so, and postal In our federal system, the National Govern- inspectors placed surveillance cameras around ment possesses only limited powers; the States her home. The cameras caught Bond opening and the people retain the remainder. The Haynes’s mailbox, stealing an envelope, and States have broad authority to enact legislation stuffing potassium dichromate inside the muf- for the public good—what we have often fler of Haynes’s car. called a “police power.” The Federal Govern- Federal prosecutors naturally charged Bond ment, by contrast, has no such authority and with two counts of mail theft, in violation of “can exercise only the powers granted to it,”

106

including the power to make “all Laws which Even if the treaty does reach that far, nothing shall be necessary and proper for carrying into prevents Congress from implementing the Execution” the enumerated powers, Const., Convention in the same manner it legislates Art. I, § 8, cl. 18. For nearly two centuries it with respect to innumerable other matters— has been “clear” that, lacking a police power, observing the Constitution’s division of re- “Congress cannot punish felonies generally.” sponsibility between sovereigns and leaving Bond argues that the lower court’s reading of the prosecution of purely local crimes to the Missouri v. Holland would remove all limits States. The Convention, after all, is agnostic on federal authority, so long as the Federal between enforcement at the state versus feder- Government ratifies a treaty first. She insists al level: It provides that “[e]ach State Party that to effectively afford the Government a shall, in accordance with its constitutional police power whenever it implements a treaty processes, adopt the necessary measures to would be contrary to the Framers’ careful de- implement its obligations under this Conven- cision to divide power between the States and tion.” Art. VII(1), 1974 U.N.T.S. 331 the National Government as a means of pre- Fortunately, we have no need to interpret the serving liberty. To the extent that Holland au- scope of the Convention in this case. Bond thorizes such usurpation of traditional state was prosecuted under section 229, and the authority, Bond says, it must be either limited statute—unlike the Convention—must be read or overruled. consistent with principles of federalism inher- The Government replies that this Court has ent in our constitutional structure. never held that a statute implementing a valid A treaty exceeds Congress’s enumerated powers. In the Government’s view, the conclusion that To do so here, the Government says, would Bond “knowingly” “use[d]” a “chemical contravene another deliberate choice of the weapon” in violation of section 229(a) is sim- Framers: to avoid placing subject matter limi- ple: The chemicals that Bond placed on tations on the National Government’s power Haynes’s home and car are “toxic chemi- to make treaties. And it might also undermine cal[s]” as defined by the statute, and Bond’s confidence in the United States as an interna- attempt to assault Haynes was not a “peaceful tional treaty partner. purpose.” §§ 229F(1), (8), (7). The problem III with this interpretation is that it would “dra- Section 229 exists to implement the Conven- matically intrude[ ] upon traditional state tion, so we begin with that international criminal jurisdiction,” and we avoid reading agreement. As explained, the Convention’s statutes to have such reach in the absence of a drafters intended for it to be a comprehensive clear indication that they do. ban on chemical weapons. But even with its Part of a fair reading of statutory text is recog- broadly worded definitions, we have doubts nizing that “Congress legislates against the that a treaty about chemical weapons has any- backdrop” of certain unexpressed presump- thing to do with Bond’s conduct. The Conven- tions. tion, a product of years of worldwide study, Among the background principles of construc- analysis, and multinational negotiation, arose tion that our cases have recognized are those in response to war crimes and acts of terror- grounded in the relationship between the Fed- ism. There is no reason to think the sovereign eral Government and the States under our nations that ratified the Convention were in- Constitution. terested in anything like Bond’s common law assault. Closely related to these is the well-established principle that “ ‘it is incumbent upon the fed-

107

eral courts to be certain of Congress’ intent used bear little resemblance to the deadly tox- before finding that federal law overrides’ ” the ins that are “of particular danger to the objec- “usual constitutional balance of federal and tives of the Convention.” More to the point, state powers.” the use of something as a “weapon” typically We have applied this background principle connotes “[a]n instrument of offensive or de- when construing federal statutes that touched fensive combat,” or “[a]n instrument of attack on several areas of traditional state responsi- or defense in combat, as a gun, missile, or bility. Perhaps the clearest example of tradi- sword.” But no speaker in natural parlance tional state authority is the punishment of lo- would describe Bond’s feud-driven act of cal criminal activity. Thus, “we will not be spreading irritating chemicals on Haynes’s quick to assume that Congress has meant to door knob and mailbox as “combat.” Nor do effect a significant change in the sensitive re- the other circumstances of Bond’s offense— lation between federal and state criminal ju- an act of revenge born of romantic jealousy, risdiction.” meant to cause discomfort, that produced nothing more than a minor thumb burn— We conclude that, in this curious case, we can suggest that a chemical weapon was deployed insist on a clear indication that Congress in Norristown, Pennsylvania. Potassium di- meant to reach purely local crimes, before in- chromate and 10–chloro–10H–phenoxarsine terpreting the statute’s expansive language in might be chemical weapons if used, say, to a way that intrudes on the police power of the poison a city’s water supply. But Bond’s States. crime is worlds apart from such hypotheticals, B and covering it would give the statute a reach We do not find any such clear indication in exceeding the ordinary meaning of the words section 229. “Chemical weapon” is the key Congress wrote. term that defines the statute’s reach, and it is In settling on a fair reading of a statute, it is defined extremely broadly. But that general not unusual to consider the ordinary meaning definition does not constitute a clear statement of a defined term, particularly when there is that Congress meant the statute to reach local dissonance between that ordinary meaning and criminal conduct. the reach of the definition. In fact, a fair reading of section 229 suggests The Government would have us brush aside that it does not have as expansive a scope as the ordinary meaning and adopt a reading of might at first appear. To begin, as a matter of section 229 that would sweep in everything natural meaning, an educated user of English from the detergent under the kitchen sink to would not describe Bond’s crime as involving the stain remover in the laundry room. Yet no a “chemical weapon.” Saying that a person one would ordinarily describe those substanc- “used a chemical weapon” conveys a very dif- es as “chemical weapons.” The Government ferent idea than saying the person “used a responds that because Bond used “specialized, chemical in a way that caused some harm.” highly toxic” (though legal) chemicals, “this The natural meaning of “chemical weapon” case presents no occasion to address whether takes account of both the particular chemicals Congress intended [section 229] to apply to that the defendant used and the circumstances common household substances.” That the in which she used them. statute would apply so broadly, however, is When used in the manner here, the chemicals the inescapable conclusion of the Govern- in this case are not of the sort that an ordinary ment’s position: Any parent would be guilty person would associate with instruments of of a serious federal offense—possession of a chemical warfare. The substances that Bond chemical weapon—when, exasperated by the

108

children’s repeated failure to clean the gold- ecute her for assault. But we have traditionally fish tank, he considers poisoning the fish with viewed the exercise of state officials’ prosecu- a few drops of vinegar. We are reluctant to torial discretion as a valuable feature of our ignore the ordinary meaning of “chemical constitutional system. Here, in its zeal to pros- weapon” when doing so would transform a ecute Bond, the Federal Government has “dis- statute passed to implement the international placed” the “public policy of the Common- Convention on Chemical Weapons into one wealth of Pennsylvania, enacted in its capacity that also makes it a federal offense to poison as sovereign,” that Bond does not belong in goldfish. That would not be a “realistic as- prison for a chemical weapons offense. sessment[ ] of congressional intent.” This case is unusual, and our analysis is ap- The Government’s reading of section 229 propriately limited. Our disagreement with our would “ ‘alter sensitive federal-state relation- colleagues reduces to whether section 229 is ships,’ ” convert an astonishing amount of “utterly clear.” We think it is not, given that “traditionally local criminal conduct” into “a the definition of “chemical weapon” in a par- matter for federal enforcement,” and “involve ticular case can reach beyond any normal no- a substantial extension of federal police re- tion of such a weapon, that the context from sources.” It would transform the statute from which the statute arose demonstrates a much one whose core concerns are acts of war, as- more limited prohibition was intended, and sassination, and terrorism into a massive fed- that the most sweeping reading of the statute eral anti-poisoning regime that reaches the would fundamentally upset the Constitution’s simplest of assaults. balance between national and local power. In fact, with the exception of this unusual This exceptional convergence of factors gives case, the Federal Government itself has not us serious reason to doubt the Government’s looked to section 229 to reach purely local expansive reading of section 229, and calls for crimes. The Government has identified only a us to interpret the statute more narrowly. handful of prosecutions that have been In sum, the global need to prevent chemical brought under this section. Most of those in- warfare does not require the Federal Govern- volved either terrorist plots or the possession ment to reach into the kitchen cupboard, or to of extremely dangerous substances with the treat a local assault with a chemical irritant as potential to cause severe harm to many peo- the deployment of a chemical weapon. There ple. The Federal Government undoubtedly has is no reason to suppose that Congress—in im- a substantial interest in enforcing criminal plementing the Convention on Chemical laws against assassination, terrorism, and acts Weapons—thought otherwise. with the potential to cause mass suffering. Justice SCALIA, with whom Justice Those crimes have not traditionally been left THOMAS joins, and with whom Justice predominantly to the States, and nothing we ALITO joins as to Part I, concurring in the have said here will disrupt the Government’s judgment. authority to prosecute such offenses. I. The Statutory Question It is also clear that the laws of the Common- wealth of Pennsylvania (and every other State) The meaning of the Act is plain. No person are sufficient to prosecute Bond. Pennsylvania may knowingly “develop, produce, otherwise has several statutes that would likely cover her acquire, transfer directly or indirectly, receive, assault. The Government objects that Penn- stockpile, retain, own, possess, or use, or sylvania authorities charged Bond with only a threaten to use, any chemical weapon.” 18 minor offense based on her “harassing tele- U.S.C. § 229(a)(1). A “chemical weapon” is phone calls and letters,” and declined to pros- “[a] toxic chemical and its precursors, except 109

where intended for a purpose not prohibited 229F(1)(A), (7)(A). The statute parses itself. under this chapter as long as the type and I suspect the Act will not survive today’s quantity is consistent with such a purpose.” § gruesome surgery. A criminal statute must 229F(1)(A). A “toxic chemical” is “any chem- clearly define the conduct it proscribes. If it ical which through its chemical action on life does not “ ‘give a person of ordinary intelli- processes can cause death, temporary incapac- gence fair notice’ ” of its scope, it denies due itation or permanent harm to humans or ani- process. mals. The term includes all such chemicals, regardless of their origin or of their method of The new § 229(a)(1) fails that test. Hencefor- production, and regardless of whether they are ward, a person “shall be fined ..., imprisoned produced in facilities, in munitions or else- for any term of years, or both,” § where.” § 229F(8)(A). A “purpose not prohib- 229A(a)(1)—or, if he kills someone, “shall be ited” is “[a]ny peaceful purpose related to an punished by death or imprisoned for life,” § industrial, agricultural, research, medical, or 229A(a)(2)—whenever he “develop[s], pro- pharmaceutical activity or other activity.” § duce[s], otherwise acquire[s], transfer [s] di- 229F(7)(A). rectly or indirectly, receive[s], stockpile[s], retain[s], own [s], possess[es], or use[s], or Applying those provisions to this case is hard- threaten[s] to use,” § 229(a)(1), any chemical ly complicated. Bond possessed and used “of the sort that an ordinary person would as- “chemical[s] which through [their] chemical sociate with instruments of chemical warfare,” action on life processes can cause death, tem- ante, at 2090 (emphasis added). The “deter- porary incapacitation or permanent harm.” gent under the kitchen sink” and “the stain Thus, she possessed “toxic chemicals.” And, remover in the laundry room” are apparently because they were not possessed or used only out,—but what if they are deployed to poison for a “purpose not prohibited,” § 229F(1)(A), a neighborhood water fountain? Poisoning a they were “chemical weapons.” Ergo, Bond goldfish tank is also apparently out, but what violated the Act. End of statutory analysis, I if the fish belongs to a Congressman or Gov- would have thought. ernor and the act is meant as a menacing mes- The ordinary meaning of weapon, the Court sage, a small-time equivalent of leaving a sev- says, is an instrument of combat, and “no ered horse head in the bed? speaker in natural parlance would describe II. The Constitutional Question Bond’s feud-driven act of spreading irritating chemicals on Haynes’s door knob and mail- Since the Act is clear, the real question this box as ‘combat.’ ” Undoubtedly so, but un- case presents is whether the Act is constitu- doubtedly beside the point, since the Act sup- tional as applied to petitioner. An unreasoned plies its own definition of “chemical weapon,” and citation-less sentence from our opinion in which unquestionably does bring Bond’s ac- Missouri v. Holland, 252 U.S. 416, 40 S.Ct. tion within the statutory prohibition. 382, 64 L.Ed. 641 (1920), purported to furnish the answer: “If the treaty is valid”—and no In this case, by contrast, the ordinary meaning one argues that the Convention is not—“there of the term being defined is irrelevant, be- can be no dispute about the validity of the cause the statute’s own definition—however statute under Article I, § 8, as a necessary and expansive—is utterly clear: any “chemical proper means to execute the powers of the which through its chemical action on life pro- Government.” Petitioner and her amici press cesses can cause death, temporary incapacita- us to consider whether there is anything to this tion or permanent harm to humans or ani- ipse dixit. The Constitution’s text and struc- mals,” § 229F(8)(A), unless the chemical is ture show that there is not. possessed or used for a “peaceful purpose,” § 110

A. Text pact domestic legal effect.” We have said in Under Article I, § 8, cl. 18, Congress has the another context that a right “to make con- power “[t]o make all Laws which shall be tracts” (a treaty, of course, is a contract) does necessary and proper for carrying into Execu- not “extend ... to conduct ... after the contract tion the foregoing Powers and all other Pow- relation has been established.... Such postfor- ers vested by this Constitution in the Govern- mation conduct does not involve the right to ment of the United States, or in any Depart- make a contract, but rather implicates the per- ment or Officer thereof.” One such “other formance of established contract obligations.” Powe[r]” appears in Article II, § 2, cl. 2: Upon the President’s agreement and the Sen- “[The President] shall have Power, by and ate’s ratification, a treaty—no matter what with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to kind—has been made and is not susceptible of make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Sen- any more making. ators present concur.” Read together, the two How might Congress have helped “carr[y]” Clauses empower Congress to pass laws “nec- the power to make the treaty—here, the essary and proper for carrying into Execution Chemical Weapons Convention—“into Exe- ... [the] Power ... to make Treaties.” cution”? In any number of ways. It could have It is obvious what the Clauses, read together, appropriated money for hiring treaty negotia- do not say. They do not authorize Congress to tors, empowered the Department of State to enact laws for carrying into execution “Trea- appoint those negotiators, formed a commis- ties,” even treaties that do not execute them- sion to study the benefits and risks of entering selves, such as the Chemical Weapons Con- into the agreement, or paid for a bevy of spies vention. Surely it makes sense, the Govern- to monitor the treaty-related deliberations of ment contends, that Congress would have the other potential signatories. power to carry out the obligations to which the But a power to help the President make trea- President and the Senate have committed the ties is not a power to implement treaties al- Nation. The power to “carry into Execution” ready made. Once a treaty has been made, the “Power ... to make Treaties,” it insists, has Congress’s power to do what is “necessary to mean the power to execute the treaties and proper” to assist the making of treaties themselves. drops out of the picture. To legislate compli- That argument, which makes no pretense of ance with the United States’ treaty obligations, resting on text, unsurprisingly misconstrues it. Congress must rely upon its independent Start with the phrase “to make Treaties.” A (though quite robust) Article I, § 8, powers. treaty is a contract with a foreign nation made, B. Structure the Constitution states, by the President with “[T]he Constitutio[n] confer[s] upon Congress the concurrence of “two thirds of the Sena- ... not all governmental powers, but only dis- tors present.” That is true of self-executing crete, enumerated ones.” But in Holland, the and non-self-executing treaties alike; the Con- proponents of unlimited congressional power stitution does not distinguish between the two. found a loophole: “By negotiating a treaty and So, because the President and the Senate can obtaining the requisite consent of the Senate, enter into a non-self-executing compact with a the President ... may endow Congress with a foreign nation but can never by themselves source of legislative authority independent of (without the House) give that compact domes- the powers enumerated in Article I.” Though tic effect through legislation, the power of the Holland ‘s change to the Constitution’s text President and the Senate “to make” a Treaty appears minor (the power to carry into execu- cannot possibly mean to “enter into a compact tion the power to make treaties becomes the with a foreign nation and then give that com- 111

power to carry into execution treaties ), the Federal Legislature should attempt to vary the change to its structure is seismic. law of descent in any State; would it not be To see why vast expansion of congressional evident that ... it had exceeded its jurisdiction power is not just a remote possibility, consider and infringed upon that of the State?” The two features of the modern practice of treaty Federalist No. 33, at 206 (A. Hamilton). Yet making. In our Nation’s early history, and ex- given the Antipolygamy Convention, Holland tending through the time when Holland was would uphold it. Or imagine that, to execute a written, treaties were typically bilateral, and treaty, Congress enacted a statute prohibiting addressed only a small range of topics relating state inheritance taxes on real property. Con- to the obligations of each state to the other, stitutional? Of course not. Again, The Feder- and to citizens of the other—military neutrali- alist: “Suppose ... [Congress] should under- ty, for example, or military alliance, or guar- take to abrogate a land tax imposed by the au- antee of most-favored-nation trade treatment. thority of a State, would it not be equally evi- But beginning in the last half of the last centu- dent that this was an invasion of that concur- ry, many treaties were “detailed multilateral rent jurisdiction in respect to this species of instruments negotiated and drafted at interna- tax which its constitution plainly supposes to tional conferences,” and they sought to regu- exist in the State governments?” No. 33, at late states’ treatment of their own citizens, or 206. Holland would uphold it. As these exam- even “the activities of individuals and private ples show, Holland places Congress only one entities,” treaty away from acquiring a general police power. The Necessary and Proper Clause can- Consider also that, at least according to some not bear such weight. No law that flattens the scholars, the Treaty Clause comes with no im- principle of state sovereignty, whether or not plied subject-matter limitations. If that is true, “necessary,” can be said to be “proper.” then the possibilities of what the Federal Gov- ernment may accomplish, with the right treaty The Government raises a functionalist objec- in hand, are endless and hardly farfetched. It tion: If the Constitution does not limit a self- could begin, as some scholars have suggested, executing treaty to the subject matter delineat- with abrogation of this Court’s constitutional ed in Article I, § 8, then it makes no sense to rulings. For example, the holding that a statute impose that limitation upon a statute imple- prohibiting the carrying of firearms near menting a non-self-executing treaty. The schools went beyond Congress’s enumerated premise of the objection (that the power to powers, could be reversed by negotiating a make self-executing treaties is limitless) is, to treaty with Latvia providing that neither sov- say the least, arguable. But even if it is cor- ereign would permit the carrying of guns near rect, refusing to extend that proposition to schools. non-self-executing treaties makes a great deal of sense. Suppose, for example, that the self- But reversing some of this Court’s decisions is aggrandizing Federal Government wishes to the least of the problem. Imagine the United take over the law of intestacy. If the President States’ entry into an Antipolygamy Conven- and the Senate find in some foreign state a tion, which called for—and Congress enact- ready accomplice, they have two options. ed—legislation providing that, when a spouse First, they can enter into a treaty with “stipula- of a man with more than one wife dies intes- tions” specific enough that they “require no tate, the surviving husband may inherit no part legislation to make them operative,” which of the estate. Constitutional? The Federalist would mean in this example something like a answers with a rhetorical question: “Suppose comprehensive probate code. But for that to by some forced constructions of its authority succeed, the President and a supermajority of (which indeed cannot easily be imagined) the 112

the Senate would need to reach agreement on posed Constitution confirm the limited scope all the details—which, when once embodied of the powers possessed by the Federal Gov- in the treaty, could not be altered or supersed- ernment generally; the Treaty Power was no ed by ordinary legislation. The second op- exception. The Framers understood that most tion—far the better one—is for Congress to regulatory matters were to be left to the States. gain lasting and flexible control over the law In essays during the ratification campaign in of intestacy by means of a non-self-executing New York, James Madison took the view that treaty. “[Implementing] legislation is as much the Treaty Power was inherently limited. The subject to modification and repeal by Con- Federal Government’s powers, Madison gress as legislation upon any other subject.” wrote, “will be exercised principally on exter- And to make such a treaty, the President and nal objects, as war, peace, negotiation, and Senate would need to agree only that they de- foreign commerce”—the traditional subjects sire power over the law of intestacy. of treaty-making. We should not have shirked our duty and dis- It did not escape the attention of the Framers torted the law to preserve that assertion; we that the Treaty Power was drafted without ex- should have welcomed and eagerly grasped plicitly enumerated limits on what sorts of the opportunity—nay, the obligation—to con- treaties are permissible. sider and repudiate it. That decision was not a grant of unlimited Justice THOMAS, with whom Justice power, but rather a grant of flexibility; the SCALIA joins, and with whom Justice Federal Government needed the ability to re- ALITO joins as to Parts I, II, and III, con- spond to unforeseeable varieties of intercourse curring in the judgment. with other nations. James Madison, for exam- To interpret the Treaty Power as extending to ple, did “not think it possible to enumerate all every conceivable domestic subject matter— the cases in which such external regulations even matters without any nexus to foreign re- would be necessary.” lations—would destroy the basic constitution- The understanding that treaties are limited to, al distinction between domestic and foreign in Madison’s words, “the regulation of inter- powers. It would also lodge in the Federal course with foreign nations,” endured in the Government the potential for “a ‘police pow- years after the Constitution was ratified. The er’ over all aspects of American life.” And a original understanding that the Treaty Power treaty-based police power would pose an even was limited to international intercourse has greater threat when exercised through a self- been well represented in this Court’s prece- executing treaty because it would circumvent dents. Although we have not had occasion to the role of the House of Representatives in the define the limits of the power in much detail, legislative process. we have described treaties as dealing in some Early treatises discussed a wide variety of manner with intercourse between nations. At treaties that nevertheless shared a common least until recently, the original understanding thread: All of them governed genuinely inter- that the Treaty Power is limited was widely national matters such as war, peace, and trade shared outside the Court as well. The Second between nations. Restatement on the Foreign Relations Law of Treaty practice under the Articles of Confed- the United States, for example, opined that the eration was also consistent with the under- Treaty Power is available only if the subject standing that treaties govern matters of inter- matter of the treaty “is of international con- cern.” But see Restatement (Third) of Foreign national intercourse. Relations Law of the United States § 302, Debates preceding the ratification of the pro-

113

Comment c (“Contrary to what was once sug- Weapons Convention, is not self-executing, gested, the Constitution does not require that and thus the Convention itself does not have an international agreement deal only with domestic effect without congressional action. ‘matters of international concern’”). The control of true chemical weapons, as that The parties in this case have not addressed the term is customarily understood, is a matter of proper scope of the Treaty Power or the va- great international concern, and therefore the lidity of the treaty here. The preservation of heart of the Convention clearly represents a limits on the Treaty Power is nevertheless a valid exercise of the treaty power. But insofar matter of fundamental constitutional im- as the Convention may be read to obligate the portance, and the Court ought to address the United States to enact domestic legislation scope of the Treaty Power when that issue is criminalizing conduct of the sort at issue in presented. Given the increasing frequency this case, which typically is the sort of conduct with which treaties have begun to test the lim- regulated by the States, the Convention ex- its of the Treaty Power, that chance will come ceeds the scope of the treaty power. Section soon enough. 229 cannot be regarded as necessary and proper to carry into execution the treaty pow- Justice ALITO, concurring in the judg- er, and accordingly it lies outside Congress’ ment. reach unless supported by some other power I believe that the treaty power is limited to enumerated in the Constitution. The Govern- agreements that address matters of legitimate ment has presented no such justification for international concern. The treaty pursuant to this statute. which § 229 was enacted, the Chemical

114

Kiobel v. Royal Dutch Petroleum Co., 133 S.Ct. 1659 (2013)

I detention; (5) violations of the rights to life, liberty, security, and association; (6) forced Chief Justice ROBERTS delivered the exile; and (7) property destruction. The Dis- opinion of the Court. Petitioners were resi- trict Court dismissed the first, fifth, sixth, and dents of Ogoniland, an area of 250 square seventh claims, reasoning that the facts al- miles located in the Niger delta area of Nige- leged to support those claims did not give rise ria and populated by roughly half a million to a violation of the law of nations. The court people. When the complaint was filed, re- denied respondents’ motion to dismiss with spondents Royal Dutch Petroleum Company respect to the remaining claims, but certified and Shell Transport and Trading Company, its order for interlocutory appeal pursuant to § p.l.c., were holding companies incorporated in 1292(b). the Netherlands and England, respectively. Their joint subsidiary, respondent Shell Petro- The Second Circuit dismissed the entire com- leum Development Company of Nigeria, Ltd. plaint, reasoning that the law of nations does (SPDC), was incorporated in Nigeria, and en- not recognize corporate liability. We granted gaged in oil exploration and production in certiorari to consider that question. After oral Ogoniland. According to the complaint, after argument, we directed the parties to file sup- concerned residents of Ogoniland began pro- plemental briefs addressing an additional testing the environmental effects of SPDC’s question: “Whether and under what circum- practices, respondents enlisted the Nigerian stances the [ATS] allows courts to recognize a Government to violently suppress the bur- cause of action for violations of the law of na- geoning demonstrations. Throughout the early tions occurring within the territory of a sover- 1990’s, the complaint alleges, Nigerian mili- eign other than the United States.” We heard tary and police forces attacked Ogoni villages, oral argument again and now affirm the judg- beating, raping, killing, and arresting residents ment below, based on our answer to the sec- and destroying or looting property. Petitioners ond question. further allege that respondents aided and abet- II ted these atrocities by providing the Nigerian forces with food, transportation, and compen- Passed as part of the Judiciary Act of 1789, sation, as well as by allowing the Nigerian the ATS was invoked twice in the late 18th military to use respondents’ property as a stag- century, but then only once more over the next ing ground for attacks. 167 years. The statute provides district courts with jurisdiction to hear certain claims, but Following the alleged atrocities, petitioners does not expressly provide any causes of ac- moved to the United States where they have tion. We held in Sosa v. Alvarez–Machain, been granted political asylum and now reside however, that the First Congress did not in- as legal residents. They filed suit in the United tend the provision to be “stillborn.” The grant States District Court for the Southern District of jurisdiction is instead “best read as having of New York, alleging jurisdiction under the been enacted on the understanding that the Alien Tort Statute and requesting relief under common law would provide a cause of action customary international law. According to pe- for [a] modest number of international law titioners, respondents violated the law of na- violations.” The Court in Sosa rejected the tions by aiding and abetting the Nigerian Gov- plaintiff’s claim in that case for “arbitrary ar- ernment in committing (1) extrajudicial kill- rest and detention,” on the ground that it failed ings; (2) crimes against humanity; (3) torture to state a violation of the law of nations with and cruel treatment; (4) arbitrary arrest and

115

the requisite “definite content and acceptance provision, can indicate that it intends federal among civilized nations.” law to apply to conduct occurring abroad. See, e.g., 18 U.S.C. § 1091(e) (providing jurisdic- The question here is not whether petitioners tion over the offense of genocide “regardless have stated a proper claim under the ATS, but of where the offense is committed” if the al- whether a claim may reach conduct occurring leged offender is, among other things, “pre- in the territory of a foreign sovereign. [A] sent in the United States”). But to rebut the canon of statutory interpretation, known as the presumption, the ATS would need to evince a presumption against extraterritorial applica- “clear indication of extraterritoriality.” It does tion, provides that “[w]hen a statute gives no not. clear indication of an extraterritorial applica- tion, it has none.” To begin, nothing in the text of the statute suggests that Congress intended causes of ac- This presumption “serves to protect against tion recognized under it to have extraterritorial unintended clashes between our laws and reach. The ATS covers actions by aliens for those of other nations which could result in violations of the law of nations, but that does international discord.” not imply extraterritorial reach—such viola- The danger of unwarranted judicial interfer- tions affecting aliens can occur either within ence in the conduct of foreign policy is magni- or outside the United States. Nor does the fact fied in the context of the ATS, because the that the text reaches “any civil action” suggest question is not what Congress has done but application to torts committed abroad; it is instead what courts may do. Sosa repeatedly well established that generic terms like “any” stressed the need for judicial caution in con- or “every” do not rebut the presumption sidering which claims could be brought under against extraterritoriality. the ATS, in light of foreign policy concerns. Petitioners make much of the fact that the These concerns, which are implicated in any ATS provides jurisdiction over civil actions case arising under the ATS, are all the more for “torts” in violation of the law of nations. pressing when the question is whether a cause They claim that in using that word, the First of action under the ATS reaches conduct with- Congress “necessarily meant to provide for in the territory of another sovereign. jurisdiction over extraterritorial transitory torts These concerns are not diminished by the fact that could arise on foreign soil.” For support, that Sosa limited federal courts to recognizing they cite the common-law doctrine that al- causes of action only for alleged violations of lowed courts to assume jurisdiction over such international law norms that are “ ‘specific, “transitory torts,” including actions for per- universal, and obligatory.’ ” As demonstrated sonal injury, arising abroad. by Congress’s enactment of the TVPA, identi- Under the transitory torts doctrine, however, fying such a norm is only the beginning of de- “the only justification for allowing a party to fining a cause of action. See id., § 3 (provid- recover when the cause of action arose in an- ing detailed definitions for extrajudicial killing other civilized jurisdiction is a well founded and torture); id., § 2 (specifying who may be belief that it was a cause of action in that liable, creating a rule of exhaustion, and estab- place.” The question under Sosa lishing a statute of limitations). Each of these is not wheth- decisions carries with it significant foreign er a federal court has jurisdiction to entertain a policy implications. cause of action provided by foreign or even international law. The question is instead III whether the court has authority to recognize a It is true that Congress, even in a jurisdictional cause of action under U.S. law to enforce a

116

norm of international law. The reference to immediately before and after passage of the “tort” does not demonstrate that the First Con- ATS—provide no support for the proposition gress “necessarily meant” for those causes of that Congress expected causes of action to be action to reach conduct in the territory of a brought under the statute for violations of the foreign sovereign. In the end, nothing in the law of nations occurring abroad. text of the ATS evinces the requisite clear in- The third example of a violation of the law of dication of extraterritoriality. nations familiar to the Congress that enacted Nor does the historical background against the ATS was piracy. Piracy typically occurs which the ATS was enacted overcome the pre- on the high seas, beyond the territorial juris- sumption against application to conduct in the diction of the United States or any other coun- territory of another sovereign. We explained try. This Court has generally treated the high in Sosa that when Congress passed the ATS, seas the same as foreign soil for purposes of “three principal offenses against the law of the presumption against extraterritorial appli- nations” had been identified by Blackstone: cation. Petitioners contend that because Con- violation of safe conducts, infringement of the gress surely intended the ATS to provide ju- rights of ambassadors, and piracy. The first risdiction for actions against pirates, it neces- two offenses have no necessary extraterritorial sarily anticipated the statute would apply to application. conduct occurring abroad. Two notorious episodes involving violations Applying U.S. law to pirates, however, does of the law of nations occurred in the United not typically impose the sovereign will of the States shortly before passage of the ATS. United States onto conduct occurring within Each concerned the rights of ambassadors, and the territorial jurisdiction of another sover- each involved conduct within the Union. In eign, and therefore carries less direct foreign 1784, a French adventurer verbally and physi- policy consequences. Pirates were fair game cally assaulted Francis Barbe Marbois—the wherever found, by any nation, because they Secretary of the French Legion—in Philadel- generally did not operate within any jurisdic- phia. The assault led the French Minister Plen- tion. ipotentiary to lodge a formal protest with the Petitioners also point to a 1795 opinion au- Continental Congress and threaten to leave the thored by Attorney General William Bradford. country unless an adequate remedy were pro- In 1794, in the midst of war between France vided. And in 1787, a New York constable and Great Britain, and notwithstanding the entered the Dutch Ambassador’s house and American official policy of neutrality, several arrested one of his domestic servants. At the U.S. citizens joined a French privateer fleet request of Secretary of Foreign Affairs John and attacked and plundered the British colony Jay, the Mayor of New York City arrested the of Sierra Leone. In response to a protest from constable in turn, but cautioned that because “ the British Ambassador, Attorney General ‘neither Congress nor our [State] Legislature Bradford responded as follows: have yet passed any act respecting a breach of the privileges of Ambassadors,’ ” the extent of So far ... as the transactions complained of any available relief would depend on the originated or took place in a foreign coun- common law. The two cases in which the ATS try, they are not within the cognizance of was invoked shortly after its passage also con- our courts; nor can the actors be legally cerned conduct within the territory of the prosecuted or punished for them by the United States. United States. But crimes committed on the high seas are within the jurisdiction of These prominent contemporary examples— the ... courts of the United States; and, so

117

far as the offence was committed thereon, by its potential inability to provide judicial I am inclined to think that it may be legal- relief to foreign officials injured in the United ly prosecuted in ... those courts.... But States. Such offenses against ambassadors some doubt rests on this point, in conse- violated the law of nations, “and if not ade- quence of the terms in which the [applica- quately redressed could rise to an issue of ble criminal law] is expressed. But there war.” The ATS ensured that the United States can be no doubt that the company or indi- could provide a forum for adjudicating such viduals who have been injured by these incidents. Nothing about this historical context acts of hostility have a remedy by a civil suggests that Congress also intended federal suit in the courts of the United States; ju- common law under the ATS to provide a risdiction being expressly given to these cause of action for conduct occurring in the courts in all cases where an alien sues for a territory of another sovereign. tort only, in violation of the laws of na- Indeed, far from avoiding diplomatic strife, tions, or a treaty of the United States....” providing such a cause of action could have The Solicitor General, having once read the generated it. Recent experience bears this out. opinion to stand for the proposition that an See Doe v. Exxon Mobil Corp., 654 F.3d 11, “ATS suit could be brought against American 77–78 (C.A.D.C.2011) (Kavanaugh, J., dis- citizens for breaching neutrality with Britain senting in part) (listing recent objections to only if acts did not take place in a foreign extraterritorial applications of the ATS by country,” now suggests the opinion “could Canada, Germany, Indonesia, Papua New have been meant to encompass ... conduct Guinea, South Africa, Switzerland, and the [occurring within the foreign territory]. United Kingdom). Moreover, accepting peti- tioners’ view would imply that other nations, Attorney General Bradford’s opinion defies a also applying the law of nations, could hale definitive reading and we need not adopt one our citizens into their courts for alleged viola- here. Whatever its precise meaning, it deals tions of the law of nations occurring in the with U.S. citizens who, by participating in an United States, or anywhere else in the world. attack taking place both on the high seas and The presumption against extraterritoriality on a foreign shore, violated a treaty between guards against our courts triggering such seri- the United States and Great Britain. The opin- ous foreign policy consequences, and instead ion hardly suffices to counter the weighty defers such decisions, quite appropriately, to concerns underlying the presumption against the political branches. extraterritoriality. We therefore conclude that the presumption Finally, there is no indication that the ATS against extraterritoriality applies to claims un- was passed to make the United States a der the ATS, and that nothing in the statute uniquely hospitable forum for the enforcement rebuts that presumption. of international norms. As Justice Story put it, “No nation has ever yet pretended to be the IV custos morum of the whole world....” It is im- On these facts, all the relevant conduct took plausible to suppose that the First Congress place outside the United States. And even wanted their fledgling Republic—struggling where the claims touch and concern the terri- to receive international recognition—to be the tory of the United States, they must do so with first. Indeed, the parties offer no evidence that sufficient force to displace the presumption any nation, meek or mighty, presumed to do against extraterritorial application. See Morri- such a thing. son, 561 U.S. 247. Corporations are often pre- The United States was, however, embarrassed sent in many countries, and it would reach too

118

far to say that mere corporate presence suffic- States,” we held in Morrison that § 10(b) of es. If Congress were to determine otherwise, a the Exchange Act applies “only” to “transac- statute more specific than the ATS would be tions in securities listed on domestic exchang- required. es, and domestic transactions in other securi- ties.” Justice KENNEDY, concurring. The opin- ion for the Court is careful to leave open a [O]nly conduct that satisfies Sosa ‘s require- number of significant questions regarding the ments of definiteness and acceptance among reach and interpretation of the Alien Tort civilized nations can be said to have been “the Statute. In my view that is a proper disposi- ‘focus’ of congressional concern,” when Con- tion. Many serious concerns with respect to gress enacted the ATS. As a result, a putative human rights abuses committed abroad have ATS cause of action will fall within the scope been addressed by Congress in statutes such as of the presumption against extraterritoriality— the Torture Victim Protection Act of 1991 and will therefore be barred—unless the do- (TVPA), and that class of cases will be deter- mestic conduct is sufficient to violate an inter- mined in the future according to the detailed national law norm that satisfies Sosa ‘s re- statutory scheme Congress has enacted. Other quirements of definiteness and acceptance cases may arise with allegations of serious vi- among civilized nations. olations of international law principles pro- Justice BREYER, with whom Justice tecting persons, cases covered neither by the GINSBURG, Justice SOTOMAYOR and TVPA nor by the reasoning and holding of Justice KAGAN join, concurring in the today’s case; and in those disputes the proper judgment. I agree with the Court’s conclusion implementation of the presumption against but not with its reasoning. The Court sets forth extraterritorial application may require some four key propositions of law: First, the “pre- further elaboration and explanation. sumption against extraterritoriality applies to Justice ALITO, with whom Justice claims under” the Alien Tort Statute. Third, THOMAS joins, concurring. I write sepa- there “is no clear indication of extraterritoria[l rately to set out the broader standard that leads application] here,” where “all the relevant me to the conclusion that this case falls within conduct took place outside the United States” the scope of the presumption. and “where the claims” do not “touch and concern the territory of the United States ... In Morrison v. National Australia Bank Ltd., with sufficient force to displace the presump- 561 U.S. 247 (2010), we explained that “the tion.” Fourth, that is in part because presumption against extraterritorial applica- “[c]orporations are often present in many tion would be a craven watchdog indeed if it countries, and it would reach too far to say retreated to its kennel whenever some domes- that mere corporate presence suffices.” tic activity is involved in the case.” We also reiterated that a cause of action falls outside Unlike the Court, I would not invoke the pre- the scope of the presumption—and thus is not sumption against extraterritoriality. Rather, barred by the presumption—only if the event guided in part by principles and practices of or relationship that was “the ‘focus’ of con- foreign relations law, I would find jurisdiction gressional concern” under the relevant statute under this statute where (1) the alleged tort takes place within the United States. For ex- occurs on American soil, (2) the defendant is ample, because “the focus of the [Securities] an American national, or (3) the defendant’s Exchange Act [of 1934] is not upon the place conduct substantially and adversely affects an where the deception originated, but upon pur- important American national interest, and that chases and sales of securities in the United includes a distinct interest in preventing the

119

United States from becoming a safe harbor direct foreign policy consequences.” But, as I (free of civil as well as criminal liability) for a have just pointed out, “[a]pplying U.S. law to torturer or other common enemy of mankind. pirates” does typically involve applying our In this case, however, the parties and relevant law to acts taking place within the jurisdiction conduct lack sufficient ties to the United of another sovereign. Nor can the majority’s States for the ATS to provide jurisdiction. words “territorial jurisdiction” sensibly distin- guish land from sea for purposes of isolating I adverse foreign policy risks, as the Barbary B Pirates, the War of 1812, the sinking of the In my view the majority’s effort to answer the Lusitania, and the Lockerbie bombing make question by referring to the “presumption all too clear. against extraterritoriality” does not work well. The majority also writes, “Pirates were fair That presumption “rests on the perception that game wherever found, by any nation, because Congress ordinarily legislates with respect to they generally did not operate within any ju- domestic, not foreign matters.” The ATS, risdiction.” I very much agree that pirates however, was enacted with “foreign matters” were fair game “wherever found.” Indeed, that in mind. The statute’s text refers explicitly to is the point. That is why we asked, in Sosa, “alien[s],” “treat [ies],” and “the law of na- who are today’s pirates? Certainly today’s pi- tions.” The statute’s purpose was to address rates include torturers and perpetrators of gen- “violations of the law of nations, admitting of ocide. And today, like the pirates of old, they a judicial remedy and at the same time threat- are “fair game” where they are found. And ening serious consequences in international just as a nation that harbored pirates provoked affairs.” And at least one of the three kinds of the concern of other nations in past centuries, activities that we found to fall within the stat- so harboring “common enemies of all man- ute’s scope, namely piracy, normally takes kind” provokes similar concerns today. place abroad. Thus the Court’s reasoning, as applied to the The majority cannot wish this piracy example narrow class of cases that Sosa described, fails away by emphasizing that piracy takes place to provide significant support for the use of on the high seas. [T]he robbery and murder any presumption against extraterritoriality; that make up piracy do not normally take rather, it suggests the contrary. place in the water; they take place on a ship. In any event, the Court also makes clear that a And a ship is like land, in that it falls within statutory claim might sometimes “touch and the jurisdiction of the nation whose flag it concern the territory of the United States ... flies. Indeed, in the early 19th century Chief with sufficient force to displace the presump- Justice Marshall described piracy as an “of- tion.” It leaves for another day the determina- fenc[e] against the nation under whose flag the tion of just when the presumption against ex- vessel sails, and within whose particular juris- traterritoriality might be “overcome.” diction all on board the vessel are.” The majority nonetheless tries to find a dis- II tinction between piracy at sea and similar cas- In applying the ATS to acts “occurring within es on land. It writes, “Applying U.S. law to the territory of a[nother] sovereign,” I would pirates ... does not typically impose the sover- assume that Congress intended the statute’s eign will of the United States onto conduct jurisdictional reach to match the statute’s un- occurring within the territorial jurisdiction of derlying substantive grasp. That grasp, defined another sovereign and therefore carries less by the statute’s purposes set forth in Sosa, in-

120

cludes compensation for those injured by pira- International norms have long included a duty cy and its modern-day equivalents, at least not to permit a nation to become a safe harbor where allowing such compensation avoids for pirates (or their equivalent). Two lower “serious” negative international “consequenc- American courts have, in effect, rested juris- es” for the United States. And just as we have diction primarily upon that kind of concern. looked to established international substantive Filartiga [concerned torture ] inflicted in Par- norms to help determine the statute’s substan- aguay. Neither plaintiff nor defendant was an tive reach, so we should look to international American national. The defendant, however, jurisdictional norms to help determine the “had ... resided in the United States for more statute’s jurisdictional scope. than ninth months” before being sued, having overstayed his visitor’s visa. Jurisdiction was Considering both the ATS’s basic purpose (to deemed proper because the defendant’s al- provide compensation for those injured by to- leged conduct violated a well-established in- day’s pirates) and Sosa ‘s basic caution (to ternational law norm, and the suit vindicated avoid international friction), I believe that the our Nation’s interest in not providing a safe statute provides jurisdiction where (1) the al- harbor for those defendants who commit such leged tort occurs on American soil, (2) the de- conduct. In Marcos, the plaintiffs were na- fendant is an American national, or (3) the de- tionals of the Philippines, the defendant was a fendant’s conduct substantially and adversely Philippine national, and the alleged wrongful affects an important American national inter- act, death by torture, took place abroad. A est, and that includes a distinct interest in pre- month before being sued, the defendant, “his venting the United States from becoming a family, ... and others loyal to [him] fled to safe harbor (free of civil as well as criminal Hawaii,” where the ATS case was heard. As liability) for a torturer or other common ene- in Filartiga, the court found ATS jurisdiction. my of mankind. And in Sosa we referred to both cases with I would interpret the statute as providing ju- approval, suggesting that the ATS allowed a risdiction only where distinct American inter- claim for relief in such circumstances. Not ests are at issue. Doing so reflects the fact that surprisingly, both before and after Sosa, courts Congress adopted the present statute at a time have consistently rejected the notion that the when, as Justice Story put it, “No nation ha[d] ATS is categorically barred from extraterrito- ever yet pretended to be the custos morum of rial application. the whole world.” That restriction also should help to minimize international friction. Further Application of the statute in the way I have limiting principles such as exhaustion, forum suggested is consistent with international law non conveniens, and comity would do the and foreign practice. Nations have long been same. So would a practice of courts giving obliged not to provide safe harbors for their weight to the views of the Executive Branch. own nationals who commit such serious crimes abroad. As I have indicated, we should treat this Na- tion’s interest in not becoming a safe harbor Many countries permit foreign plaintiffs to for violators of the most fundamental interna- bring suits against their own nationals based tional norms as an important jurisdiction- on unlawful conduct that took place abroad. related interest justifying application of the Other countries permit some form of lawsuit ATS in light of the statute’s basic purposes— brought by a foreign national against a foreign in particular that of compensating those who national, based upon conduct taking place have suffered harm at the hands of, e.g., tor- abroad and seeking damages. Certain coun- turers or other modern pirates. tries, which find “universal” criminal “juris-

121

diction” to try perpetrators of particularly hei- or anywhere else in the world.” nous crimes such as piracy and genocide, also Most importantly, this jurisdictional view is permit private persons injured by that conduct consistent with the substantive view of the to pursue “actions civiles,” seeking civil dam- statute that we took in Sosa. This approach ages in the criminal proceeding. Moreover, the would avoid placing the statute’s jurisdictional United Kingdom and the Netherlands, while scope at odds with its substantive objectives, not authorizing such damages actions them- holding out “the word of promise” of compen- selves, tell us that they would have no objec- sation for victims of the torturer, while tion to the exercise of American jurisdiction in “break[ing] it to the hope.” cases such as Filartiga and Marcos. III At the same time Congress has ratified treaties obliging the United States to find and punish Applying these jurisdictional principles to this foreign perpetrators of serious crimes commit- case, however, I agree with the Court that ju- ted against foreign persons abroad. And Con- risdiction does not lie. The defendants are two gress has sometimes authorized civil damages foreign corporations. Their shares, like those in such cases. of many foreign corporations, are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Their only Congress, while aware of the award of civil presence in the United States consists of an damages under the ATS—including cases office in New York City (actually owned by a such as Filartiga with foreign plaintiffs, de- separate but affiliated company) that helps to fendants, and conduct—has not sought to limit explain their business to potential investors. the statute’s jurisdictional or substantive The plaintiffs are not United States nationals reach. Rather, Congress has enacted other but nationals of other nations. The conduct at statutes, and not only criminal statutes, that issue took place abroad. And the plaintiffs al- allow the United States to prosecute (or allow lege, not that the defendants directly engaged victims to obtain damages from) foreign per- in acts of torture, genocide, or the equivalent, sons who injure foreign victims by commit- but that they helped others (who are not ting abroad torture, genocide, and other hei- American nationals) to do so. nous acts. Under these circumstances, even if the New Thus, the jurisdictional approach that I would York office were a sufficient basis for assert- use is analogous to, and consistent with, the ing general jurisdiction, approaches of a number of other nations. It is consistent with the approaches set forth in the it would be farfetched to believe, based solely Restatement. Its insistence upon the presence upon the defendants’ minimal and indirect of some distinct American interest, its reliance American presence, that this legal action helps upon courts also invoking other related doc- to vindicate a distinct American interest, such trines such as comity, exhaustion, and forum as in not providing a safe harbor for an “ene- non conveniens, along with its dependence my of all mankind.” Thus I agree with the (for its workability) upon courts obtaining, Court that here it would “reach too far to say” and paying particular attention to, the views of that such “mere corporate presence suffices.” the Executive Branch, all should obviate the I consequently join the Court’s judgment but majority’s concern that our jurisdictional ex- not its opinion. ample would lead “other nations, also apply- ing the law of nations,” to “hale our citizens into their courts for alleged violations of the law of nations occurring in the United States,

122

In re South African Apartheid Litigation, 2014 WL 1569423 (2014)

SHIRA A. SCHEINDLIN, District Judge. because the ATS “does not specify who is lia- ble ... for a ‘violation of the law of nations,’ it I. INTRODUCTION leaves the question of the nature and scope of This case arises out of allegations that various liability—who is liable for what—to custom- corporations aided and abetted violations of ary international law.” The court concluded customary international law committed by the that because no corporation has ever been held South African apartheid regime. The remain- liable, in either a civil or criminal case, for ing plaintiffs are members of two putative violations of international norms, customary classes of black South Africans who were vic- international law “has not to date recognized tims of apartheid-era violence and discrimina- liability for corporations that violate its tion. Plaintiffs seek relief under the Alien Tort norms.” Thus, the court held that the scope of Statute (“ATS”). The remaining defendants— liability under the ATS does not encompass Ford Motor Company (“Ford”) and Interna- corporations “for now, and for the foreseeable tional Business Machines Corporation future.” (“IBM”)—are American corporations accused But the Second Circuit’s Kiobel decision of aiding and abetting violations of the ATS misses a key “distinction between a principle by manufacturing military vehicles and com- of [a] law ... and the means of enforcing it.” puters for South African security forces. Courts look to customary international law to III. DISCUSSION determine whether the alleged conduct vio- A. The Question of Corporate Liability for lates a definite and universal international ATS Claims Remains Open in the Second norm necessary to sustain an ATS action after Circuit Sosa. However, the question of who can be The Supreme Court did not reach the issue of held liable for a violation of a norm requires a corporate liability in Kiobel. [In the case as to determination of the means of enforcement— which the Supreme Court had granted certio- or the remedy—for that violation, rather than rari, the Second Circuit had held that corpora- the substantive obligations established by the tions cannot be liable under the ATS.] norm. This is an issue governed by federal common law. In other words, “[i]nternational B. Corporations Are Liable Under the ATS law imposes substantive obligations and the The ATS, enacted as part of the Judiciary Act individual nations decide how to enforce of 1789, confers federal jurisdiction over “any them,” including whether, for example, to civil action by an alien for a tort only, com- hold a corporation responsible for the conduct mitted in violation of the law of nations or a of its agents. treaty of the United States.” “[B]y its terms The majority in The Second Circuit’s Kiobel [the ATS] does not distinguish among classes decision relies heavily on footnote 20 of the of defendants.” Supreme Court’s opinion in Sosa as support In Sosa v. Alvarez–Machain, the Supreme for its conclusion that the Supreme Court in- Court set forth the standard by which federal tended the issue of corporate liability to be courts should analyze whether to exercise ju- determined by customary international law. risdiction over a potential claim under the But that reliance is misplaced. Footnote 20 ATS: ‘Actionable violations of international states in full: law must be of a norm that tis specific, univer- A related consideration [to determining sal and obligatory.’ whether there is a viable cause of action In Kiobel, the Second Circuit concluded that under the ATS] is whether international

123

law extends the scope of liability for a vio- incorrect.” “At the end of the Second World lation of a given norm to the perpetrator War the allied powers dissolved German cor- being sued, if the defendant is a private ac- porations that had assisted the Nazi war effort tor such as a corporation or individual. ... and did so on the authority of customary At first glance, footnote 20 appears to suggest international law.” The Allied Control Council that corporate or individual liability is a sub- found that one of these corporations, I.G. Far- stantive element of an international norm. But ben, “ ‘knowingly and prominently engaged in the citations in footnote 20 make clear that the building up and maintaining the German war Supreme Court is referring to the possibility potential,’ and [the Control Council] ordered that customary international law may consider the seizure of all [of I.G. Farben’s] assets and some norms to be actionable only when vio- that some of them be made ‘available for repa- lated by the state, as opposed to private actors. rations.’” Customary international law only establishes Even if there have been few civil or criminal norms of conduct, not the available remedies cases against corporations for violations of for violations of those norms in domestic international norms since then, the conclusion courts. By passing the ATS, Congress created that there is no norm establishing corporate an action in tort for violations of the law of liability for violations such as genocide or tor- nations. A federal court deciding a case under ture does not follow. “No principle of domes- the ATS must decide whether corporations are tic or international law supports the ... conclu- liable for the tortious conduct of their agents sion that the norms enforceable through the “by reference to federal common law” govern- ATS—such as the prohibition by international ing tort remedies. law of genocide, slavery, war crimes, piracy etc.—apply only to natural persons and not to The answer to that question is obvious. “[B]y corporations.” 1789, corporate liability in tort was an accept- ed principle of tort law in the United States.” There could be many reasons for the lack of “Domestic law [continues to] abide[ ] no dis- actions against corporations brought before tinction between corporate and individual tort international tribunals. By way of analogy, liability, and this rule is just as clear in the there are many criminal statutes under which ATS context as in any other.” corporations are rarely, if ever, prosecuted. This does not mean that corporations do not Nothing in the text, history or purposes of the fall within the scope of liability. Similarly, ATS indicates that corporations are immune “[t]hat an international tribunal has not yet from liability on the basis of federal common held a corporation criminally liable does not law. However, even if the majority in The mean that an international tribunal could not Second Circuit’s Kiobel decision correctly or would not hold a corporation criminally held that the source of corporate liability must liable under customary international law.” En- be found in customary international law, the forcement history does not govern the scope court’s conclusion that customary internation- of liability. “International law admits to corpo- al law does not recognize such liability is fac- rate liability, as does domestic law.” tually and legally incorrect. As Judge Richard Posner of the Seventh Cir- cuit noted, “the factual premise of the majority opinion in the Second Circuit’s Kiobel deci- sion”—that no corporation has ever been held liable in a civil or criminal case for violations of customary international law norms—“is

124

LGBTI Uganda Fights Back

The Case Against Scott Lively

and contact information of LGBTI persons, including Over the last few years, the lesbian, gay, bisexual, SMUG Advocacy Officer David Kato and a sympathetic transgender, and intersex (LGBTI) rights movement in minister, under a banner that said “Hang Them.” Uganda has experienced an escalation of discrimina- tion, threats of violence and persecution. For at least U.S. Evangelicals’ Attacks on the the past ten years, U.S.-based evangelical Scott Lively LGBTI Movement in Uganda has participated in a conspiracy to deprive LGBTI Ugandans of their fundamental human rights. Lively U.S. conservative religious groups have been successful in has compared the effect of his work there to a recruiting a significant number of Ugandan politicians, “nuclear bomb” that he hopes can be replicated else- religious leaders and others to campaign for the re- where. Indeed, Lively has travelled to almost forty striction of LGBTI rights. Public Research Associates, a countries, such as Russia, Latvia, and Moldova with Boston-based think tank, has described this phenomenon his antigay agenda. as “globalizing the U.S. culture wars.” One aim is to estab- lish credibility for ideas such as “curing” people of homo-

On March 14, 2012, the Center for Constitutional sexuality through forced conversion therapy, and general- g r Rights, representing Sexual Minorities Uganda - a ly seeking to take away rights from LGBTI persons and o . e coalition of Ugandan LGBTI organizations - filed a eradicating all forms of LGBTI advocacy. c i t lawsuit against Lively for his role in the persecution of s u j the LGBTI community in Uganda. Scott Lively in Uganda r cc . What is Sexual Minorities Uganda? w Scott Lively is the President of the conservative evangeli-

cal Abiding Truth Ministries, which is classified by the ww Sexual Minorities Uganda (SMUG) is a non-profit um- brella organization comprising various Ugandan LGBTI Southern Poverty Law Center as a hate group. Lively has organizations that works toward achieving full legal and said the gay rights movement is “the most dangerous po- social equality for LGBTI people. SMUG has repeatedly litical movement in the world.” Lively has set out a meth- called attention to U.S. evangelicals’ role in worsening odology for stripping away the most basic human rights the atmosphere of hate towards the Ugandan gay com- protections, to silence and ultimately disappear LGBTI munity persons from public life, through eliminating any political space, revoking their fundamental rights, and/or coercing them into conversion “therapy.”

Lively has been travelling to Uganda and meeting with influential political figures since 2002. After he began

working in Uganda, Lively has described being treated like a celebrity there. He has been interviewed for major daily newspapers and leading television and radio shows, and has met and worked with key government officials, parlia-

mentarians, and religious leaders to craft the anti-gay agenda.

In March 2009 Lively alongside other U.S. evangelicals and Ugandan organizer Stephen Langa led a three-day confer- ence in Uganda entitled Seminar on Exposing the Homo-

sexual Agenda - that was billed as the first of its kind on SMUG, its member organizations and staff have been the continent of Africa - with the aim of ramping up the subjected to severe forms of discrimination, serious hu- denial of rights to LGBTI people and intensifying the cli- man rights violations, and degrading outing campaigns mate of hostility. The conference was attended by high- with calls to violence. One of the most blatant examples profile religious and government leaders, police officers, occurred when a newspaper published photos, names teachers, and concerned parents. 125

Lively advises in Redeeming the Rainbow, his ual orientation, even if that person is a family how-to book, that the most effective way of pre- member, child, neighbor, or close friend. venting public sympathy for gays is to suggest and emphasize a threat to children of sexual The bill was first introduced to Parliament in 2009 violence and recruitment that he alleges the gay and was reintroduced in February 2012. The per- movement poses. During the 2009 conference, son who introduced the bill is David Bahati, a Lively amplified this message, telling audiences Member of Parlia- ment in Uganda who is affiliated about purported instances of child rape and equ with The Family, a right -wing U.S. religious organ- ating that with homos exua lity: “wh en [homo- ization that provides a con- servative fellowship sexuals] see a child that’s from a broken home, forum for political decision-makers. Bahati attend- it’s like they have a flashing neon sign over ed the 2009 Uganda anti-gay conference and con- their head.” After the conference, government of- sulted at length with Lively about the contents of ficials, parliamentarians and other anti-gay the bill. Approximately one month after the confer- leaders carried this message forward and began ence, Bahati first introduced the bill. Specific provi- emphasizing the threat to and recruitment of sions in the Kill the Gays Bill bear Lively’s mark. children. He has con- tributed the portions of the bill intend- ed to criminalize advocacy around LGBTI rights as Ugandan activist Pepe Onziema observed that, well as to deprive gay activists of the rights of free- “The conference basically introduced the idea dom of assembly, association and the right to be that [the ho- mosexual agenda] is to recruit chil- free from discrimination. dren into homosexuality.” It was this focus on children and the supposed dangers faced by Ugandan activists have said that no matter what children that went on to be touted by the au- hap- pens with the bill, its mere introduction and thors of the Anti-Homosexuality Bill and those reintroduction have increased the climate of ha- drumming up support for the bill. tred and persecution.

Upon hearing that a Ugandan commentator stat- ed his campaign “was like a nuclear bomb The Case against Scott Lively against the ‘gay’ agenda in Uganda,” Lively wrote that he prayed that was true and later On March 14, 2012, the Center for Constitutional stated, “I'm proud of that, and I hope the nu- Rights sued Scott Lively in Massachusetts, where clear bomb spreads across the whole world, he lives, using the Alien Tort Statute (ATS), a le- against the gay movement.” As in Uganda, Live- ly gal tool that allows foreign victims of human aims to criminalize LGBTI advocacy elsewhere rights abuse – in this case SMUG – to seek civil and, towards this end, has worked with religious remedies in U.S. courts. SMUG is suing Scott and politi- cal leaders in Russia, Moldova and Lively for the persecution they have faced as Latvia. He states he has spoken on the topic of a result of his involvement in a conspiracy to homosexuality in almost forty countries. deprive them of their rights based on their sexual orientation and/or gender identity. Perse- What is the “Kill the Gays Bill”? cution is defined in inter- national law as the “intentional and severe deprivation of funda- The Uganda Anti-Homosexuality Bill, commonly mental rights contrary to international law by known as the “Kill the Gays Bill,” enumerates reason of the identity of the group or collectivi- degrees of homosexuality and imposes punish- ty.” The complaint outlines Lively’s work in ments based on these arbitrary divisions in ways Uganda since 2002. that would carry the death penalty for even con- sensual sex between adults. For instance, “aggra- On August 14, 2013 Judge Ponsor ruled that vated homosexuality,” defined as when one of the case can move forward over Scott Lively’s the participants is a minor, HIV-positive, disabled request to dismiss the lawsuit. In his historic or a “serial offender”, warrants the death pen- decision, Posner was the first federal judge to alty. “Serial offender” includes those who have recognize that, “widespread, systematic persecu- been convicted a second time of consensual sex between adults; those that “promote homo- tion of LGBTI people constitutes a crime against sexuality” can be imprisoned for up to seven humanity that unquestionably violates interna- years; LGBTI Ugandans living abroad can be tional norms.” The case is now in pre-trial pro- extradited and persecuted. The bill also crimi- ceedings. nalizes failing to report someone’s ho- mosex- 126

Sexual Minorities Uganda v. Lively, 960 F.Supp.2d 304 (2013)

B. Claims Related to Extraterritorial Con- only where a defendant's conduct lacks suffi- duct Under the Alien Tort Statute. cient connection to the United States. Defendant argues that this court cannot recog- Kiobel elaborated on this theme. As Chief Jus- nize Plaintiff's ATS claims because Plaintiff tice Roberts stated in his opinion, the issue in cannot overcome the presumption that causes that case was “whether a claim may reach of action recognized under the ATS do not conduct occurring in the territory of a foreign extend to extraterritorial conduct. Subsequent sovereign.” In the final paragraph of his deci- to oral argument, the Supreme Court clarified sion, he emphasized that the Court's holding an aspect of this issue in Kiobel v. Royal applied to a factual scenario where “all the Dutch Petroleum. The Court's decision ad- relevant conduct took place outside the United dressed whether a federal court could recog- States.” Where conduct occurred solely nize a cause of action for claims by Nigerian abroad, “mere corporate presence,” he con- citizens living in the United States against cluded, did not touch and concern the United Dutch and British corporations. Neither corpo- States “with sufficient force to displace the ration had more than a negligible presence in presumption against extraterritorial applica- the United States, and all the tortious conduct tion.” alleged to have been committed by them oc- The separate concurrence of Justice Kennedy curred outside the United States, in Nigeria. made the limited reach of Kiobel manifest. The Supreme Court held that in this context, “Other cases,” he noted, “may arise with alle- the plaintiffs did not have a cause of action, gations of serious violations of international based on the presumption against extraterrito- law principles protecting persons ...; and in rial application. those disputes the proper implementation of Two facts alleged in this case distinguish it the presumption against extraterritorial appli- from Kiobel. First, unlike the British and cation may require some further elaboration Dutch corporations, Defendant is an American and explanation.” citizen residing within the venue of this court Even the narrowest construction of the Kiobel in Springfield, Massachusetts. Second, read holding, set forth in the separate concurrence fairly, the Amended Complaint alleges that the of Justice Alito on behalf of himself and Jus- tortious acts committed by Defendant took tice Thomas, made clear that an ATS cause of place to a substantial degree within the United action will lie where the “domestic conduct is States, over many years, with only infrequent sufficient to violate an international law norm actual visits to Uganda. that satisfies Sosa's requirements of definite- The fact that the impact of Defendant's con- ness and acceptance among civilized nations.” duct was felt in Uganda cannot deprive Plain- This is not a case where a foreign national is tiff of a claim. Defendant's alleged actions in being hailed into an unfamiliar court to defend planning and managing a campaign of repres- himself. Defendant is an American citizen lo- sion in Uganda from the United States are cated in the same city as this court. The pre- analogous to a terrorist designing and manu- sumption against extraterritoriality is based, in facturing a bomb in this country, which he large part, on foreign policy concerns that tend then mails to Uganda with the intent that it to arise when domestic statutes are applied to explode there. The Supreme Court has made foreign nationals engaging in conduct in for- clear that the presumption against the extrater- eign countries. ritorial application of a statute comes into play

127

An exercise of jurisdiction under the ATS review these allegations, and at the risk of over claims against an American citizen who repetition, the Amended Complaint alleges has allegedly violated the law of nations in that Defendant resides and operates out of large part through actions committed within Springfield, Massachusetts. It describes how, this country fits comfortably within the limits after Defendant traveled to Uganda in 2002, described in Kiobel. Indeed, the failure of the he continued to assist, manage, and advise as- United States to make its courts available for sociates in Uganda on methods to deprive the claims against its citizens for actions taken Ugandan LGBTI community of its basic within this country that injure persons abroad rights. Defendant's Ugandan co-conspirators would itself create the potential for just the then contacted him in the United States in sort of foreign policy complications that the 2009 to craft tactics to counter the Ugandan limitations on federal common law claims High Court ruling confirming that LGBTI per- recognized under the ATS are aimed at avoid- sons enjoyed basic protections of the law. Af- ing. Under the law of nations, states are ter going to Uganda in 2009, Defendant con- obliged to make civil courts of justice accessi- tinued to communicate from the United States ble for claims of foreign subjects against indi- through Martin Ssempa to members of the viduals within the state's territory. “If the Ugandan Parliament about the legislation pro- court's decision constitutes a denial of justice, posing the death penalty for homosexuality. or if it appears to condone the original wrong- From his home in the United States, he re- ful act, under the law of nations the United viewed a draft of the legislation and provided States would become responsible for the fail- advice on its content. Given that Defendant is ure of its courts and be answerable not to the a United States citizen living in this country injured alien but to his home state.” Tel–Oren and that the claims against him “touch and v. Libyan Arab Republic, 726 F.2d 774, 783 concern the territory of the United States ... (D.C.Cir.1984) (Edwards, J. concurring with sufficient force to displace the presump- The Amended Complaint adequately sets out tion against extraterritoriality,” a cause of ac- actionable conduct undertaken by Defendant tion is appropriate under the ATS. in the United States to provide assistance in the campaign of persecution in Uganda. To

128

Jeffrey Gettleman, Uganda Anti-Gay Law Struck Down by Court, N.Y. Times, Aug. 2, 2014

NAIROBI, Kenya — A Ugandan court struck try’s most outspoken gay rights activists, was down a punitive anti-gay law on Friday that has beaten to death with a hammer. strained Uganda’s relations with the West, but the As the international criticism grew, and Western court ruled on narrow technical grounds, preserv- countries prepared to cut millions of dollars in aid, ing the possibility that the measure could be re- the Ugandan government modified the bill to vived. make “aggravated homosexuality” punishable by In front of an overflowing courtroom in Uganda’s life in prison, though that hardly placated Western capital, Kampala, a panel of five judges an- donors. Parliament passed the bill in December, nounced that the Anti-Homosexuality Act, which with advocates calling it an “early Christmas gift.” punishes some homosexual behavior with life in Mr. Museveni publicly signed it into law in Febru- prison, was invalid because it had been passed by ary. At the time, he said that “homosexuals are Parliament without a proper quorum. nurtured but not natured,” and that he could not “We’re very happy,” said Sylvia Tamale, a Ugan- understand how gay men could not be attracted “to dan law professor who has supported gay rights all these beautiful women.” despite persistent threats and harassment. “But it’s The Netherlands, Norway, Denmark and the unfortunate that the court did not deal with the World Bank swiftly reacted, cutting or postponing substantive issues that violate our rights.” some of their aid to Uganda. In June, the United Uganda’s government, which is tightly controlled States announced that it was suspending some aid, by President Yoweri Museveni, a former guerrilla imposing visa restrictions and canceling a regional fighter who has ruled for 28 years, did not imme- military exercise as a message to “reinforce our diately indicate if it was going to appeal the support for human rights of all Ugandans, regard- court’s ruling. less of sexual orientation or gender identity.” Though the judges enjoy a reputation of being It was not an easy decision for the Obama admin- somewhat independent from Mr. Museveni, they istration. Uganda is one of the Pentagon’s favorite avoided taking a stand on gay rights and nullified partners in Africa, supplying peacekeeping troops the law in such a way that Parliament could easily to Somalia and wading through the bush side by pass it again. side with American Special Forces to track down the last remnants of the Lord’s Resistance Army, a Mr. Museveni has stubbornly supported the anti- brutal band of ragtag guerrilla fighters who have gay measure, despite international outcry and cuts massacred and kidnapped tens of thousands of in aid from several Western governments, and he people in central Africa. may well try to resurrect the law. He has called gays “mercenaries” and said they are more like- It is not clear what impact the court’s ruling will ly to get sexually transmitted diseases and stomach have on American aid to Uganda, which totals worms. Some Ugandan legal scholars were hoping hundreds of millions of dollars each year. that Mr. Museveni would use the court’s ruling as “We will consider what steps may be necessary to convenient cover and drop what has turned into a respond appropriately to this new development,” a diplomatic headache for him. State Department official said on Friday. Uganda’s vehement anti-gay movement began in The United Nations secretary general, Ban Ki- 2009 after a group of American preachers went to moon, who has been outspoken on gay rights, is- Uganda for an anti-gay conference and then sued a statement on Friday saying that the ruling worked with Ugandan legislators to draft a bill that was “a victory for the rule of law.” He thanked called for putting gay people to death. While the “all those who contributed to this step forward, bill was being debated, attacks against gay Ugan- particularly the human rights activists in Uganda dans began to increase. In early 2011, David Kato, who spoke out at great personal risk.” a slight, bespectacled man and one of the coun-

129

Samantha Power, Dying in Darfur: Can the Ethnic Cleansing in Sudan Be Stopped? The New Yorker, Aug. 30, 2004

. . . Two days before the 2000 Presidential President Clinton’s approach was largely election, George W. Bush met the Reverend confrontational. In 1996, he withdrew the U.S. Billy Graham for breakfast in Jacksonville, Ambassador, citing terrorist threats against Florida. They were joined by Graham’s son American officials. (There is still no U.S. Franklin, the president of Samaritan’s Purse, a Ambassador in .) The same year, the Christian relief-and-development organization United States and Saudi Arabia pressured Su- that has worked in Sudan since 1993. dan to expel bin Laden, who subsequently left for Afghanistan. In 1998, after Al Qaeda’s at- Sudan, the largest nation in Africa, had tacks on the American Embassies in Kenya been mostly mired in civil war since it won and Tanzania, Clinton ordered a Tomahawk- independence from Britain, in 1956. The cen- missile strike on the Al Shifa pharmaceutical tral conflict, between Muslim government factory, which was suspected of producing forces in the North and rebels in the South, chemical weapons. (This suspicion remains began in 1955, abated in 1972, and resumed in unproved.) Meanwhile, the Administration 1983. Some two million people died because made little progress in curtailing Sudan’s civil of the war, and many of them were Christians. war. In 1999, Clinton announced the appoint- The situation was deeply troubling to Ameri- ment of a special envoy to Sudan, but then can evangelicals, and Franklin Graham had never met with the person who filled the post. led an effort to raise money for victims. Dur- ing the breakfast meeting, Graham told me, he President Bush was more attentive. He re- urged Bush to turn his sights to the suffering juvenated a multilateral peace process that had of Christians in Africa. “We have a crisis in been hosted by Kenya since 1993. On Sep- the Sudan,” Graham said. “I have a hospital tember 6, 2001, he appointed John Danforth, that’s been bombed. I hope that if you become an ordained Episcopal minister and a three- President you’ll do something about it.” Bush term senator from Missouri, his special envoy promised Graham that he would. for peace in Sudan. . . . Sudan had already attracted an unusually The Bush Administration was also aware formidable constituency in Washington. In the that Sudan’s oil reserves yield two billion dol- nineties, the Clinton White House imposed lars in annual revenue, although just a fraction successive sanctions against the Sudanese of the oil has been tapped. (Oil was discovered government. Sudan had become a haven for in Sudan, by Chevron, in the nineteen- terrorists—including , who seventies, but it has been exported only since had settled there in 1991—and had repressed 1999.) These reserves, which were being ex- religious minorities in the South; in addition, ploited by China, Canada, and Sweden, were it had failed to crack down on a slave trade off limits to American companies, because of that had emerged there. Backed by Christian a 1997 executive order barring U.S. oil com- and African-American constituencies, many panies from operating in Sudan. Before U.S. U.S. lawmakers had travelled to Sudan. Sena- companies could legally begin prospecting tor Bill Frist, a surgeon, made several short Sudan would have to end its civil war. trips there, serving as a volunteer doctor at the Danforth’s overtures were surprisingly hospital in southern Sudan that had been well received. The Sudanese government, a bombed shortly before Graham’s meeting with U.S. diplomat told me, was desperate to end Bush. U.S. sanctions and to court American oil in-

130

vestors, and in the wake of September 11th poised to stop its raids in southern Sudan, it and the war in Afghanistan it wished to avoid had launched a bombing campaign in western being added to the Administration’s target list. Sudan. Washington had a problem—and the The southern rebels, who saw that they stood people of Darfur had a far greater one. little chance of dislodging the government, Darfur, which is roughly the size of Texas, were also ready to negotiate. was an autonomous sultanate until 1916, when Thanks largely to the sudden surge in U.S. it was conquered by Britain and incorporated involvement, the peace talks moved forward. into Sudan. The area is topographically di- Both sides agreed to allow the posting of a verse—high desert in the north flows into lush small team of civilian protection monitors. grasslands in the south—and ethnically kalei- Fighting in the South abated, and Sudan’s ri- doscopic. It is populated by some ninety tribes val parties inched closer to a long-term politi- and countless sub-clans. Virtually all of Dar- cal agreement that they hoped would end the fur’s six million residents are Muslim, and, civil war. The President, Omar al-Bashir, pro- because of decades of intermarriage, almost visionally agreed to share about half the oil everyone has dark skin and African features. revenues with the South, and to permit Chris- To a visitor, Darfurians appear indistinguisha- tians in the North to escape punishments dic- ble. tated by Sharia—traditional Islamic law. Despite the tradition of ethnic mixing, the Bashir even offered to give the South the right population has recently begun subdividing be- to secede from Sudan six years from the sign- tween “Arabs” and “Africans,” who are ing date, if irreconcilable divisions remained. known, derogatorily, as zurga, or “blacks.” In return, the rebel leader, John Garang, said People of Arab descent tend to be nomadic, he would be willing to serve as Vice-President herding camels in North Darfur and cattle in in a postwar government. By December, 2003, the south. The three largest African tribes are negotiators were so certain that a deal was the Fur—Darfur means “land of the Fur”—the imminent that two seats were reserved for Zaghawa, and the Masaaleit. The Africans Bashir and Garang at Bush’s 2004 State of the generally farm, though certain groups, like the Union address. The stage was set: Bush would Zaghawa, sometimes maintain farms while delight his Christian constituency; U.S. busi- also sweeping south with their herds during nesses would gain access to Sudan’s oil; and the harvest season. Competition among the Sudanese civilians would stop dying. Moreo- tribes—for economic, not ethnic, reasons— ver, at a time when the U.S. was isolated and has always been fierce, but tribal leaders cus- mistrusted abroad, Bush would prove that he tomarily resolved these disputes, and their de- was capable of making peace as well as war— cisions were respected by the authorities in and in the process be seen as uniting Arabs Khartoum. and Americans, Christians and Muslims. In the nineteen-eighties, however, compe- There was a difficulty with this scenario, tition for land intensified. There was a region- however: Amina Abaker Mohammed’s home al drought, and the expanding Sahara began region of Darfur had caught fire. At the same transforming arable soil into desert. The intro- time that the Sudanese government was offer- duction of tractors and other mechanized ing autonomy and oil profits to southern Su- farming equipment fed the ambition of some danese, people in another neglected region, African farmers. Arab herders in North Darfur whose leaders had been excluded from the began to resent the seasonal forays of U.S.-backed peace talks, had risen up and de- Zaghawa herdsmen into Arab-occupied graz- manded political reform and economic assis- ing areas. African farmers grew hostile to the tance. Just when Bashir’s regime seemed 131

camel-riding Arab nomads from the north who men, forty Toyota Land Cruisers, four trucks, increasingly trampled their farmland as they and mainly small-arms fire, they managed to roamed in search of pasture. Arabs from coun- take over a vital military outpost. Because the tries to the west—Mauritania, Mali, Niger, attack occurred on a Friday, the day of prayer and Chad—also began flooding the region, in Sudan, when many soldiers are home with exacerbating the feuds. Farmers who had once their families, the Sudanese military had celebrated the annual return of Arab nomads, mounted few patrols around the airport, and whose animals had fertilized their farmland the rebels sneaked unchallenged onto the tar- and helped carry their harvests to market, be- mac. gan to impede their migrations. The raid, which lasted several hours, killed Instead of intervening to defuse these ten- around a hundred soldiers. Five Antonov air- sions, Khartoum’s leaders essentially ignored planes and two helicopter gunships were de- them. A previous government had weakened stroyed. (The government is said to have few- the tribal-administration system, in favor of er than a hundred attack aircraft.) . . . state institutions that had little legitimacy in The rebel group, which was formed in Darfur. As a result, the region lacked a trusted February, 2003, had legitimate complaints. system for resolving conflicts. The tribes grew Darfur’s inhabitants felt that the region was more polarized, and they began gathering being ignored. The Sudanese government arms to defend their economic interests. Be- rarely paid for road building and repair, tween 1987 and 1989, serious battles broke schools, hospitals, civil servants, or communi- out between Fur farmers and Arab camel cations facilities in Darfur. Those who consid- herders. Some twenty-five hundred Fur were ered themselves ethnically African were an- killed, forty thousand cattle were lost, and four gered by the government’s practice of award- hundred villages were burned; five hundred ing most of the top posts in the region to local Arabs died, and hundreds of the nomads’ tents Arabs, even though they were thought to be were burned. Even though a local inter-tribal the minority there. Disgruntled Darfurians had conference was held in 1989, its recommenda- appealed to the government to include their tions for compensation and punishment went concerns on the agenda of the U.S.-backed largely unheeded—leaving outstanding griev- peace process. This effort failed, and many ances that would explode fourteen years later. concluded that, if they ever wanted to see their At 5 a.m. on Friday, April 25, 2003, a needs met, they would have to do what John blast shook a tiny, one-runway airport in El Garang had done in the South: take up arms Fasher, the town of Amina’s birth. It was fol- against the Sudanese government and try to lowed by six rapid detonations. Sleeping Su- get the world’s attention. danese soldiers, who were encamped in a The Sudanese Liberation Army’s founding nearby garrison, awoke and scrambled out of manifesto, which was posted on the Internet their barracks toward an ammunition depot and circulated by hand in Darfur, invited Ar- across the street. Many of the soldiers, some abs and Africans alike to join in protesting still in their nightclothes, were picked off by Khartoum’s “policies of marginalization, ra- machine-gun fire as they ran. Rebel Darfurian cial discrimination, exclusion, exploitation, marksmen were perched high in the trees. and divisiveness.” The group’s objective, it The attackers, members of a then obscure said, was “to create a united democratic Sudan group, the Sudanese Liberation Army, did on a new basis of equality, complete restruc- damage far greater than their numbers or their turing and devolution of power, even devel- reputation. Employing two hundred and sixty opment, cultural and political pluralism and

132

moral and material prosperity for all Suda- lal’s skin is the color of sand—much lighter nese.” All regions should have significant au- than that of most Arabs in Darfur—and he has tonomy and work together under the banner of bright hazel eyes, long, curly eyelashes, and a “Sudanism”—a shared identity for Arabs, Af- faint goatee. He has the confident gait of ricans, Christians, and Muslims. The S.L.A. someone who has spent his life in charge. attempted to demonstrate its inclusiveness by During our encounter, he carried only two appointing an Arab, Ahmed Kabour Jibril, to items: a wooden walking stick capped with the be its commander in South Darfur. head of a hound dog (“a gift from Switzer- land”) and a Nokia camera phone, which, At first, the Sudanese government did not when opened, displayed a photograph of him- take the S.L.A. seriously, and dismissed its self on its screen. demands. At a rally in El Fasher on April 12, 2003, President Bashir downplayed the rebel- Hilal was named sheikh of his Arab tribe, lion, calling it “acts of armed banditry.” Two the Um Jalloul, in 1984, when he was twenty- weeks later, after the devastating airport raid, three. He claims that his appointment was the the government decided to treat the rebels as a will of the people, but others told me that he major threat. bullied his way to the title, assaulting rival contenders. Hilal long had a reputation in Dar- During the conflict with the rebels based fur as a troublemaker who instigated skir- in the South, the Sudanese military had honed mishes against the Fur and other African a strategy for combatting insurgents: the Air tribes, with the aim of controlling more graz- Force bombed from the sky, while Arab ing land and amassing greater wealth for him- tribesmen, armed by the government, self. But generally he enjoyed immunity. . . . launched raids on the ground. In Darfur, the Sudanese Army needed to rely even more In the nineties, government officials tried heavily upon local Arab militias. A majority repeatedly to have Hilal arrested. In 2002, of the Army’s rank-and-file soldiers were they finally succeeded; Suleiman resorted to a from Darfur, and they could not be trusted to tactic familiar to prosecutors of the Mafia— take up arms against their neighbors and kin. citing tax evasion, he detained Hilal. After be- (Many Darfurians had served with the Army ing imprisoned for five months, Hilal was re- in the war against Garang’s rebels.) By July, leased on the condition that he would not re- 2003, the government was appealing to Dar- turn to Darfur. But, with the emergence of the fur’s Arab tribal leaders to defend their home- S.L.A. rebellion, the government reassessed land against rebels whom they branded as the situation, and decided to put Hilal’s skills “tora bora” (an allusion to the terrorist fighters to use in Darfur. When Suleiman objected, he based in the caves of Afghanistan). was fired. In 2003, with funds and arms from the government, Hilal set up a training camp Musa Hilal, a forty-three-year-old Arab near his home town of Mistiriyah, and rallied sheikh, was one of the first to answer the gov- Arabs to the cause of suppressing the S.L.A. ernment’s call, and he soon became the coör- rebellion and populating the land with Arabs. dinator of the janjaweed in Darfur. I met Hilal recently, at the Khartoum airport, outside a Hilal agreed to meet with me because he hangar for charter flights. It was 5:30 a.m. Hi- wanted to clear up the impression in the West lal, who is six feet four and has an athletic, that he is a janjaweed. When I mentioned the commanding build, wore a white turban over a word, Hilal, who sees himself in regal terms, white lace skullcap; a pale-blue, crisply scoffed at what he considers a grave insult. In starched djellabah with a white, black-striped Sudan, nobody ever calls himself gossamer sash; and dark-brown loafers. Hi- a janjaweed. Although many Africans in Dar-

133

fur apply the term to any Arab civilian who Then he squinted and gave the map a disap- carries a gun, government officials and Dar- proving glance. “Many more villages have fur’s Arab-militia leaders, like Hilal, apply it been destroyed than this!” he said. “What only to the bandits—African and Arab—who about Korma?” he asked. “Why is there no have been hijacking and looting in Sudan’s flame there?” I gave him my pen and urged remote areas for decades. Western diplomats him to demarcate his area of dominion. He use “janjaweed” more broadly, to describe the drew a large triangle within which there was Arab militiamen who have carried out much not a single flame marker. of the pillaging, killing, and raping in Darfur. Suddenly, Hilal turned toward the pro- These men, who receive orders on Thuraya ceedings and cut off the elderly African man satellite phones, have joined up with the Su- who was heaping encomiums upon him. danese Air Force and Army, killing as many “Let’s have a woman speaker,” Hilal snapped, as fifty thousand Darfurians and destroying in Arabic. Two women came forward; pre- nearly four hundred villages. More than a mil- dictably, one was an African Fur, the other an lion and a half people have fled from their Arab. homes—fifty refugee camps have been estab- lished in Chad, and a hundred and fifty unoffi- Hilal appears to have unlimited power in cial sites have sprung up in Sudan—but this Darfur. A statement from local authorities in hasn’t stopped the janjaweed. They continue February instructed “security units in the lo- to terrorize, murdering men and raping women cality” to “allow the activities of the mujahi- who dare to venture outside the camps. deen and the volunteers under the command of Sheikh Musa Hilal to proceed” in North Dar- “Don’t you people understand what a trib- fur and “to secure their vital needs.” The doc- al leader does?” Hilal asked, tapping his walk- ument stressed the “importance of non- ing stick on the floor. “I answered my gov- interference” and directed local authorities to ernment’s appeal, and I called my people to “overlook minor offences by the mujahideen arms. I didn’t take up arms personally. A trib- against civilians who are suspected members al leader doesn’t take up arms. I am a sheikh. I of the rebellion.” am not a soldier.” I asked him about eyewit- ness reports that he had participated in burning Later, in Khartoum, I met with Salah and looting in Darfur. He laughed and rolled Abdallah Gosh, the head of the National Secu- his eyes. “That is rebel gossip-speak,” he said. rity and Intelligence Service, in his office. “The janjaweed have taken advantage of the “Musa Hilal is not a criminal,” Gosh said. troubles to pillage. I’ve had to fight them my- Western diplomats say that Gosh is one of the self, as a tribal leader.” . . . principal architects of Khartoum’s war in Dar- fur; he had never before granted an interview I showed Hilal a recent State Department to a Western journalist. “The non-Arabs map that depicted the hundreds of villages that passed the Americans wrong information. had been destroyed and burned by com- They said, ‘Musa Hilal is the leader of bined janjaweed and Sudanese Air Force at- the janjaweed.’ But he is not. He is a leader of tacks. The map designated destroyed villages the Arab tribes. Musa Hilal is not a man who in Darfur with small orange-and-yellow would burn down a village and kill the people flames. Hilal pointed to Kabkabiyeh, a town in and take their money. He is not like that. He North Darfur where there had recently been a was invited by the government to back the lot of fighting, and where many flames were government Army, and he gave the people clustered on the map. “Yes,” he said, nodding. guns and leadership.” “This is where the government clashed with the rebels and aerial bombardment occurred.” 134

While in Khartoum, I also met with Mus- seen enough. He fled and has been in hiding tafa, an eighteen-year-old from Kabkabiyeh, ever since. who had briefly trained with Hilal’s militia. As Hilal’s forces have expanded their zone (He asked that his last name be withheld.) In of power, they have targeted Arabs as well as October, 2003, because of the fighting around Africans. In May, some three thousand fight- his home town, Mustafa’s school was closed. ers arrived in the village of Khar Ramla. Wit- That December, he said, Hilal put out a call to nesses told me that Hilal, this time dressed in young men in the area to attend a military a green camouflage Sudanese military uni- camp in Mistiriyah, promising guns and a sal- form, summoned the male villagers to a meet- ary equivalent to ninety-five dollars per ing at sunset in a warehouse on the outskirts of month. Although Mustafa is from an African the village. When the men arrived, they were tribe, he signed up; his parents were aghast. surrounded by Hilal’s gunmen and told that “You are going to join the janjaweed?” his they could not leave. For the next four hours, mother said. “You are African, they are Arab. the men heard the sound of the militiamen fir- They will kill you.” Mustafa, who believed ing their guns and the screams of the women. what he had been told by the town recruiter, The village was looted, and at least nine wom- insisted that he was not becoming en were raped. . . . During our encounter, Hilal a janjaweed but, rather, was joining multi- expressed disgust at the idea that his men ethnic “border forces,” which would bring would stoop so low as to commit rape, but his peace to the area. forces have been repeatedly accused of this In January, Mustafa and several hundred crime. . . . other youths boarded trucks that took them to Neither President Bush nor Kofi Annan, the bustling Mistiriyah camp, where about five the Secretary-General of the United Nations, thousand fighters were said to be training. To spoke publicly about the killings in Darfur be- Mustafa’s frustration, they were not immedi- fore March of [2004], by which time some ately armed. . . . Mustafa was already growing thirty thousand people had died as a result of restless when some two thousand Arab mili- ethnic cleansing. Thanks to the relentless ef- tiamen returned to Mistiriyah from the field. forts of Andrew Natsios and Roger Winter, The commanders arrived first, in eight Land two officials at the United States Agency for Cruisers. More than a thousand men followed International Development, the U.S. govern- on horseback, with the remainder on camels or ment had begun attempting to deliver humani- on foot. The camels were weighted down with tarian aid to Darfur in February, 2003. But the chairs, bed frames, blankets, radios, suitcases Administration’s top officials remained quiet. filled with valuables—even the doors of hous- Cabinet members were, of course, preoccu- es. The fighters also brought hundreds of pied with Iraq, but even Washington diplo- sheep, goats, and cows. The men paraded mats who monitored Sudan chose not to speak around the camp singing songs lampooning out, for fear of upsetting the North-South the Africans of Sudan. A few men who knew peace process. By this time, some hundred that Mustafa was African teased him, saying, thousand Darfurians had fled to Chad, in addi- “We are the lords of this land. You blacks tion to the million or so people who had been don’t have any rights here.” He was told that displaced within Darfur—yet the North-South the Arabs would be sent to attack local villag- negotiations continued, as if nothing unusual es and civilians, while Africans like him were happening elsewhere in Sudan. would be sent into high-risk conventional bat- tle with the S.L.A. rebels—their ethnic kin. Last March, the U.N.’s humanitarian After two weeks in the camp, Mustafa had coördinator for Sudan, Mukesh Kapila, who

135

had served a year there without denouncing leaders, the targeting of Darfurians on the ba- Darfur’s horrors, erupted. “The only differ- sis of ethnicity has rekindled memories of ence between Rwanda and Darfur is the num- apartheid. . . . bers involved of dead, tortured, and raped,” In the end, America contributed $192.4 Kapila said at the final press conference he million in relief aid, pressed for multilateral gave before leaving his post. He told the BBC, U.N. denunciations, and dispatched Secretary “This is ethnic cleansing, this is the world’s of State Colin Powell to Darfur. The U.S. even greatest humanitarian crisis, and I don’t know compiled a kind of “Most Wanted” list why the world is not doing more about it.” of janjaweed leaders, who it said should be Kapila’s statement was well timed. The fol- arrested and tried. No. 1 on that list was Musa lowing month, the world’s leaders were to Hilal. commemorate the ten-year anniversary of the systematic slaughter of eight hundred thou- Sudanese officials like Salah Gosh have sand Rwandans. Both Bush and Annan would developed two methods for deflecting Ameri- have to issue statements on Rwanda, and the can criticism. First, they meet every charge media interest aroused by Kapila’s declaration with a reference to the quagmire in Iraq. In made it impossible for the two leaders to Khartoum, when I asked Gosh about the Su- avoid the subject of Darfur. In a statement on danese attacks on civilians, he told me that April 7th, Bush condemned the “atrocities” in armies are made up of individuals. “In Abu Darfur, saying, “The government of Sudan Ghraib, there are violations by the U.S. Ar- must not remain complicit in the brutalization my,” he said. “But the violations are not from of Darfur.” Annan went further, raising the the whole Army. The violations are from indi- possibility of “military action.” In May, viduals. You cannot generalize.” . . . Natsios and Winter issued a grim mortality The government in Khartoum has also at- survey predicting that, even if world leaders tempted to hide the evidence of its ethnic- substantially increased aid to Darfur, three cleansing campaign. It has integrated hundred thousand people would be dead by the janjaweed into the regular Army and po- December. If world leaders ignored Sudan, lice forces, pretended to arrest and prosecute they warned, a million could die. . . . war criminals, and tried to break up large On Capitol Hill, where interest in Sudan’s camps of displaced persons. oppression of Christians had always been Sudanese officials say that some eight high, members of Congress finally shifted thousand new police officers are starting to their focus to Darfur. “We were late,” Frank patrol Darfur. But refugees told me that they Wolf, a Republican congressman from Virgin- recognize many of these policemen as for- ia, told me. . . . In July, Congress passed a res- mer janjaweed. Around the town of Kas, in olution, introduced by Donald Payne, a Dem- South Darfur, where forty thousand refugees ocratic congressman from New Jersey, to de- had taken shelter inside and outside local scribe the killings in Sudan as “genocide”— schools, the new police were visible. But it the first time that Congress had described an was clear that they had not been trained. One ongoing massacre in such terms. policeman, riding a camel, was wearing the Bush’s evangelical base offered full back- navy-blue trousers of the Sudanese police and ing. . . . In August, fifty-one evangelical the green camouflage top of the Sudanese Christian leaders, representing forty-five thou- Army. Others were loitering in the Kas market sand churches, called on the President to con- wearing crisp blue police uniforms, but their sider sending troops to Darfur to stop the turbans, the rifles slung over their shoulders, “genocide.” For many African-American and their flip-flops gave them away as former- 136

janjaweed. In the local parlance, they had sent a letter to Sadiq al-Mahdi, Sudan’s Prime been “re-hatted.” . . . Minister at the time. The letter, which was published in the local press, credited the “Ar- On numerous occasions, the Sudanese ab race” with the “creation of civilization in government has threatened to force people in the region . . . in the areas of governance, reli- the camps to go home, but the U.N. has insist- gion and language.” The signatories demand- ed on a voluntary-return policy. As a result, in ed a larger proportion of local, state, and na- August there were a number of incidents in tional jobs, warning, “If this neglect of the which masked gunmen swept into camps in participation of the Arab race continues, the middle of the night and abducted village things will break loose from the hands of the leaders. The leaders returned the next morn- wise men to those of the ignorant.” Soon af- ing, limping and bruised, saying that their as- terward, the process of removing Africans sailants had threatened to kill them if they from senior civil posts in Darfur and replacing didn’t take their people home. them with Arabs began. The current assaults Soon after Colin Powell’s visit to Sudan on Darfurians who are considered “black” are this summer, the government relaxed its visa though by some to be phase two of Sudan’s and travel requirements, and the number of Arabization plan. expatriate aid workers leaped from three doz- en, in March, to nearly five hundred, in Au- A second theory, which is slightly kinder gust. The U.N., which had established a food to the leaders in Khartoum, holds that the Su- program in Darfur, expanded its scope, reach- danese government, which in 2002 had just ing nine hundred thousand of the estimated agreed to grant a right of secession to rebels in one and a half million in need. Nonetheless, the South, could not afford to placate another the displaced continued to live in deplorable rebel group. To do so would have emboldened conditions. In the camps, sanitation was poor, disaffected minorities throughout the vast raising worries about outbreaks of cholera and country, ultimately unravelling the patchwork measles. Residents remained vulnerable to state of Sudan. The government was particu- constant janjaweed attacks. And they still had larly reluctant to lose Darfur, a Muslim territo- no prospect of returning home to safe- ry. It therefore decided to quash the rebellion, ty; janjaweed assaults on African villages con- gambling that Musa Hilal and other Arab trib- tinued. . . . al leaders in Darfur, as well as Arab- immigrant fighters, would serve as reliable Throughout the crisis in Darfur, the gov- proxies. (In return, the Arab militias could ernment’s agenda has remained obscure. Why, freely plunder villages.) The Sudanese gov- exactly, has it armed and funded ernment could hardly have predicted that an the janjaweed, bombed African villages, and obscure, inaccessible Muslim region like Dar- purged or killed so many non-Arabs? One fur would become a cause célèbre in America. theory holds that the slaughter and deporta- Nor could it necessarily have expected that, tions in Darfur are part of a master plan that even after it had emptied out more than half of was hatched in the late nineteen-eighties, by Darfur’s African villages, political hard-liners, to “Arabize” Sudan. the janjaweed would continue attacking so Around that time, Colonel Muammar Qaddafi, many civilians. of Libya, began promoting “Arabism” as a political ideology in sub-Saharan Africa, Regardless of whether Sudan’s murderous backing armed Arab rebels in the region and campaign in Darfur stems from a racist con- fostering grander dreams of an “Arab belt.” In spiracy, a counter-insurgency strategy run October, 1987, twenty-three Arab intellectuals amok, or a combination of the two, its policies deserve to be condemned. Yet international 137

opinion has been strangely divided. Europe’s “further action,” such as an asset freeze or a lingering hostility to the Bush Administration travel ban, if it did not show substantial pro- over the invasion of Iraq seems to have infect- gress within thirty days in disarming ed its response to Darfur. In April, at a meet- the janjaweed and bringing war criminals to ing at the U.N. Human Rights Commission, in justice. But the Sudanese government has Geneva, European diplomats opposed a strong made it clear that it will not disarm Musa Hilal American denunciation of the atrocities, pre- or other Arab tribal leaders. The Arab tribes ferring a resolution so watered down that Su- have carried guns for decades, and they would dan welcomed it. At a time when America had never give them up. Moreover, if they did, Ar- given twenty-eight million dollars to the ab civilians could be left vulnerable to revenge U.N.’s Darfur relief program, Germany had attacks by aggrieved Africans. given one million dollars, and France nothing. What is most needed in Darfur is an inter- European officials have also been unduly national peacekeeping and protection pres- trusting of Khartoum’s assurances that it in- ence, and this is what the Sudanese govern- tends to solve the crisis. . . . ment most wants to avoid. When Britain and The State Department has stopped short of Australia announced in July that they were calling the atrocities in Darfur genocide, but considering sending troops for peacekeeping, Pierre-Richard Prosper, the U.S. Ambassador- a Sudanese group calling itself Mohammed’s at-Large for War Crimes Issues, has pointed to Army appealed to young Muslims to fight the “indicators of genocide.” The campaign of arriving foreigners. “We call upon you to head massacres, rapes, and ethnic cleansing may immediately to Darfur and dig the ground well fit the definition of genocide established deep for the mass graves for the crusader ar- by the Genocide Convention, which does not my,” one recruiting statement said. Musa Hi- require a Rwanda-style extermination cam- lal, who in recent months had been lying low paign but, rather, an attempt to “destroy” a in Khartoum, reportedly returned to his base substantial “part” of a group “as such.” But in Mistiriyah to begin training his troops for genocide is a crime based on intent, and pin- clashes with foreign peacekeepers. pointing who has acted with the goal of de- The most realistic hope for peacekeepers stroying Darfur’s non-Arab groups will re- comes from the fifty-three-member African main difficult unless investigators dig up the Union. In April, the S.L.A. and the Sudanese wells, examine the ravines, apprehend perpe- government signed a temporary ceasefire, and trators, and ascertain the command-and- the A.U. agreed to send a hundred and twenty control relationships among Sudanese leaders, unarmed monitors to Darfur. It was a hope- Air Force pilots, and Arab militiamen. This lessly small number, given the size of the re- will not happen soon: the major powers have gion, and those observers were slow to deploy. not established an intelligence-gathering oper- Moreover, the A.U. officials were limited to ation in Darfur that is sophisticated enough to investigating violations of the ceasefire. They gauge either the death toll or the intentions of weren’t supposed to combat the biggest perpetrators. In the meantime, the debate over threat: janjaweed and military attacks on Dar- semantics has only further distracted the inter- fur civilians. In August, Rwanda and Nigeria national community from the more important agreed to send a hundred and fifty soldiers debate about how to save lives. each to Darfur, and the A.U. countries are In late July, the U.N. Security Council pushing for permission to send several thou- passed a resolution imposing an arms embargo sand more, with a mandate to protect civilians. on the janjaweed and the S.L.A. rebels, and Sudan has thus far refused. threatening the Sudanese government with 138

Although the A.U. seems likely to expand its presence, almost all the displaced Africans I spoke with in Darfur said they would trust only Western forces to bring peace. African troops were too susceptible to bribes, they said, and African governments would end up siding with Khartoum, as they had in the past. . . . The Western powers, however, are not likely to [intervene] . . . . The United States military is overstretched, given the occupation of Iraq, and it is unwilling to contribute troops for a peacekeeping mission. It has not even offered to equip or transport A.U. troops, which lack the logistical sophistication to de- ploy on their own. The Bush Administration has been admi- rably willing to send relief to Sudan and to condemn the janjaweed. But, having alienated many of its U.N. allies with its unilateralism and perceived moralism, it has been unable to rally other nations to the cause. . . . Mean- while, the Administration, which views the International Criminal Court with contempt, has not urged the U.N. Security Council to refer the atrocities in Darfur to the court, alt- hough no other international institution is equipped to prosecute such crimes. In the end, the U.S. has applied just enough pressure to get humanitarian relief to many Darfurians, but not enough to persuade the perpetrators of violence to lay down their arms. . . .

139

Mahmood Mamdani, Saviors and Survivors: Darfur, Politics, and the War on Terror (2009)

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

Jon Lee Anderson, A History of Violence, New Yorker, July 23, 2012, at 49

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

2005 World Summit Outcome Document, G.A. Res. 60/1, ¶¶ 138-139, U.N. GAOR, 60th sess., U.N. doc. A/Res/60/1 (Oct. 24, 2006)

I. Values and principles 1. We, Heads of State and Government, have gathered at United Nations Headquarters in New York from 14 to 16 September 2005. 2. We reaffirm our faith in the United Nations and our commitment to the purposes and princi- ples of the Charter of the United Nations and international law, which are indispensable founda- tions of a more peaceful, prosperous and just world, and reiterate our determination to foster strict respect for them. 3. We reaffirm the United Nations Millennium Declaration,1 which we adopted at the dawn of the twenty-first century. We recognize the valuable role of the major United Nations conferences and summits in the economic, social and related fields, including the Millennium Summit, in mobilizing the international community at the local, national, regional and global levels and in guiding the work of the United Nations. 4. We reaffirm that our common fundamental values, including freedom, equality, solidarity, tol- erance, respect for all human rights, respect for nature and shared responsibility, are essential to international relations. 5. We are determined to establish a just and lasting peace all over the world in accordance with the purposes and principles of the Charter. We rededicate ourselves to support all efforts to up- hold the sovereign equality of all States, respect their territorial integrity and political independ- ence, to refrain in our international relations from the threat or use of force in any manner incon- sistent with the purposes and principles of the United Nations, to uphold resolution of disputes by peaceful means and in conformity with the principles of justice and international law, the right to self-determination of peoples which remain under colonial domination and foreign occu- pation, non-interference in the internal affairs of States, respect for human rights and fundamen- tal freedoms, respect for the equal rights of all without distinction as to race, sex, language or religion, international cooperation in solving international problems of an economic, social, cul- tural or humanitarian character and the fulfilment in good faith of the obligations assumed in ac- cordance with the Charter. 6. We reaffirm the vital importance of an effective multilateral system, in accordance with inter- national law, in order to better address the multifaceted and interconnected challenges and threats confronting our world and to achieve progress in the areas of peace and security, development and human rights, underlining the central role of the United Nations, and commit ourselves to promoting and strengthening the effectiveness of the Organization through the implementation of its decisions and resolutions. 7. We believe that today, more than ever before, we live in a global and interdependent world. No State can stand wholly alone. We acknowledge that collective security depends on effective cooperation, in accordance with international law, against transnational threats. 8. We recognize that current developments and circumstances require that we urgently build con- sensus on major threats and challenges. We commit ourselves to translating that consensus into concrete action, including addressing the root causes of those threats and challenges with resolve and determination.

164

9. We acknowledge that peace and security, development and human rights are the pillars of the United Nations system and the foundations for collective security and well-being. We recognize that development, peace and security and human rights are interlinked and mutually reinforcing. 10. We reaffirm that development is a central goal in itself and that sustainable development in its economic, social and environmental aspects constitutes a key element of the overarching framework of United Nations activities. 11. We acknowledge that good governance and the rule of law at the national and international levels are essential for sustained economic growth, sustainable development and the eradication of poverty and hunger. 12. We reaffirm that gender equality and the promotion and protection of the full enjoyment of all human rights and fundamental freedoms for all are essential to advance development and peace and security. We are committed to creating a world fit for future generations, which takes into account the best interests of the child. 13. We reaffirm the universality, indivisibility, inter- dependence and interrelatedness of all human rights. 14. Acknowledging the diversity of the world, we recognize that all cultures and civilizations contribute to the enrichment of humankind. We acknowledge the importance of respect and un- derstanding for religious and cultural diversity throughout the world. In order to promote interna- tional peace and security, we commit ourselves to advancing human welfare, freedom and pro- gress everywhere, as well as to encouraging tolerance, respect, dialogue and cooperation among different cultures, civilizations and peoples. 15. We pledge to enhance the relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, accountability and credibility of the United Nations system. This is our shared responsibility and interest. 16. We therefore resolve to create a more peaceful, prosperous and democratic world and to un- dertake concrete measures to continue finding ways to implement the outcome of the Millennium Summit and the other major United Nations conferences and summits so as to provide multilat- eral solutions to problems in the four following areas : • Development • Peace and collective security • Human rights and the rule of law • Strengthening of the United Nations * * * Responsibility to protect populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity 138. Each individual State has the responsibility to protect its populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity. This responsibility entails the prevention of such crimes, including their incitement, through appropriate and necessary means. We accept that responsibility and will act in accordance with it. The international community should, as ap- propriate, encourage and help States to exercise this responsibility and support the United Na- tions in establishing an early warning capability. 139. The international community, through the United Nations, also has the responsibility to use appropriate diplomatic, humanitarian and other peaceful means, in accordance with Chapters VI and VIII of the Charter, to help to protect populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleans-

165

ing and crimes against humanity. In this context, we are prepared to take collective action, in a timely and decisive manner, through the Security Council, in accordance with the Charter, in- cluding Chapter VII, on a case-by-case basis and in cooperation with relevant regional organiza- tions as appropriate, should peaceful means be inadequate and national authorities are manifestly failing to protect their populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity. We stress the need for the General Assembly to continue consideration of the responsibility to protect populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity and its implications, bearing in mind the principles of the Charter and interna- tional law. We also intend to commit ourselves, as necessary and appropriate, to helping States build capacity to protect their populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity and to assisting those which are under stress before crises and conflicts break out . 140. We fully support the mission of the Special Adviser of the Secretary-General on the Prevention of Genocide.

166

U.N. Security Council Resolution 1674, S/RES/1674 (2006)

Adopted by the Security Council at its 5430th meeting, on 28 April 2006 The Security Council, Reaffirming its resolutions 1265 (1999) and 1296 (2000) on the protection of civilians in armed conflict, its various resolutions on children and armed conflict and on women, peace and securi- ty, as well as its resolution 1631 (2005) on cooperation between the United Nations and regional organizations in maintaining international peace and security, and further reaffirming its deter- mination to ensure respect for, and follow-up to, these resolutions, Reaffirming its commitment to the Purposes of the Charter of the United Nations as set out in Article 1 (1-4) of the Charter, and to the Principles of the Charter as set out in Article 2 (1-7) of the Charter, including its commitment to the principles of the political independence, sovereign equality and territorial integrity of all States, and respect for the sovereignty of all States, Acknowledging that peace and security, development and human rights are the pillars of the United Nations system and the foundations for collective security and well-being, and recogniz- ing in this regard that development, peace and security and human rights are interlinked and mu- tually reinforcing, Expressing its deep regret that civilians account for the vast majority of casualties in situations of armed conflict, Gravely concerned with the effects of the illicit exploitation and trafficking of natural resources, as well as the illicit trafficking of small arms and light weapons, and the use of such weapons on civilians affected by armed conflict, Recognizing the important contribution to the protection of civilians in armed conflict by region- al organizations, and acknowledging in this regard, the steps taken by the African Union, Recognizing the important role that education can play in supporting efforts to halt and prevent abuses committed against civilians affected by armed conflict, in particular efforts to prevent sexual exploitation, trafficking in humans, and violations of applicable international law regard- ing the recruitment and rerecruitment of child soldiers, Recalling the particular impact which armed conflict has on women and children, including as refugees and internally displaced persons, as well as on other civilians who may have specific vulnerabilities, and stressing the protection and assistance needs of all affected civilian popula- tions, Reaffirming that parties to armed conflict bear the primary responsibility to take all feasible steps to ensure the protection of affected civilians, Bearing in mind its primary responsibility under the Charter of the United Nations for the maintenance of international peace and security, and underlining the importance of taking measures aimed at conflict prevention and resolution, 1. Notes with appreciation the contribution of the Report of the Secretary- General of 28 No- vember 2005 to its understanding of the issues surrounding the protection of civilians in armed conflict, and takes note of its conclusions;

167

2. Emphasizes the importance of preventing armed conflict and its recurrence, and stresses in this context the need for a comprehensive approach through promoting economic growth, poverty eradication, sustainable development, national reconciliation, good governance, democracy, the rule of law, and respect for, and protection of, human rights, and in this regard, urges the cooper- ation of Member States and underlines the importance of a coherent, comprehensive and coordi- nated approach by the principal organs of the United Nations, cooperating with one another and within their respective mandates; 3. Recalls that deliberately targeting civilians and other protected persons as such in situations of armed conflict is a flagrant violation of international humanitarian law, reiterates its condemna- tion in the strongest terms of such practices, and demands that all parties immediately put an end to such practices; 4. Reaffirms the provisions of paragraphs 138 and 139 of the 2005 World Summit Outcome Document regarding the responsibility to protect populations from genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity; 5. Reaffirms also its condemnation in the strongest terms of all acts of violence or abuses com- mitted against civilians in situations of armed conflict in violation of applicable international ob- ligations with respect in particular to (i) torture and other prohibited treatment, (ii) gender-based and sexual violence, (iii) violence against children, (iv) the recruitment and use of child soldiers, (v) trafficking in humans, (vi) forced displacement, and (vii) the intentional denial of humanitar- ian assistance, and demands that all parties put an end to such practices; 6. Demands that all parties concerned comply strictly with the obligations applicable to them un- der international law, in particular those contained in the Hague Conventions of 1899 and 1907 and in the Geneva Conventions of 1949 and their Additional Protocols of 1977, as well as with the decisions of the Security Council; 7. Reaffirms that ending impunity is essential if a society in conflict or recovering from conflict is to come to terms with past abuses committed against civilians affected by armed conflict and to prevent future such abuses, draws attention to the full range of justice and reconciliation mechanisms to be considered, including national, international and “mixed” criminal courts and tribunals and truth and reconciliation commissions, and notes that such mechanisms can promote not only individual responsibility for serious crimes, but also peace, truth, reconciliation and the rights of the victims; 8. Emphasizes in this context the responsibility of States to comply with their relevant obliga- tions to end impunity and to prosecute those responsible for war crimes, genocide, crimes against humanity and serious violations of international humanitarian law, while recognizing, for States in or recovering from armed conflict, the need to restore or build independent national judicial systems and institutions; 9. Calls on States that have not already done so to consider ratifying the instruments of interna- tional humanitarian, human rights and refugee law, and to take appropriate legislative, judicial and administrative measures to implement their obligations under these instruments;

168

10. Demands that all States fully implement all relevant decisions of the Security Council, and in this regard cooperate fully with United Nations peacekeeping missions and country teams in the follow-up and implementation of these resolutions; 11. Calls upon all parties concerned to ensure that all peace processes, peace agreements and post-conflict recovery and reconstruction planning have regard for the special needs of women and children and include specific measures for the protection of civilians including (i) the cessa- tion of attacks on civilians, (ii) the facilitation of the provision of humanitarian assistance, (iii) the creation of conditions conducive to the voluntary, safe, dignified and sustainable return of refugees and internally displaced persons, (iv) the facilitation of early access to education and training, (v) the re-establishment of the rule of law, and (vi) the ending of impunity; 12. Recalls the prohibition of the forcible displacement of civilians in situations of armed con- flict under circumstances that are in violation of parties’ obligations under international humani- tarian law; 13. Urges the international community to provide support and assistance to enable States to fulfil their responsibilities regarding the protection of refugees and other persons protected under in- ternational humanitarian law; 14. Reaffirms the need to maintain the security and civilian character of refugee and internally displaced person camps, stresses the primary responsibility of States in this regard, and encour- ages the Secretary-General where necessary and in the context of existing peacekeeping opera- tions and their respective mandates, to take all feasible measures to ensure security in and around such camps and of their inhabitants; 15. Expresses its intention of continuing its collaboration with the United Nations Emergency Relief Coordinator, and invites the Secretary-General to fully associate him from the earliest stages of the planning of United Nations peacekeeping and other relevant missions; 16. Reaffirms its practice of ensuring that the mandates of United Nations peacekeeping, political and peacebuilding missions include, where appropriate and on a case-by-case basis, provisions regarding (i) the protection of civilians, particularly those under imminent threat of physical dan- ger within their zones of operation, (ii) the facilitation of the provision of humanitarian assis- tance, and (iii) the creation of conditions conducive to the voluntary, safe, dignified and sustain- able return of refugees and internally displaced persons, and expresses its intention of ensuring that (i) such mandates include clear guidelines as to what missions can and should do to achieve those goals, (ii) the protection of civilians is given priority in decisions about the use of available capacity and resources, including information and intelligence resources, in the implementation of the mandates, and (iii) that protection mandates are implemented; 17. Reaffirms that, where appropriate, United Nations peacekeeping and other relevant missions should provide for the dissemination of information about international humanitarian, human rights and refugee law and the application of relevant Security Council resolutions; 18. Underscores the importance of disarmament, demobilization and reintegration of ex- combatants (DDR) in the protection of civilians affected by armed conflict, and, in this regard, emphasizes (i) its support for the inclusion in mandates of United Nations peacekeeping and oth- er relevant missions, where appropriate and on a case-by-case basis, of specific and effective measures for DDR, (ii) the importance of incorporating such activities into specific peace agree-

169

ments, where appropriate and in consultation with the parties, and (iii) the importance of ade- quate resources being made available for the full completion of DDR programmes and activities; 19. Condemns in the strongest terms all sexual and other forms of violence committed against civilians in armed conflict, in particular women and children, and undertakes to ensure that all peace support operations employ all feasible measures to prevent such violence and to address its impact where it takes place; 20. Condemns in equally strong terms all acts of sexual exploitation, abuse and trafficking of women and children by military, police and civilian personnel involved in United Nations opera- tions, welcomes the efforts undertaken by United Nations agencies and peacekeeping operations to implement a zero-tolerance policy in this regard, and requests the Secretary-General and per- sonnel-contributing countries to continue to take all appropriate action necessary to combat these abuses by such personnel, including through the full implementation without delay of those measures adopted in the relevant General Assembly resolutions based upon the recommenda- tions of the report of the Special Committee on Peacekeeping, A/59/19/Rev.1; 21. Stresses the importance for all, within the framework of humanitarian assistance, of uphold- ing and respecting the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality and inde- pendence; 22. Urges all those concerned as set forth in international humanitarian law, including the Gene- va Conventions and the Hague Regulations, to allow full unimpeded access by humanitarian per- sonnel to civilians in need of assistance in situations of armed conflict, and to make available, as far as possible, all necessary facilities for their operations, and to promote the safety, security and freedom of movement of humanitarian personnel and United Nations and its associated person- nel and their assets; 23. Condemns all attacks deliberately targeting United Nations and associated personnel in- volved in humanitarian missions, as well as other humanitarian personnel, urges States on whose territory such attacks occur to prosecute or extradite those responsible, and welcomes in this re- gard the adoption on 8 December 2005 by the General Assembly of the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Safety of United Nations and Associated Personnel; 24. Recognizes the increasingly valuable role that regional organizations and other intergovern- mental institutions play in the protection of civilians, and encourages the Secretary-General and the heads of regional and other intergovernmental organizations to continue their efforts to strengthen their partnership in this regard; 25. Reiterates its invitation to the Secretary-General to continue to refer to the Council relevant information and analysis regarding the protection of civilians where he believes that such infor- mation or analysis could contribute to the resolution of issues before it, requests him to continue to include in his written reports to the Council on matters of which it is seized, as appropriate, observations relating to the protection of civilians in armed conflict, and encourages him to con- tinue consultations and take concrete steps to enhance the capacity of the United Nations in this regard; 26. Notes that the deliberate targeting of civilians and other protected persons, and the commis- sion of systematic, flagrant and widespread violations of international humanitarian and human rights law in situations of armed conflict, may constitute a threat to international peace and secu-

170

rity, and, reaffirms in this regard its readiness to consider such situations and, where necessary, to adopt appropriate steps; 27. Requests the Secretary-General to submit his next report on the protection of civilians in armed conflict within 18 months of the date of this resolution; 28. Decides to remain seized of the matter.

171

Responsibility to Protect: An idea Whose Time Has Come—and Gone?, THE ECONOMIST, July 23, 2009

An idealistic effort to establish a new humanitarian principle is coming under attack at the Unit- ed Nations

GARETH EVANS, a former Australian foreign minister and roving global troubleshooter, makes a bold but passionate claim on behalf of a three-word expression which (in quite large part thanks to his efforts) now belongs to the language of diplomacy: the “responsibility to protect”. In a recent book, he says there are “not many ideas that have the poten- tial to matter more for good, not only in theory but in prac- tice.” Like many people who labour to ensure that mass murder will never recur, he links his personal commitment to an early formative event: in his case, a visit to Cambodia on the eve of the massacres in which up to a quarter of the population died. For others, the spur was the genocide in Rwanda, pictured above; for others still, the killing of Muslim men and boys from Srebrenica in Bosnia.

Whatever their motive, people of that cast of mind took heart from the moment in 2005 when the biggest-ever gathering of world leaders accepted the principle that they have a general “responsibility to protect” human beings from genocide, ethnic cleansing, war crimes and crimes against humanity. In a delicate formula which Mr Evans worked hard to craft, it was agreed that this concept, now known as R2P, referred mainly to the responsibility of states for their own people. Only in certain extreme circumstances, when states could not or would not protect their own citizens, or were actively harming them, might others step in. The concept was carefully modified so as to avoid giving prickly sovereign states the idea that they were about to be invaded at will by moralising outsid- ers. But to the dismay of Mr Evans and his friends, a coalition of governments and other sceptics now seems bent on unravelling all their delicate work. These naysayers have been busily sharp- ening their knives ahead of a debate at the General Assembly which was due to start on July 23rd. The apparent campaign to sabotage R2P is taking place in defiance of Ban Ki-moon, the UN sec- retary-general, who earlier this year drew up a report that presents the concept in the most cau- tious and reassuring of tones. As he argued, there were several benign and uncontroversial ways in which R2P could be made more real. For example, by helping decent states protect their peo- ple; or by having an effective early-warning system to trigger constructive action when things start to go wrong (or in plainer terms, when states start to collapse). He says action, military or otherwise, by external powers is a last resort.

172

Such assurances have failed to convince critics of R2P, who are adamant that the whole idea is just a cover to legitimise armed interference by rich Western powers in the affairs of poor coun- tries. One person who takes that view is Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann, a Nicaraguan diplomat (and Sandinista priest-politician), who is now president of the General Assembly. In a calculated snub to the idealists who tried to make the R2P idea nuanced and hence palatable, he says a more accurate name for the concept would be the “right to intervene” or R2I. Quite a number of countries might be persuaded to support a resolution diluting the commitment to R2P that was made by over 150 states at the UN summit in 2005. Possible backers include large and middle-sized pow- ers of various ideological stripes—including India, Pakistan, Cuba, Sudan, Venezuela and Egypt. Some of these may try to induce smaller states in their neighbourhood to follow their sceptical line. Snoozy for some Supporters of R2P are complaining of a “surprise at- tack”. They say Mr d’Escoto brought the debate for- ward by several weeks—to a snoozy period in late July. Conveniently enough, Mr Ban will not be around. On July 21st, before he left New York, Mr Ban made a short plea in R2P’s defence, urging states to “resist those who try to change the subject or turn our common effort to curb the worst atrocities in human history into a struggle over ideology, geography or economics.” Meanwhile Mr d’Escoto scheduled an eve-of-debate discussion by a four-member panel in which Mr Evans was the only supporter of R2P—pitted against three sceptics, including Noam Chom- sky, a linguist and veteran critic of American foreign policy. Ed Luck, who is Mr Ban’s adviser on R2P, was allowed to make a statement, but only the panel members could take questions from member states. Rhetorically at least, opponents of R2P may be able to bolster their case by linking the concept with the more controversial notion of “humanitarian intervention”—which was used, in part at least, to justify the Anglo-American assault on Saddam Hussein’s Iraq, along with the more for- mal argument based on the regime’s alleged possession of illegal weapons.

Protection, Russian Style Russia tried to turn the West’s logic on its head when it claimed that its war in Georgia last Au- gust was an exercise of the “responsibility to protect” people against atrocities, in this case the residents of two breakaway regions of Georgia. In fact, however tainted it may be, R2P is certainly not—to judge by a careful reading of its his- tory—a mere ploy by rich and powerful countries to poke their noses into the affairs of small na- tions. Its origins are somewhat more interesting. One of the first international bodies to endorse the concept, or a version of it, was the African Union, which emerged from the discredited Organisation of African Unity. The AU’s Constitu- tive Act included a provision for “the right of the Union to intervene in a member state pursuant

173

to a decision of the [AU] assembly in respect of grave circumstances, namely: war crimes, geno- cide and crimes against humanity.” It cited a new principle of “non-indifference” to large-scale crimes. One of R2P’s keenest sponsors was Kofi Annan, the Ghanaian who preceded Mr Ban as secre- tary-general. Mr Annan has agonised in public about the UN’s failure in Rwanda, when he was head of un peacekeeping, and has argued that his success as a peace-broker in Kenya last year owed something to the existence of R2P as a moral instrument. Meanwhile, America, far from dreaming up R2P as a crafty way of justifying imperialist adven- tures, was initially rather sceptical. Under the Bush administration, both the Pentagon and the State Department were intensely wary of signing up to anything that might bind them to take draconian action in the name of humanity. Indeed, R2P was a part of a much broader 2005 reform of the United Nations that George Bush first sought to weaken, then only reluctantly accepted. And to this day, there are voices on Amer- ica’s political right that remain profoundly sceptical about the idea of costly pledges to wage wars in the name of protecting people from inhumanity. Barack Obama’s administration, with its internationalist instincts, is clearly a lot more comforta- ble with notions like R2P. The President, during the Group of Eight summit in Italy in July, made some supportive noises; and his UN ambassador, Susan Rice, made a more impassioned speech in defence of R2P last month, soon after visiting Rwanda. But if R2P is no Western plot, it may not be the perfect way to ward off dreadful acts of mass murder either. Perhaps its greatest drawback is also one of its touted merits: that it is so carefully crafted to conform with the current UN charter, which makes the Security Council the most im- portant arbiter of war and peace. All attempts to reform the membership of the council, which gives America, Russia, China, France and Britain the privilege of permanent seats and vetoes, have failed. So critics of R2P may well use the argument that five victors of the second world war should not have the crucial say as to when coercion may be used. An angry, inconclusive General Assembly debate will not doom R2P. But it risks reinforcing the rift between an assembly that is perceived as representing poor, small and weak countries, and a council on which powerful, or once-powerful, countries have a disproportionate say. And that would be seen in many quarters as sad and ironic, because, in the words of one R2P supporter, it is the “South that needs R2P the most.”

174

In Danger: Iraq’s Yazidis, The Economist, Aug. 5, 2014

The Islamic State, an extremist group that worshippers. Given the Yazidi belief in operates in Iraq and Syria, took over the reincarnation, even moderate Muslims northern town of Mosul in June before have a difficult time accepting the faith of streaking across Iraq. In taking Sinjar, it their compatriots. has for the first time overrun Kurdish sol- Today the faith has as few as 600,000 ad- diers who man the semi-autonomous herents worldwide, with as many in exile northern province of Iraq and areas south as in Iraq, Iran, Turkey and Syria where it of that (moving into positions that Iraqi has been rooted for centuries. The religion troops fled). The Yazidis have particular incorporates a strict caste system, deter- reason to be worried. As adherents of one mining who can marry whom within the of Iraq’s smallest and most misunderstood community (marriage outside is banned). religions, they have long been persecuted. At their main temple in Lalesh, religious The Islamic State has already targeted oth- elders with conical wool felt hats framed er minorities, expelling Christians and by long braids hold court while young men other ancient religious communities from tend fires. At a recent ceremony marking Mosul last month after giving them a the start of the year 6764 of their calendar, choice of converting or dying. The Sunni Yazidis on pilgrimage from Europe and extremist group, which grew out of al- Australia climbed barefoot up a mountain Qaeda in Iraq, is also going after Shia to visit the tomb of a 12th century saint, Muslims whom it considers infidels. holding aloft candles to symbolise the vic- Yazidis consider themselves a distinct eth- tory of light over darkness. nic and religious group from the Kurds The Yazidis have long complained that with whom they live (and who consider neither Iraq's Arabs nor Kurds protect them Kurdish). Their religion, which com- them. In 2007, in what remains the most bines elements of Zoroastrianism with Sufi lethal attack since the American-led war in Islam and beliefs dating back to ancient 2003, suicide bombers driving trucks Mesopotamia, says God and seven angels packed with explosives attacked a Yazidi safeguard the world. One called Malak village in northwestern Iraq, killing almost Tawous, represented on earth in peacock 800 people. Persecuted for centuries in- form, was flung out of paradise for refus- cluding under the Ottoman Empire, the ing to bow down to Adam. While the Yazidis have always taken refuge in Yazidis see that as a sign of goodness, mountains and the caves in times of trou- many Muslims view the figure as a fallen ble. This time they might not have com- angel and regard the Yazidis as devil- munities to which they can return. Who wants to rescue the regime?, The Economist, Aug. 9, 2014

NOW that the jihadists of the Islamic State come more urgent since the IS, formerly (IS) are threatening not just the regime the Islamic State of Iraq and Greater Syria based in Baghdad but also the sturdier (ISIS), tore through the Kurds’ defences forces of Iraq’s autonomous Kurdish re- on August 3rd, taking Sinjar and Zumar, gion, will American forces be sent back in, two important cities in the north-western albeit on a relatively small scale? So far part of Iraqi Kurdistan (see map). such a scenario has only been toyed with in Washington. But the situation has be- 175

The Peshmerga, as the Kurdish fighters are around it has increased the pressure on Mr known, have hitherto been a far more ef- Maliki to step down in favour of someone fective force than the regular Iraqi army, who might form a less sectarian coalition whose troops fled in early June when the government. IS captured Mosul, Iraq’s second city. So the Kurds’ failure to withstand this latest IS onslaught has caused jitters in Baghdad, where there has been a stand-off for sever- al weeks between government forces and the jihadists only about 30km (18 miles) north of the capital. Putting a brave face on the disaster, the Kurds say they have made a “strategic retreat”. The IS’s advance is particularly grim for the Yazidis, a religious minority for whom Sinjar is an ancient hub. When the ji- hadists captured Mosul with support from aggrieved Sunni Arabs resentful of the sectarian Shia diktat of Nuri al-Maliki’s government in Baghdad, they told the city’s thousands of Christians to convert, The Americans, who have already sent in flee or be killed. Renaming themselves as small teams of special forces mainly as plain IS to display their ambition to create advisers, are said to be considering the a caliphate that will transcend the national dispatch of an additional combat force of boundaries of Syria and Iraq, where they fewer than 2,000 to act alongside regular now roam across a swathe of territory big- Iraqi forces and Sunni tribal fighters in the ger in area than the state of Jordan, the ji- provinces in the north and west of Iraq hadists are behaving even more harshly where the IS holds sway. But the Ameri- towards the Yazidis, whose religion is a cans are thought to be loth to put a sizea- mysterious accretion of various faiths, in- ble contingent of troops on the ground as cluding Zoroastrianism. They worship long as Mr Maliki is still in office. seven angels, the most notable of whom is The Kurds are also urgently calling for brilliantly garbed as a peacock. American help. They say they will not be The IS deems them unworthy of conver- able to defeat the IS without an infusion of sion and says it will kill them wherever arms and weapons, as well as support from they are found. “We tried to fight them but the air. The Kurds’ setbacks against the IS had only our rifles,” says a Yazidi leader have shocked Mr Maliki’s government who has fled into the mountains north of into co-operating militarily with the Sinjar, where tens of thousands of his co- Kurds. The Iraqi air force, modest as it is, religionists are sheltering without food or has been sent to launch air strikes in sup- water. The UN says that many Yazidi port of the embattled Peshmerga in Nine- children have already died in the exodus. veh province, of which Mosul is the capi- It is still unlikely that Baghdad will fall— tal; on August 6th it bombed an IS-held in the near future, at any rate. But the building in Mosul, reportedly killing 50 Kurds’ loss of Sinjar and the territory jihadists. But the Iraqi Kurds and their

176

leader, Masoud Barzani, still want Mr Maliki to go. Max Boot, R2P Is MIA for the Besieged Yezidis of Iraq, Comentary, Aug. 7, 2014

Once upon a time–and not so long ago– Islamic State of Iraq and Syria as its black- President Obama and senior members of clad fighters have rolled over northern his administration openly embraced the Iraq. idea of “R2P” or “responsibility to pro- Last week ISIS took the Iraqi town of Sin- tect.” This meant that the U.S. and other jar, forcing tens of thousands of Yazidis to civilized nations have a responsibility to flee for their lives. Many took refuge on do something when genocide or other ter- Mount Sinjar where they have been meet- rible crimes are occurring in other peo- ing an appalling fate–devoid of food and ple’s countries. water, they are slowly dying yet are afraid Susan Rice, now the national security ad- to come down from the mountain for fear viser, then the UN ambassador, gave an that they will be slaughtered by ISIS if impassioned address in 2009 in which they do so. As many as 40,000 people re- she said: “The Responsibility to Protect— main trapped and they are desperate for or, as it has come to be known, R2P— help. TheWashington Post quotes a represents an important step forward in the UNICEF official saying: “There are chil- long historical struggle to save lives and dren dying on the mountain, on the roads. guard the wellbeing of people endangered There is no water, there is no vegetation, by conflict.” This principle formed an im- they are completely cut off and surrounded portant justification for the U.S. interven- by Islamic State. It’s a disaster, a total dis- tion along with NATO allies in Libya in aster.” 2011 to prevent Muammar Gaddafi from Tens of thousands of Christians in north- slaughtering opponents of his regime. In ern Iraq are also on the run, knowing they 2012 Obama even created an Atrocities face death at the hands of ISIS. Yet so Prevention Board to carry out this humani- wary is the Obama administration of any tarian doctrine. involvement in Iraq that it is not even will- But in practice R2P has been MIA in this ing to send U.S. cargo aircraft to drop food White House. Since 2011 more than and water to the trapped Yazidis–much 170,000 people have been killed in Syria– less to call in air strikes that would break one ongoing atrocity after another–and the the siege of Mount Sinjar. result has been a shrug from the White The president’s chief foreign policy guru House which seems more concerned with Ben Rhodes grandly proclaims that Obama stopping Israel’s war against Hamas ter- is busy positioning “the U.S. to lead for rorists. Now there is an even more urgent the next 10, 20 or 30 years.” His gaze example of precisely the kind of atrocity firmly fixed decades in the future, Obama that should motivate the U.S. and other seems to be missing the preventable powers into action. I am referring to the atrocities–which not only violate the R2P plight of the Yazidis–members of a small doctrine but also threaten vital American religious minority rooted in Zoroastrian- national security interests–that are occur- ism–who have been in the gunsights of the ring in the here and now.

177

Tom Andrews, Standing with Yazidis and Against Genocide, Huffington Post, Aug. 8, 2014

With the lives of 40,000 at immediate risk has publicly avowed its intention to de- of genocide in northern Iraq, we should stroy civilians based on their religious support and applaud President Obama's identity, is a case where the last resort may decision to take action to protect innocent be necessary. civilians. This action comes at the request of the Rarely is there a case so clear for the need Iraqi government, and in the face of the to act on the responsibility to protect civil- starvation and slaughter of thousands. ians from the threat of genocide as on Failure to act would be morally indefensi- Mount Sinjar in northern Iraq right now. ble. Evoking the principles of genocide pre- It is also important, however, to recognize vention and the responsibility to protect, that the law of unintended consequences is President Obama took to the nation's air- never stronger than in Iraq. The assault by waves last night calling for the protection Islamist extremists is one part of a broad- of Iraqi Yazidis, beginning with immedi- er, long term conflict in Iraq, which, Pres- ate air drops of food and water: ident Obama rightfully notes, requires a "When we face a situation like we do on that political solution. mountain -- with innocent people facing the The United States cannot and should not prospect of violence on a horrific scale, rely on short term air drops and air strikes when we have a mandate to help ... and as a solution to this crisis. Strong U.S. when we have the unique capabilities to help leadership is needed for a coordinated and avert a massacre, then I believe the United effective international response that ad- States of America cannot turn a blind eye. dresses the underlying issues. We can act, carefully and responsibly, to prevent a potential act of genocide. That's Our thoughts should be with the 40,000 what we're doing on that mountain." Iraqi Yazidis, Christian minorities, and all those in Iraq under attack not because of -- President Obama anything they have done but because of Authorization of the use of force, even if the religion they practice. Under the threat limited, should always be an option of last of genocide, they need to know that we resort, but prevention of genocide in the stand with them. face of imminent slaughter by a group that Seumas Milne, Another war in Iraq won’t fix the disaster of the last: The Yazidis need aid, but military intervention by states that destroyed Iraq will deepen the crisis now tearing it apart, The Guardian, Aug. 13, 2014

They couldn’t keep away. Barely two formerly known as Isis – the sectarian years after US forces were withdrawn fundamentalists who have taken over vast from Iraq, they’re back in action. Barack tracts of Sunni Iraq and are carrying out Obama has now become the fourth US vicious ethnic cleansing against minorities president in a row to launch military action in the north. in Iraq. The media and political drumbeat is grow- We’re now into the sixth day of US air ing louder for Britain to move from hu- attacks on the self-styled Islamic State, manitarian aid drops to join the military 178

campaign. France has announced it will be But of course it’s not just about the arming Iraqi Kurdish forces. There are al- Yazidis or the Christians. As Obama has ready 800 US troops back on Iraqi territo- made clear, they’re something of a side ry. issue compared with the defence of the Without a trace of irony, Colonel Tim Col- increasingly autonomous Iraqi Kurdistan – lins, who famously claimed on the eve of long a key US and unofficial Israeli ally – the 2003 invasion that British troops were and American interests in its oil boom cap- occupying Iraq to “liberate” it, yesterday ital Irbil, in particular. led the call for yet another military inter- The US is back in Iraq for the long haul, vention. the president signalled, spelling out that If ever there was a case for another Anglo- his aim is to prevent IS establishing “some American bombing campaign, some say, sort of caliphate through Syria and Iraq” – this must surely be it. Graphic reports of which is exactly what the group regards the suffering of tens of thousands of itself as having done. Yazidi refugees on Mount Sinjar and the The danger of the US, Britain and others horrific violence that has driven the Chris- being drawn again into the morass of a tians of Qaraqosh from their homes have disintegrating state they themselves took aroused global sympathy. apart is obvious. IS, then known as al- The victims of this sectarian onslaught Qaida in Iraq, itself effectively arrived in need urgent humanitarian aid and refuge. the country in 2003 on the backs of US But the idea that the states that invaded and British tanks. and largely destroyed Iraq at the cost of The idea that the states responsible for at hundreds of thousands of lives should least 500,000 deaths, 4 million refugees, claim the cause of humanitarianism for yet mass torture and ethnic cleansing in Iraq another military intervention in Iraq beg- over the past decade should now present gars belief. themselves as having a “responsibility to If the aim were solely to provide air cover protect” Iraqis verges on satire. for the evacuation of Yazidis from Sinjar, The majority of Iraq’s million-strong there are several regional powers that Christian community was in fact forced could deliver it. The Iraqi government it- out of the country under US-British occu- self could be given the means to do the job pation. The state sectarianism that trig- – something its US sponsors have denied it gered the Sunni revolt and rise of IS in until now. In fact, the force that has done Iraq – the ultimate blowback – was built most so far to rescue Yazidis has been the into the political structures set up by Kurdish PKK,regarded as a terrorist or- George Bush. ganisation by the US, EU and Turkey. Britain and the US – which didn’t want to But after decades of lawless unilateralism, “take sides” when Egypt’s coup lead- any armed intervention for genuine hu- ers carried out one of the largest killings of manitarian protection clearly has to be au- demonstrators in a single day in history thorised by the United Nations to have any last summer – are the last countries on credibility. As the Labour MP Diane Ab- Earth to bring humanitarian relief to Iraq. bott put it, that’s what the UN is for – and That doesn’t mean that they don’t have a authorisation could be quickly agreed by responsibility to provide aid. But the rec- the security council. ord of western humanitarian intervention

179

over the past two decades isn’t a happy ally in the Arab world – is consolidating one. In 1991, no-fly zones in Iraq allowed its hold on western Iraq and eastern Syria, massacres of Shia rebels in the south and where it is in effect allied with the US and only functioned with thousands of troops its friends. on the ground in Kurdistan, followed by Its rise is a tragedy for both peoples. But 12 years of bombing raids. another round of US and British military In 1999, Nato’s air campaign in Kosovo, intervention would only strengthen IS and also without UN authorisation, triggered a boost its credibility – as well as increase massive increase in the ethnic cleansing it the risk of terror attacks at home. The like- was meant to halt. In Libya, in 2011, lihood is that it can only be overcome by a Nato’s intervention ratcheted up the death functioning state in both Iraq and Syria. toll by a factor of about 10 and gave cover That in turn demands a decisive break with for rampant ethnic cleansing and indis- the sectarian and ethnic politics be- criminate killing. Its legacy today is com- queathed by a decade of war and interven- plete state breakdown and civil war. tion. It might be said that the latest US bombing The urge to play the role of self-appointed campaign in Iraq has greater legitimacy global policeman retains its grip on the because the Iraqi government appealed for western world, but experience shows that support. But it did so back in June, after will do nothing to rescue the people of which Obama stayed his hand until the Iraq. Far more important would be agree- prime minister, Nouri al-Maliki, could be ment between the regional powers, includ- replaced with someone more acceptable to ing Turkey and Iran, on a settlement to the US. allow Iraq to escape from its existential At the same time, US arms are now being crisis. supplied directly to Kurdish forces, inde- Selective humanitarian intervention with- pendently of the central government, fuel- out UN and regional authorisation is simp- ling the disintegration of the Iraqi state. ly a tool of power politics, not solidarity. And IS – whose sectarian ideology is in To imagine that the solution to the disas- reality only a more violent version of the trous legacy of one intervention is to Saudi regime’s, the west’s most important launch yet another is delusional folly. Katie Aezima and Loveday Morris, U.S. Considering Range of Options to Rescue Iraq’s Yazidis, Washington Post, Aug. 13, 2014

EDGARTOWN, Mass. — The Obama Rhodes reiterated Obama’s statements rul- administration is considering a range of ing out the reintroduction of U.S. forces military options to rescue the thousands of for ground combat in Iraq. But he added refugees from the minority Yazidi sect that “there are a variety of ways in which trapped atop a mountain in northwestern we can support the safe removal” of the Iraq, a senior official said Wednesday. Yazidis, who are stranded atop Mount Sin- jar with limited supplies of food and water The president and his national security and who face threat of attack by members team are expected to review those options of the radical Islamist insurgent group “in a matter of days,” said the official, Ben known as the Islamic State. Rhodes, President Obama’s deputy nation- al security adviser. Rhodes, speaking to reporters traveling with Obama during his vacation in Mar-

180

tha’s Vineyard, said that the 130 military try’s Sunni minority, pushing some to advisers recently deployed to Iraq would support the fighters. “make recommendations” about how to The al-Qaeda-inspired militants have follow through with plans to get people seized large chunks of territory in recent trapped on the mountain off. He said U.S. weeks to form a renegade nation stretching personnel will “not be in a combat role” across the Iraqi border into Syria. The and instead will be in Iraq “on a temporary sweeping offensive has forced tens of basis to make an assessment.” thousands of Iraqis — many of whom are The United States has already made sever- members of religious minorities — to flee al humanitarian airdrops on the mountain, for their lives. providing 100,000 meals and 27,000 gal- On Tuesday, U.S. Defense Secretary lons of water, not including British sup- Chuck Hagel announced that an additional port. 130 U.S. troops had arrived in Iraq to help Rhodes’s remarks came as the political plan for a likely expansion of humanitari- crisis in Baghdad continued, even as Iraqi an relief operations in the north. Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki lost further Although Hagel did not give details, he support in his bid to cling on to power. signaled that the Pentagon was laying the In Tehran, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, the groundwork for a more ambitious rescue top Iranian political and Shiite religious mission. Speaking to Marines at Camp authority, said Wednesday that he hoped Pendleton, Calif., Hagel said the extra the designation by Iraq’s president of Shi- troops would “take a closer look and give ite politician Haider al-Abadi as the coun- a more in-depth assessment” of the U.S. try’s new prime minister “will untie the relief efforts that began last week. knot and lead to the establishment of a The new deployment comes in addition to new government and teach a good lesson 775 troops previously authorized to go to to those who aim for sedition in Iraq,” Iraq to protect U.S. diplomatic facilities, Reuters news agency reported. work with Iraqi forces and conduct other Rhodes made clear that the United States missions. is on the same page. He described Abadi The U.S. government has been conducting as “clearly the prime minister-designate in airstrikes against the Sunni extremists in Iraq” and said he offers an opportunity to the country’s north, where the semiauton- forge a “unity government” that would omous Kurdish region has been pleading focus on fighting the Islamic State. for support to keep Islamic State fighters The United States and many Iraqis see the from overrunning its boundaries. creation of a new, more inclusive govern- The United States has also begun directly ment as crucial to peeling away support supplying the Kurds with weapons, U.S. for the Sunni extremists of the Islamic officials said this week. State. Maliki had marginalized the coun-

181

US credits strikes with allowing Iraqis to escape, AP, Aug. 13, 2014

EDGARTOWN, Mass. (AP) — Crediting President Barack Obama had been weigh- U.S. airstrikes and humanitarian aid, the ing a range of military options, including Obama administration said Wednesday airlifts and humanitarian corridors, to res- many trapped Iraqis have fled a mountain cue the refugees. Officials said Obama had where they had sought refuge from mili- not completely ruled out the possibility of tants, making it less likely the military a mission to rescue those remaining on the would have to carry out a potentially dan- mountain, but agreed with Hagel's assess- gerous rescue mission. ment that such steps were now less likely. The assessment came after U.S. troops se- Obama had dispatched 129 troops to Iraq cretly scouted Sinjar Mountain Wednes- on Tuesday to assess the scope of the hu- day, revealing far fewer people than origi- manitarian crisis and options for getting nally thought. the people safely off the mountain. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel said six That process was advanced Wednesday days of U.S. airstrikes against militant tar- when a team of fewer than 20 U.S. troops gets in the region gave many people an was flown onto the mountain by Black opportunity to get off the mountain. He Hawk helicopter for a firsthand look at also said the food and water supplies the rescue mission possibilities. They were U.S. airdropped to the refugees helped to safely extracted hours later. sustain them during the ordeal. A U.S. military -led rescue mission could U.S. officials said only several thousand have involved putting American troops on refugees remained on the mountain, far the ground. The White House insisted any lower than the tens of thousands that had such action would be strictly a humanitari- been reported earlier. As a result, a rescue an rescue and would not constitute a return mission is "far less likely now," Hagel said to combat 2-1/2 years after the last U.S. Wednesday night, adding that those Iraqis troops withdrew from Iraq. who remained on the mountain were in relatively good condition.

182

Agreement between the United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia concerning the prosecution under Cambodian law of crimes committed during the period of Democratic Kampuchea. Phnom Penh, 6 June 2003 No. 41723

United Nations and Cambodia Agreement between the United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia concerning the prosecution under Cambodian law of crimes committed during the period of Democratic Kampuchea. Phnom Penh, 6 June 2003 Entry into force: 29 April 2005 by notification, in accordance with article 32 Authentic texts: English Registration with the Secretariat of the United Nations: ex officio, 1 August 2005 Whereas the General Assembly of the United Nations, in its resolution 57/228 of 18 De- cember 2002, recalled that the serious violations of Cambodian and international humani- tarian law during the period of Democratic Kampuchea from 1975 to 1979 continue to be matters of vitally important concern to the international community as a whole; Whereas in the same resolution the General Assembly recognized the legitimate concern of the Government and the people of Cambodia in the pursuit of justice and national rec- onciliation, stability, peace and security; Whereas the Cambodian authorities have requested assistance from the United Nations in bringing to trial senior leaders of Democratic Kampuchea and those who were most re- sponsible for the crimes and serious violations of Cambodian penal law, international humanitarian law and custom, and international conventions recognized by Cambodia, that were committed during the period from 17 April 1975 to 6 January 1979; Whereas prior to the negotiation of the present Agreement substantial progress had been made by the Secretary-General of the United Nations (hereinafter, “the Secretary- General”) and the Royal Government of Cambodia towards the establishment, with inter- national assistance, of Extraordinary Chambers within the existing court structure of Cambodia for the prosecution of crimes committed during the period of Democratic Kampuchea; Whereas by its resolution 57/228, the General Assembly welcomed the promulgation of the Law on the Establishment of the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia for the Prosecution of Crimes Committed During the Period of Democratic Kampuchea and requested the Secretary-General to resume negotiations, without delay, to conclude an agreement with the Government, based on previous negotiations on the establishment of the Extraordinary Chambers consistent with the provisions of the said resolution, so that the Extraordinary Chambers may begin to function promptly; Whereas the Secretary-General and the Royal Government of Cambodia have held nego- tiations on the establishment of the Extraordinary Chambers; Now therefore the United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia have agreed as follows:

183

Article 1. Purpose The purpose of the present Agreement is to regulate the cooperation between the United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia in bringing to trial senior leaders of Democratic Kampuchea and those who were most responsible for the crimes and serious violations of Cambodian penal law, international humanitarian law and custom, and in- ternational conventions recognized by Cambodia, that were committed during the period from 17 April 1975 to 6 January 1979. The Agreement provides, inter alia, the legal basis and the principles and modalities for such cooperation. Article 2. The Law on the Establishment of Extraordinary Chambers 1. The present Agreement recognizes that the Extraordinary Chambers have subject mat- ter jurisdiction consistent with that set forth in “the Law on the Establishment of the Ex- traordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia for the Prosecution of Crimes Commit- ted During the Period of Democratic Kampuchea” (hereinafter: “the Law on the Estab- lishment of the Extraordinary Chambers”), as adopted and amended by the Cambodian Legislature under the Constitution of Cambodia. The present Agreement further recog- nizes that the Extraordinary Chambers have personal jurisdiction over senior leaders of Democratic Kampuchea and those who were most responsible for the crimes referred to in Article 1 of the Agreement. 2. The present Agreement shall be implemented in Cambodia through the Law on the Es- tablishment of the Extraordinary Chambers as adopted and amended. The Vienna Con- vention on the Law of Treaties, and in particular its Articles 26 and 27, applies to the Agreement. 3. In case amendments to the Law on the Establishment of the Extraordinary Chambers are deemed necessary, such amendments shall always be preceded by consultations be- tween the Parties. Article 3. Judges 1. Cambodian judges, on the one hand, and judges appointed by the Supreme Council of the Magistracy upon nomination by the Secretary-General of the United Nations (herein- after: “international judges”), on the other hand, shall serve in each of the two Extraordi- nary Chambers. 2. The composition of the Chambers shall be as follows: a. The Trial Chamber: three Cambodian judges and two international judges; b. The Supreme Court Chamber, which shall serve as both appellate chamber and final instance: four Cambodian judges and three international judges. 3. The judges shall be persons of high moral character, impartiality and integrity who possess the qualifications required in their respective countries for appointment to judi- cial offices. They shall be independent in the performance of their functions and shall not accept or seek instructions from any Government or any other source. 4. In the overall composition of the Chambers due account should be taken of the experi- ence of the judges in criminal law, international law, including international humanitarian law and human rights law.

184

5. The Secretary-General of the United Nations undertakes to forward a list of not less than seven nominees for international judges from which the Supreme Council of the Magistracy shall appoint five to serve as judges in the two Chambers. Appointment of international judges by the Supreme Council of the Magistracy shall be made only from the list submitted by the Secretary-General. 6. In the event of a vacancy of an international judge, the Supreme Council of the Magis- tracy shall appoint another international judge from the same list. 7. The judges shall be appointed for the duration of the proceedings. 8. In addition to the international judges sitting in the Chambers and present at every stage of the proceedings, the President of a Chamber may, on a case-by-case basis, desig- nate from the list of nominees submitted by the Secretary-General, one or more alternate judges to be present at each stage of the proceedings, and to replace an international judge if that judge is unable to continue sitting. Article 4. Decision-making 1. The judges shall attempt to achieve unanimity in their decisions. If this is not possible, the following shall apply: a. A decision by the Trial Chamber shall require the affirmative vote of at least four judg- es; b. A decision by the Supreme Court Chamber shall require the affirmative vote of at least five judges. 2. When there is no unanimity, the decision of the Chamber shall contain the views of the majority and the minority. Article 5. Investigating judges 1. There shall be one Cambodian and one international investigating judge serving as co- investigating judges. They shall be responsible for the conduct of investigations. 2. The co-investigating judges shall be persons of high moral character, impartiality and integrity who possess the qualifications required in their respective countries for ap- pointment to such a judicial office. 3. The co-investigating judges shall be independent in the performance of their functions and shall not accept or seek instructions from any Government or any other source. It is understood, however, that the scope of the investigation is limited to senior leaders of Democratic Kampuchea and those who were most responsible for the crimes and serious violations of Cambodian penal law, international humanitarian law and custom, and in- ternational conventions recognized by Cambodia, that were committed during the period from 17 April 1975 to 6 January 1979. 4. The co-investigating judges shall cooperate with a view to arriving at a common ap- proach to the investigation. In case the co-investigating judges are unable to agree wheth- er to proceed with an investigation, the investigation shall proceed unless the judges or one of them requests within thirty days that the difference shall be settled in accordance with Article 7.

185

5. In addition to the list of nominees provided for in Article 3, paragraph 5, the Secretary- General shall submit a list of two nominees from which the Supreme Council of the Mag- istracy shall appoint one to serve as an international co-investigating judge, and one as a reserve international co-investigating judge. 6. In case there is a vacancy or a need to fill the post of the international coinvestigating judge, the person appointed to fill this post must be the reserve international co- investigating judge. 7. The co-investigating judges shall be appointed for the duration of the proceedings. Article 6. Prosecutors 1. There shall be one Cambodian prosecutor and one international prosecutor competent to appear in both Chambers, serving as co-prosecutors. They shall be responsible for the conduct of the prosecutions. 2. The co-prosecutors shall be of high moral character, and possess a high level of profes- sional competence and extensive experience in the conduct of investigations and prosecu- tions of criminal cases. 3. The co-prosecutors shall be independent in the performance of their functions and shall not accept or seek instructions from any Government or any other source. It is under- stood, however, that the scope of the prosecution is limited to senior leaders of Democrat- ic Kampuchea and those who were most responsible for the crimes and serious violations of Cambodian penal law, international humanitarian law and custom, and international conventions recognized by Cambodia, that were committed during the period from 17 April 1975 to 6 January 1979. 4. The co-prosecutors shall cooperate with a view to arriving at a common approach to the prosecution. In case the prosecutors are unable to agree whether to proceed with a prosecution, the prosecution shall proceed unless the prosecutors or one of them requests within thirty days that the difference shall be settled in accordance with Article 7. 5. The Secretary-General undertakes to forward a list of two nominees from which the Supreme Council of the Magistracy shall select one international co-prosecutor and one reserve international co-prosecutor. 6. In case there is a vacancy or a need to fill the post of the international coprosecutor, the person appointed to fill this post must be the reserve international coprosecutor. 7. The co-prosecutors shall be appointed for the duration of the proceedings. 8. Each co-prosecutor shall have one or more deputy prosecutors to assist him or her with prosecutions before the Chambers. Deputy international prosecutors shall be appointed by the international co-prosecutor from a list provided by the Secretary General. Article 7. Settlement of differences between the co-investigating judges or the coprosecu- tors 1. In case the co-investigating judges or the co-prosecutors have made a request in ac- cordance with Article 5, paragraph 4, or Article 6, paragraph 4, as the case may be, they shall submit written statements of facts and the reasons for their different positions to the Director of the Office of Administration.

186

2. The difference shall be settled forthwith by a Pre-Trial Chamber of five judges, three appointed by the Supreme Council of the Magistracy, with one as President, and two ap- pointed by the Supreme Council of the Magistracy upon nomination by the Secretary- General. Article 3, paragraph 3, shall apply to the judges. 3. Upon receipt of the statements referred to in paragraph 1, the Director of the Office of Administration shall immediately convene the Pre-Trial Chamber and communicate the statements to its members. 4. A decision of the Pre-Trial Chamber, against which there is no appeal, requires the af- firmative vote of at least four judges. The decision shall be communicated to the Director of the Office of Administration, who shall publish it and communicate it to the co- investigating judges or the co-prosecutors. They shall immediately proceed in accordance with the decision of the Chamber. If there is no majority, as required for a decision, the investigation or prosecution shall proceed. Article 8. Office of Administration 1. There shall be an Office of Administration to service the Extraordinary Chambers, the Pre-Trial Chamber, the co-investigating judges and the Prosecutors’ Office. 2. There shall be a Cambodian Director of this Office, who shall be appointed by the Royal Govern- ment of Cambodia. The Director shall be responsible for the overall management of the Office of Administration, except in matters that are subject to United Nations rules and procedures. 3. There shall be an international Deputy Director of the Office of Administration, who shall be appointed by the Secretary-General. The Deputy Director shall be responsible for the recruitment of all international staff and all administration of the international com- ponents of the Extraordinary Chambers, the Pre-Trial Chamber, the co-investigating judges, the Prosecutors’ Office and the Office of Administration. The United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia agree that, when an international Deputy Director has been appointed by the Secretary-General, the assignment of that person to that posi- tion by the Royal Government of Cambodia shall take place forthwith. 4. The Director and the Deputy Director shall cooperate in order to ensure an effective and efficient functioning of the administration. Article 9. Crimes falling within the jurisdiction of the Extraordinary Chambers The subject-matter jurisdiction of the Extraordinary Chambers shall be the crime of gen- ocide as defined in the 1948 Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, crimes against humanity as defined in the 1998 Rome Statute of the Interna- tional Criminal Court and grave breaches of the 1949 Geneva Conventions and such oth- er crimes as defined in Chapter II of the Law on the Establishment of the Extraordinary Chambers as promulgated on 10 August 2001. Article 10. Penalties The maximum penalty for conviction for crimes falling within the jurisdiction of the Ex- traordinary Chambers shall be life imprisonment.

187

Article 11. Amnesty 1. The Royal Government of Cambodia shall not request an amnesty or pardon for any persons who may be investigated for or convicted of crimes referred to in the present Agreement. 2. This provision is based upon a declaration by the Royal Government of Cambodia that until now, with regard to matters covered in the law, there has been only one case, dated 14 September 1996, when a pardon was granted to only one person with regard to a 1979 conviction on the charge of genocide. The United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia agree that the scope of this pardon is a matter to be decided by the Extraordi- nary Chambers. Article 12. Procedure 1. The procedure shall be in accordance with Cambodian law. Where Cambodian law does not deal with a particular matter, or where there is uncertainty regarding the inter- pretation or application of a relevant rule of Cambodian law, or where there is a question regarding the consistency of such a rule with international standards, guidance may also be sought in procedural rules established at the international level. 2. The Extraordinary Chambers shall exercise their jurisdiction in accordance with inter- national standards of justice, fairness and due process of law, as set out in Articles 14 and 15 of the 1966 International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, to which Cambodia is a party. In the interest of securing a fair and public hearing and credibility of the proce- dure, it is understood that representatives of Member States of the United Nations, of the Secretary-General, of the media and of national and international nongovernmental or- ganizations will at all times have access to the proceedings before the Extraordinary Chambers. Any exclusion from such proceedings in accordance with the provisions of Article 14 of the Covenant shall only be to the extent strictly necessary in the opinion of the Chamber concerned and where publicity would prejudice the interests of justice. Article 13. Rights of the accused 1. The rights of the accused enshrined in Articles 14 and 15 of the 1966 International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights shall be respected throughout the trial process. Such rights shall, in particular, include the right: to a fair and public hearing; to be pre- sumed innocent until proved guilty; to engage a counsel of his or her choice; to have ade- quate time and facilities for the preparation of his or her defence; to have counsel provid- ed if he or she does not have sufficient means to pay for it; and to examine or have exam- ined the witnesses against him or her. 2. The United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia agree that the provisions on the right to defence counsel in the Law on the Establishment of Extraordinary Cham- bers mean that the accused has the right to engage counsel of his or her own choosing as guaranteed by the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Article 14. Premises The Royal Government of Cambodia shall provide at its expense the premises for the co- investigating judges, the Prosecutors’ Office, the Extraordinary Chambers, the Pre- Trial Chamber and the Office of Administration. It shall also provide for such utilities, facili-

188

ties and other services necessary for their operation that may be mutually agreed upon by separate agreement between the United Nations and the Government. Article 15. Cambodian personnel Salaries and emoluments of Cambodian judges and other Cambodian personnel shall be defrayed by the Royal Government of Cambodia. Article 16. International personnel Salaries and emoluments of international judges, the international co-investigating judge, the international co-prosecutor and other personnel recruited by the United Nations shall be defrayed by the United Nations. Article 17. Financial and other assistance of the United Nations The United Nations shall be responsible for the following: a. remuneration of the international judges, the international co-investigating judge, the international co-prosecutor, the Deputy Director of the Office of Administration and oth- er international personnel; b. costs for utilities and services as agreed separately between the United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia; c. remuneration of defence counsel; d. witnesses’ travel from within Cambodia and from abroad; e. safety and security arrangements as agreed separately between the United Nations and the Government; f. such other limited assistance as may be necessary to ensure the smooth functioning of the investigation, the prosecution and the Extraordinary Chambers. Article 18. Inviolability of archives and documents The archives of the co-investigating judges, the co-prosecutors, the Extraordinary Cham- bers, the Pre-Trial Chamber and the Office of Administration, and in general all docu- ments and materials made available, belonging to or used by them, wherever located in Cambodia and by whomsoever held, shall be inviolable for the duration of the proceed- ings. Article 19. Privileges and immunities of international judges, the international coinvesti- gating judge, the international co-prosecutor and the Deputy Director of the Office of Administration 1. The international judges, the international co-investigating judge, the international co- prosecutor and the Deputy Director of the Office of Administration, together with their families forming part of their household, shall enjoy the privileges and immunities, ex- emptions and facilities accorded to diplomatic agents in accordance with the 1961 Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations. They shall, in particular, enjoy: a. personal inviolability, including immunity from arrest or detention; b. immunity from criminal, civil and administrative jurisdiction in conformity with the Vienna Convention;

189

c. inviolability for all papers and documents; d. exemption from immigration restrictions and alien registration; e. the same immunities and facilities in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to diplomatic agents. 2. The international judges, the international co-investigating judge, the international co- prosecutor and the Deputy Director of the Office of Administration shall enjoy exemption from taxation in Cambodia on their salaries, emoluments and allowances. Article 20. Privileges and immunities of Cambodian and international personnel 1. Cambodian judges, the Cambodian co-investigating judge, the Cambodian coprosecu- tor and other Cambodian personnel shall be accorded immunity from legal process in re- spect of words spoken or written and all acts performed by them in their official capacity under the present Agreement. Such immunity shall continue to be accorded after termina- tion of employment with the co-investigating judges, the co-prosecutors, the Extraordi- nary Chambers, the Pre-Trial Chamber and the Office of Administration. 2. International personnel shall be accorded: a. immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts per- formed by them in their official capacity under the present Agreement. Such immunity shall continue to be accorded after termination of employment with the coinvestigating judges, the co-prosecutors, the Extraordinary Chambers, the Pre-Trial Chamber and the Office of Administration; b. immunity from taxation on salaries, allowances and emoluments paid to them by the United Nations; c. immunity from immigration restrictions; d. the right to import free of duties and taxes, except for payment for services, their furni- ture and effects at the time of first taking up their official duties in Cambodia. 3. The United Nations and the Royal Government of Cambodia agree that the immunity granted by the Law on the Establishment of the Extraordinary Chambers in respect of words spoken or written and all acts performed by them in their official capacity under the present Agreement will apply also after the persons have left the service of the co in- vestigating judges, the co-prosecutors, the Extraordinary Chambers, the Pre-Trial Cham- ber and the Office of Administration. Article 21. Counsel 1. The counsel of a suspect or an accused who has been admitted as such by the Extraor- dinary Chambers shall not be subjected by the Royal Government of Cambodia to any measure which may affect the free and independent exercise of his or her functions under the present Agreement. 2. In particular, the counsel shall be accorded: a. immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of personal baggage; b. inviolability of all documents relating to the exercise of his or her functions as a coun- sel of a suspect or accused; 190

c. immunity from criminal or civil jurisdiction in respect of words spoken or written and acts performed by them in their official capacity as counsel. Such immunity shall contin- ue to be accorded to them after termination of their functions as a counsel of a suspect or accused. 3. Any counsel, whether of Cambodian or non-Cambodian nationality, engaged by or as- signed to a suspect or an accused shall, in the defence of his or her client, act in accord- ance with the present Agreement, the Cambodian Law on the Statutes of the Bar and rec- ognized standards and ethics of the legal profession. Article 22. Witnesses and experts Witnesses and experts appearing on a summons or a request of the judges, the coinvesti- gating judges, or the co-prosecutors shall not be prosecuted, detained or subjected to any other restriction on their liberty by the Cambodian authorities. They shall not be subject- ed by the authorities to any measure which may affect the free and independent exercise of their functions. Article 23. Protection of victims and witnesses The co-investigating judges, the co-prosecutors and the Extraordinary Chambers shall provide for the protection of victims and witnesses. Such protection measures shall in- clude, but shall not be limited to, the conduct of in camera proceedings and the protection of the identity of a victim or witness. Article 24. Security, safety and protection of persons referred to in the present Agreement The Royal Government of Cambodia shall take all effective and adequate actions which may be required to ensure the security, safety and protection of persons referred to in the present Agreement. The United Nations and the Government agree that the Government is responsible for the security of all accused, irrespective of whether they appear volun- tarily before the Extraordinary Chambers or whether they are under arrest. Article 25. Obligation to assist the co-investigating judges, the co-prosecutors and the Extraordinary Chambers The Royal Government of Cambodia shall comply without undue delay with any request for assistance by the co-investigating judges, the co-prosecutors and the Extraordinary Chambers or an order issued by any of them, including, but not limited to: a. identification and location of persons; b. service of documents; c. arrest or detention of persons; d. transfer of an indictee to the Extraordinary Chambers. Article 26. Languages 1. The official language of the Extraordinary Chambers and the Pre-Trial Chamber is Khmer. 2. The official working languages of the Extraordinary Chambers and the Pre-Trial Chamber shall be Khmer, English and French.

191

3. Translations of public documents and interpretation at public hearings into Russian may be provided by the Royal Government of Cambodia at its discretion and expense on condition that such services do not hinder the proceedings before the Extraordinary Chambers. Article 27. Practical arrangements 1. With a view to achieving efficiency and cost-effectiveness in the operation of the Ex- traordinary Chambers, a phased-in approach shall be adopted for their establishment in accordance with the chronological order of the legal process. 2. In the first phase of the operation of the Extraordinary Chambers, the judges, the co- investigating judges and the co-prosecutors will be appointed along with investigative and prosecutorial staff, and the process of investigations and prosecutions shall be initiat- ed. 3. The trial process of those already in custody shall proceed simultaneously with the in- vestigation of other persons responsible for crimes falling within the jurisdiction of the Extraordinary Chambers. 4. With the completion of the investigation of persons suspected of having committed the crimes falling within the jurisdiction of the Extraordinary Chambers, arrest warrants shall be issued and submitted to the Royal Government of Cambodia to effectuate the arrest. 5. With the arrest by the Royal Government of Cambodia of indicted persons situated in its territory, the Extraordinary Chambers shall be fully operational, provided that the judges of the Supreme Court Chamber shall serve when seized with a matter. The judges of the Pre-Trial Chamber shall serve only if and when their services are needed. Article 28. Withdrawal of cooperation Should the Royal Government of Cambodia change the structure or organization of the Extraordinary Chambers or otherwise cause them to function in a manner that does not conform with the terms of the present Agreement, the United Nations reserves the right to cease to provide assistance, financial or otherwise, pursuant to the present Agreement. Article 29. Settlement of disputes Any dispute between the Parties concerning the interpretation or application of the pre- sent Agreement shall be settled by negotiation, or by any other mutually agreed upon mode of settlement. Article 30. Approval To be binding on the Parties, the present Agreement must be approved by the General Assembly of the United Nations and ratified by Cambodia. The Royal Government of Cambodia will make its best endeavours to obtain this ratification by the earliest possible date. Article 31. Application within Cambodia The present Agreement shall apply as law within the Kingdom of Cambodia following its ratification in accordance with the relevant provisions of the internal law of the Kingdom of Cambodia regarding competence to conclude treaties.

192

Article 32. Entry into force The present Agreement shall enter into force on the day after both Parties have notified each other in writing that the legal requirements for entry into force have been complied with. Done at Phnom Penh on 6 June 2003 in two copies in the English language. For the United Nations : HANS CORELL Under-Secretary-General for Legal Affairs The Legal Counsel For the Royal Government of Cambodia : SOK AN Senior Minister in Charge of the Council of Ministers

193

Cambodia: Amnesty International’s preliminary views and concerns about the draft agreement for the establishment of a Khmer Rouge special tribunal, ASA 23/003/2003, 21 March 2003

On 18 December 2002, the United Nations General Assembly adopted resolution (57/228), call- ing on the Secretary-General of the United Nations to resume negotiations with the Cambodian authorities to reach agreement on the establishment of an international tribunal under UN auspi- ces, for the prosecution of those charged with the most grave international crimes committed dur- ing the Khmer Rouge period between 1975-1979.

Following two rounds of negotiations, in New York and in Phnom Penh, a draft agreement was issued by the two sides on 17 March 2003.

Amnesty International welcomes any steps that ensure that those responsible for the most seri- ous violations of human rights be held to account, provided that this is achieved according to the highest international legal standards.

Amnesty International welcomes some of the provisions in the draft. However, the organization is deeply concerned about serious deficiencies in the proposed agreement that reflect a significant retreat from current international law and standards. The organization therefore calls on all mem- bers of the General Assembly to ensure that these concerns are addressed without delay before the agreement is signed. The deficiencies in the draft are so serious that Amnesty International would oppose the United Nations signing the agreement without major revision.

On the positive side, the draft provisions which Amnesty International welcomes, include the ex- clusion of amnesty or pardon for anyone investigated or convicted for crimes covered by the agreement, a clause which potentially applies to anyone previously granted an amnesty by the Cambodian authorities (draft Article 11); provisions for proceedings at all times to be held in pub- lic (draft Article 12.2); and the exclusion of the death penalty (draft Article 10), which is consistent with other international courts.

Amnesty International’s preliminary concerns about the current draft text are the following:

Insufficient guarantees for international fair trial standards

The current draft agreement limits the applicable international standards of justice, fairness and due process of law to those set out in articles 14 and 15 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) of 1966, but does not incorporate other important provisions of the ICCPR (for example article 9). Clearly, the full provisions of the ICCPR must apply. In addition, the draft does not make reference to many other stronger contemporary international standards including those in the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court and other United Nations standards such as the Basic Principles on the Independence of the Judiciary.

Insufficient guarantees for an independent and impartial court

In Amnesty International’s view, the Cambodian judicial system is weak and subject to political pressures, especially in high profile cases. It is therefore currently unable to ensure that such tri- als are conducted in a manner that would conform to international standards of fairness. Cambo- dian citizens are well aware of the inadequacies and the political interference in the judicial sys- tem where corruption is also commonplace. Amnesty International therefore welcomes the inclu- sion of international judges, an international co-investigating judge and an international co- prosecutor in the draft proposal as essential to address current weaknesses.

However, current proposals fail to guarantee the necessary independence and impartiality of the judicial process. The proposed mixture of Cambodian and international judges and

194

complicated decision making process has no precedent in any domestic or international court.Amnesty International is also concerned about provisions for Cambodian judicial con- trol to settle potential differences between the Cambodian and international co-investigating judges and co-prosecutors over investigations and indictments. Amnesty International be- lieves that this proposed structure could seriously compromise the integrity of the judicial process.

Failure to incorporate strongest principles of criminal responsibility and law on defences

The draft agreement fails to incorporate the strongest possible international principles of criminal responsibility and limits on defences as recognised in conventional and customary international law. For example, nothing in the agreement prevents an accused from successfully claiming su- perior orders as a defence.

Inadequate victim and witness protection

There is scant provision for victim and witness protection. Amnesty International recommends that these deficiencies are remedied in a subsequent accompanying document detailing the procedures of the Extraordinary Chambers that should provide an effective victim and witness protection program with sufficient resources, built on the extensive experience gained by existing international tribunals. Such a program would need to apply to judges, prosecutors, defence law- yers and others. Victims and witnesses will not come forward to testify without the necessary assurances for their safety from international, rather than domestic authorities.

Absence of provisions on reparations It is a matter of grave concern that there is no provision in the draft agreement for the Extraordinary Chambers to award reparations. Unless this is provided, it would constitute a major retreat from the Rome Statute. The Extraordinary Chambers should be able to award all forms of reparations to victims and their families, including restitution, compensation, rehabilitation, satisfaction and guarantees of non-repetition.

Failure to link the proposed judicial procedure to the rebuilding of the Cambodian criminal justice system

There is virtually nothing in the present draft agreement that will help address the longer-term deficiencies and weakness of the present Cambodian judicial system. Amnesty International be- lieves that the considerable investment required from both the international community and Cam- bodia to set-up a judicial process that meets international standards to try only a handful of peo- ple responsible for serious crimes must also be made to benefit the Cambodian judicial system as a whole. The work of the Extraordinary Chambers must be used to assist the continuing program of capacity building and technical assistance in the Cambodian judicial sector. The problems of impunity in Cambodia cannot be addressed simply by a handful of high profile prosecutions.

Amnesty International is reviewing the draft agreement in detail and plans to comment further after it has time to study it.

Amnesty International has for many years urged that those responsible for crimes against human- ity, committed during this dark period in Cambodian history, be held to account. This is important for two reasons: first, in order at last to ensure that justice is done for the victims and their families who suffered the most serious international crimes under Khmer Rouge rule and, second, to put an end to the culture of impunity that has plagued Cambodia to this day.

195

Seth Mydans, Cambodia Tribunal Dispute Runs Deeper, N.Y. Times, Feb. 7, 2009

PHNOM PENH — At first glance it seems to But foreign legal experts counter that within be simply a numbers game: whether to try 5, reasonable limits, the judicial process should 10 or more defendants for the deaths of an es- not be arbitrarily limited. timated 1.7 million people at the hands of the After a decade of difficult and not always Khmer Rouge three decades ago. friendly negotiations between the United Na- But as a United Nations-backed tribunal pre- tions and the Cambodians, a hybrid tribunal is pares to hold its first trial session next month, in place, with Cambodian and foreign co- it is embroiled in a wrangle over numbers that prosecutors and panels of co-judges in an goes to the heart of longstanding concerns awkward political and legal balancing act. about the tribunal’s fairness and independ- Now, even before Duch’s trial gets under way, ence. that balance is being tested. The Cambodian government, critics say, is Last month the foreign co-prosecutor, a Cana- attempting to limit the scope of the trials for dian named Robert Petit, submitted six more its own political reasons, a limit that the critics names to the court for investigation, saying say would compromise justice and could dis- that he had gathered enough evidence to sup- credit the entire process. port possible charges. Petit’s Cambodian counterpart, Chea Leang, objected - not on “To me, it’s the credibility of the tribunal legal grounds, but for reasons that appear to which is at stake, its integrity and therefore its reflect the government’s position on the trials. credibility,” said Christophe Peschoux, who heads the office of the United Nations High Additional indictments, the Cambodian prose- Commissioner for Human Rights in Cambo- cutor said, could be destabilizing and would dia. cost too much and take too long and would violate the spirit of the tribunal, which she The first defendant is the man with perhaps said envisioned “only a small number of tri- the most horrifying record: Kaing Guek Eav, als.” known as Duch, the commander of the Tuol Sleng torture house in Phnom Penh, where at Prime Minister Hun Sen, who bargained hard least 14,000 people were sent to their deaths. with the United Nations over the shape and His trial is to open with a procedural hearing, scope of the tribunal, has said that trying “four set for Feb. 17, at which more substantive ses- or five people” would be enough, although sions, involving witnesses and evidence, are there is no formal limit on the number. expected to be scheduled. Indeed, Peter Maguire, author of “Facing Four other defendants, all of whom were Death in Cambodia,” suggests that Hun Sen’s members of the Khmer Rouge Central Com- plan might be to try only Duch - “a garden- mittee, are also in custody, waiting their turns variety war criminal” - and hope the political to face charges in crimes that occurred while defendants die before they can be tried and they were at the top of the chain of command judged. from 1975 to 1979. As much as one-fourth of The additional names submitted by Petit have the population died from disease, hunger, not been made public. But people close to the overwork or execution under the Khmer court say that none of them holds a significant Rouge’s brutal Communist rule. position in Cambodia’s current government. Those five defendants are enough, Cambodian Both Hun Sen and several senior members of officials say. his government were Khmer Rouge cadre, but

196

experts say they do not fall under the scope of prosecutors in the open, the checks and bal- the tribunal and are not at risk of prosecution. ances of the hybrid court will meet their first major test. The mandate of the court is to try the top lead- ership of the Khmer Rouge and “those most The dispute over the number of defendants responsible” for the crimes - that is, people must now go to a pre-trial chamber whose like Duch, who oversaw the torture and killing makeup reflects the supermajority structure of of thousands of people. the tribunal, which is made up of three Cam- bodian judges and two foreigners. One of the In Cambodia, though, courts do not head off foreign judges must join the Cambodians, in a in their own directions without tight control four-vote majority, for a decision to prevail. from Hun Sen or the people around him. Some advocates of the tribunal - the Extraordinary If the panel is deadlocked three to two, ac- Chambers of the Courts of Cambodia, or cording to court rules, the prosecution must ECCC - see it as offering Cambodia a model proceed. for a more independent judiciary. But court watchers said it remained to be seen “Some in Phnom Penh are apparently fright- how cooperative the Cambodian staff would ened that the ECCC might actually succeed - be if the government did not want those cases that it might serve as an example of accounta- to move forward. bility that could be applied more widely,” said There is nothing so far to suggest that this James Goldston, executive director of the process will not work as it should, said David Open Society Justice Initiative. Scheffer, a law professor at Northwestern “With the Feb. 17 start of the first trial fast University School of Law who took part in approaching, now is the moment to show that negotiations to create the tribunal. the court is not a tool of the Cambodian gov- The real test, he said in a recent article in The ernment,” he said. “The court’s credibility is Phnom Penh Post newspaper, will be whether on the line.” the judges in the pre-trial chamber “step up to Most Cambodians are eager to see Khmer the plate and do their duty with the highest Rouge leaders brought to trial, according to an degree of judicial integrity.” extensive survey published last week by the “We can all assess that when their decision is Human Rights Center at the University of Cal- rendered,” he said. ifornia, Berkeley. But the study found that about one-third of people answering the survey had doubts about the tribunal’s neutrality and independence, perhaps because of their experience with their own corrupt and politically controlled judici- ary. Confidence in the tribunal has also been erod- ed by allegations of kickbacks that are familiar in the Cambodian court system. The allegations have left the United Nations with the awkward choice of taking action or being seen as condoning corruption. Now, with the dispute between the two co- 197

Seth Mydans, Trial Begins for Khmer Rouge Leader, N.Y. Times, Feb. 17, 2009

PHNOM PENH, Cambodia — The first trial and legal scholars. of a senior Khmer Rouge cadre opened Tues- The chief concern is that the Cambodian day, 30 years after the end of the brutal Com- members of the tribunal will not be independ- munist regime that took the lives of as many ent of their government’s political agenda. as one-fourth of Cambodia’s population. Questions have already been raised about the The first defendant is Kaing Guek Eav, 66, Cambodian co-prosecutor’s reluctance to rec- better known as Duch, the commandant of the ommend further indictments. Tuol Sleng prison and torture house, which Foreign and Cambodian analysts say the gov- sent at least 14,000 people to their deaths in a ernment, fearing that a widening circle of de- killing field. fendants could reach into its own ranks, wish- The purpose of Tuesday’s hearing is to ad- es to limit the number of those being tried, dress procedural issues before court sessions harming the tribunal’s credibility. begin next month. “We wish to see this tribunal for at least these Duch (pronounced DOIK) confessed to jour- five, and this is the minimum of the mini- nalists before his arrest nine years ago that he mum,” said Kek Galabru, a leading Cambodi- had committed atrocities, but said he had been an human rights campaigner. “A lot of people acting under orders and would himself have ask: ‘Why only five? Why only five? Why been killed if he had disobeyed. Known for his only five?’ ” brutality, he is charged with crimes against In addition, the United Nations has investigat- humanity and war crimes, and with murder ed allegations of corruption among the Cam- and torture in his prison, known as S-21. bodian members of the tribunal. The trial is Four senior Khmer Rouge officials who were supported by donations from other nations, in a position to give those orders are also in and further payments are being delayed pend- custody, but court officials say their trials may ing a resolution of these questions of corrup- not start until next year. tion. They are Nuon Chea, 82, the movement’s David Chandler, the author of “Voices From chief ideologue; Khieu Samphan, 76, who was S-21: Terror and History in Pol Pot’s Secret head of state; Ieng Sary, 82, the former for- Prison” (University of California Press, 1999), eign minister; and his wife, Ieng Thirith, 75, a said a flawed trial would be better than no trial fellow member of the Khmer Rouge Central at all. Committee. “These guys should have to finally face some The Khmer Rouge leader, Pol Pot, died in of the people and some of the evidence of 1998. Many Cambodians say they fear that what they did,” he said. “It doesn’t seem right some of the defendants may also die before that they just die in bed, tending to their they are brought to trial, and the tribunal has chickens.” been providing them the best medical care In a fanatical attempt to create a pure peasant Cambodia has to offer. society, the Khmer Rouge turned their country The trials are being held by a hybrid tribunal into a giant labor camp, evacuating cities, supported by the United Nations that includes banning commerce and religion, and trying to Cambodian and foreign judges and prosecu- exterminate the country’s educated class. tors in an awkward legal compromise that has From 1975 to 1979 at least 1.7 million people drawn criticism from human rights advocates

198

were executed or died of overwork, starvation, ture of their complaints and will be permitted torture or untreated disease. to demand symbolic damages. The Khmer Rouge left behind an eviscerated One of them is Sok Chear, 42, an office work- and traumatized society, and some human er whose father died under the Khmer Rouge. rights advocates hope the trial can bring a “We want to ask their leaders: ‘Who ordered measure of closure. this? Why did you kill Cambodian people? For what?’ ” she said. A survey of 1,000 Cambodians last year by the Human Rights Center, University of Cali- But not all Cambodians want to relive their fornia, Berkeley, found that even after three traumas, which psychiatrists here say may be decades, the traumas and hatreds persisted. reactivated by the trial. One of them is Ms. Sok Chear’s sister. In face-to-face interviews, nearly half the re- spondents said they were uncomfortable living “She says the government is finding peace for close to former members of the Khmer Rouge. the people,” Ms. Sok Chear said. “ ’Why do Two-thirds said they wanted to see former ca- you want to make trouble again? They killed dres suffer in some way. Forty percent said our father already. Now let’s just forget it.’ ” they would take revenge themselves if they The trial, in a former military headquarters had the opportunity. half an hour outside the city, is taking place in Chum Mey, 77, who is among only a handful a strange social vacuum. of people who survived Tuol Sleng, said he This is a nation that has tried, in the words of still feared Duch and was unable to look him Prime Minister Hun Sen, to “dig a hole and in the eye at a pretrial hearing in November. bury the past.” Its traumas lie beneath the sur- In the hearing room, he said, Duch behaved face of daily life, and the opening of the trial with the same air of confidence, disdain and has drawn only moderate attention here. command that had characterized his tenure as The Berkeley study found that 85 percent of prison chief. respondents had little or no knowledge of the “They tortured me for three months,” Mr. tribunal. Chum Mey said, recalling his time as a pris- It found that their main concerns were jobs, oner. “They beat me. They removed my toe- services to meet basic needs, and food. When nails. They gave me electric shocks in my ear asked what the priorities of the government — kup-kup-kup-kup, it sounded like a ma- should be, only 2 percent said justice. chine in my head, and my eyes were like burn- ing with fire.” For many in the younger generation, the Khmer Rouge atrocities are already ancient He is on the witness list to testify against history. Duch. “I want to stay alive to give evidence,” he said. “Because I survived the Khmer “Honestly, we don’t pay attention to these Rouge, and if I die before the trial, what was things,” said Ung Suchida, 24, a waitress. the point of surviving?” “They are already old. Some people, they are interested. But not me.” In an innovation, dozens of victims have en- rolled as civil parties to the case. They have grouped themselves by ethnicity or by the na-

199

Seth Mydans, Anger in Cambodia Follows Khmer Rouge Sentence, N.Y. Times, July 26, 2010

PHNOM PENH, Cambodia — Cambodia took pian communist regime run amok. a significant step Monday in addressing its Standing ramrod straight as the verdict was traumatic past with its first conviction of a read, and with a Bible by his side, Duch, now majorKhmer Rouge figure, but some survivors a convert to Christianity, seemed to struggle to were distraught over what they saw as lenient maintain his treatment composure, The Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of his jaw Cambodia, a tribunal backed by the United clenching Nations, found the commandant of the central slightly. Khmer Rouge prison and torture house guilty The verdict of war crimes and crimes against humanity, took into ac- making him the first Khmer Rouge defendant count miti- to be brought to justice in connection with the gating cir- deaths of 1.7 million people from 1975-9. cumstances, It sentenced the commandant, Kaing Guek which a court Eav, better known as Duch, to 35 years in spokesman, prison, shortening the sentence to 19 years Lars Olsen, because of time served and in compensation said included Kaing Guek Eav, commonly known as Duch. for a period of illegal detention by a military Duch’s co- court. operation, his admission of responsibility and limited expressions of remorse, the coercive That meant that Duch, who is now 67, could environment of the Khmer Rouge period and possibly walk free one day, particularly if his the possibility of his rehabilitation. term is reduced for good behavior. There is no death penalty in Cambodia, and “I felt it was like a slap in the face,” said Bou prosecutors had sought a 40-year sentence, but Meng, 69, one of only a handful of survivors many people had said they would accept noth- of the prison, Tuol Sleng. Mr. Bou Meng testi- ing less than a life sentence. fied at the trial about the torture he suffered. “I am not satisfied!” cried another Tuol Sleng It was the first time in Cambodia’s modern survivor, Chum Mey, 79, who also testified history that a senior government official had about the torture he suffered. “We are victims been made accountable for serious human two times, once in the Khmer Rouge time and rights violations and the first time such a trial now once again.” had been held that met international standards of justice. He was shouting in agitation in the muddy courtyard outside the tribunal building. For 30 years since the Khmer Rouge were ousted by a Vietnamese invasion, Cambodians “His prison is comfortable with air condition- have lived with unresolved trauma, with skulls ing, food three times a day, fans and every- and bones from some killing fields still lying thing,” he said. “I sat on the floor with filth in the open, and with parents hiding the pain and excrement all around.” of their past from their children. Some other people described more modulated Efficient and ruthless, Duch and his torture reactions. house came to symbolize the horrors of a uto-

200

Huy Vannak, a television news director, said it 78, who was minister of social welfare; Nuon was enough simply to have justice in a court, Chea, 84, known as Brother No. 2; and Khieu 30 years after the killing stopped. No sentence Samphan, 78, who was head of state. Several could measure up to the atrocities Duch com- other major figures have died, including the mitted, he said. Khmer Rouge leader, Pol Pot, in 1998. “Even if we chop him up into two million The judicial investigation in this case is ex- pieces it will not bring our family members pected to conclude in September with formal back,” he said. “We have to move on now.” indictments, and the trial itself is not expected before some time next year. Speaking just after the verdict was read, Sopheap Pich, 29, asculptor, said: “Actually Unlike Duch, these defendants have denied I’m kind of shaking inside at the moment. I’m guilt, and their lawyers have been active in not sure how I should feel. I’m not happy, not raising legal challenges. sad, just kind of numb.” In their most interesting challenge, they failed For its symbolism, he said, a life sentence in an attempt earlier this year to exclude evi- would seem most appropriate. “To come up dence obtained through torture — in other with a number doesn’t seem to make sense,” words, the Tuol Sleng archives of prisoner he said. “I’m not sure how you come up with a confessions that contain some of the potential- number.” ly most damaging testimony about the chain of command. Mr. Olsen said the prosecution had 30 days to file an appeal. For now, Duch was returned to The four defendants have been in custody the special detention house he shares with four since late 2007 and share the special jailhouse other defendants who are awaiting trial in behind the court along with Duch, and some what is known as Case Two. of them hate each other, according to people familiar with the conditions of their detention. In that case, four surviving members of the top Khmer Rouge leadership are accused of In particular, these people say, Mr. Nuon Chea crimes against humanity and war crimes. In refuses to speak to Duch, who implicated him addition to those tortured to death and execut- during his trial. According to testimony in pre- ed in killing fields, many people died of star- trial hearings, Ms. Ieng Thirith, who has vation, disease or overwork or in the forced shouted angrily during court hearings, has evacuation of Phnom Penh in which the entire been abusive to her fellow detainees on at population of the city was driven out to the least 70 occasions. countryside. Duch is said, for his part, to be fascinated by The defendants include Ieng Sary, 84, who the court case and follows reports and anal- was foreign minister; his wife, Ieng Thirith, yses closely on television.

201

Seth Mydans, Conflicts Imperil Future Khmer Rouge Trials, NY Times, June 6, 2011

BANGKOK — As it prepares to open its most by the Open Society Justice Initiative, an in- complex and significant case, a United Na- dependent legal and human rights advocacy tions-backed Cambodian tribunal trying for- group. mer Khmer Rouge leaders has been torn by About 20 months after the files were forward- conflict over what critics are calling interfer- ed to them by the prosecutors, the co- ence by the Cambodian government and inac- investigating judges — Siegfried Blunk of tion by the United Nations. Germany and You Bunleng of Cambodia — At least four foreign members of the legal announced in April that their investigations staff have walked out in recent weeks to pro- were complete. test an apparent decision by top investigators The case is still technically open until the not to pursue new prosecutions beyond the judges issue a “closing order” that can amount first two cases, which involve the conviction to an indictment. “The court’s actions suggest of a prison chief last July and the impending that the outcome of a case has been predeter- trial of four leaders of the movement, which mined, and that judges have refused to gather was responsible for the deaths of 1.7 million evidence or investigate facts, possibly in re- people from 1975-79. sponse to repeated and publicly expressed Political and legal analysts say the investiga- demands of senior political leadership,” said tors’ stance casts a shadow over a tribunal that the Justice Initiative, which has been closely had been intended, among other things, to monitoring the trial. demonstrate the workings of a legal system The judges strongly asserted in a statement untainted by politics and the official impunity last month that they had acted independently, that has been common in Cambodia. without outside interference. The investigators’ actions conform with the On Tuesday, Mr. Ban issued a statement deny- frequently and forcefully stated view of Prime ing critics’ accusations that the United Nations Minister Hun Sen that two trials were enough was not pushing for more prosecutions in a and that, as he told the United Nations secre- tribunal that has already lasted nearly five tary general, Ban Ki-moon, last October, a so- years and cost more than $100 million. “The called Case 3 was “not allowed.” United Nations categorically rejects media The tribunal is an often contentious joint en- speculation that we have instructed the co- deavor between the Cambodian government investigating judges to dismiss Case 3,” the and the United Nations and includes partner- statement reads. ships of Cambodian and foreign co- So far, the tribunal has produced one convic- prosecutors and co-judges. It uses a civil law tion, after an eight-month trial, of Kaing Guek system in which investigating judges pursue Eav, known as Duch, the commandant of Tuol possible indictments forwarded to them after a Sleng prison. He was sentenced to 35 years, preliminary investigation by prosecutors. which was reduced to 19 years. An appeal is In what is known as Case 3, the co- pending. investigating judges conducted only perfunc- The second case, to begin on June 27, is ex- tory interviews of witnesses and visits to al- pected to be more complex and to last longer, leged crime sites and did not inform the poten- with more defendants, more tenuous charges tial defendants, both accused of being sen- of command responsibility and more aggres- ior Khmer Rouge military commanders, ac- sive defense lawyers who have already filed a cording to a detailed report released Tuesday 202

flurry of pretrial motions. The prosecutor’s submission accuses them of responsibility for “forced labor, inhumane liv- The defendants, who are in custody on the ing conditions, unlawful arrest and detention, grounds of the tribunal, are aging and mostly physical and mental abuse, torture and killing” in poor health, and there are concerns that and of taking part in purges “which resulted in some may not live to hear verdicts on their at least thousands and quite probably tens of cases. The Khmer Rouge leader, Pol Pot, died thousands of deaths.” in 1998. Alone in pushing Case 3 forward is the inter- The defendants are Khieu Samphan, 79, the national co-prosecutor, Andrew Cayley, who nominal head of state; Nuon Chea, 84, de- has filed motions asking the judges to reopen scribed as the movement’s ideologue; Ieng their investigations. Sary, 85, the foreign minister; and his wife, Ieng Thirith, 79, who was minister of social In any case, he said, Case 2 would be the affairs. court’s main legacy. As for Case 3, although the defendants have “The second case that is about to commence is not been publicly named, leaked documents extremely important,” he said. “The four most show that they are Sou Met and Meas Mut, senior living members of the Khmer Rouge both of whom are now believed to be generals regime. It will probably be the largest and in the Cambodian armed forces following an most complicated prosecution since Nurem- amnesty when the last guerrilla remnants sur- berg in 1945.” rendered in the late 1990s.

203

Seth Mydans, Judge Quits Tribunal in Khmer Rouge Inquiry, N.Y. Times, Oct. 10, 2011

BANGKOK — A German judge responsible for particularly after the resignation of at least four the indictment of Khmer Rouge suspects in a staff members in the office of the co- joint Cambodian-U.N. tribunal has resigned, investigating judges. citing political interference by the Cambodian Human Rights Watch has been particularly criti- government, the tribunal announced Monday. cal of the proceedings and last week called on The judge, Siegfried Blunk, cited a series of Judge Blunk, as well as his Cambodian counter- statements by Prime Minister Hun Sen and other part, to resign after what the group called a fail- officials to the effect that no more indictments ure “to conduct genuine, impartial and effective should be handed down beyond an initial five, investigations” into the two cases. including an assertion by Mr. Hun Sen to the “The investigating judges concluded their inves- U.N. secretary general, Ban Ki-moon, that fur- tigation into Case 003 without notifying the sus- ther trials “will not be allowed.” pects, interviewing key witnesses or conducting Along with that comment, Judge Blunk quoted crime site investigations,” said Brad Adams, the the Cambodian information minister as saying in Asia director at Human Rights Watch. “This May that if investigating judges wanted to pur- would be shocking for an ordinary crime, but sue new cases, “they should pack their bags and it’s unbelievable when it involves some of the leave.” 20th century’s worst atrocities.” A statement Monday by the court said that be- Following the legal process of the tribunal, the cause of comments like those, Judge Blunk’s two pending cases were submitted by a prosecu- “ability to withstand such pressure by govern- tor to the prosecuting judges in 2009 for investi- ment officials and to perform his duties inde- gation and possible indictment. pendently could always be in doubt.” In Case 003, leaked documents from the court Testimony is due to begin in the trial of four show that the defendants are Sou Met and Meas senior leaders in connection with the deaths of Mut, both former generals in the Khmer Rouge 1.7 million people when the Khmer Rouge held army, who surrendered in the late 1990s. power, from 1975 to 1979. In the only case that The prosecutor’s submission accuses them of has been heard, Kaing Guek Eav, known as responsibility for “forced labor, inhumane living Duch, who ran the main Khmer Rouge prison, conditions, unlawful arrest and detention, physi- was sentenced to 35 years, a term that was re- cal and mental abuse, torture and killing” and of duced to 19 years. taking part in purges “which resulted in at least Judge Blunk worked as a co-investigating judge thousands and quite probably tens of thousands with a Cambodian counterpart, You Bunleng, of deaths.” who had already stated that she did not believe it Case 004 is believed to involve three other sen- was necessary to pursue the cases, a statement ior Khmer Rouge figures. that appeared to accord with the position of the Cambodian government. Testimony was to begin this year in Case 002, which involves the most senior figures to face The resignation follows months of controversy the court. They are Khieu Samphan, the former over the failure of the court to proceed with Khmer Rouge head of state; Nuon Chea, the what are known as Case 003 and Case 004. group’s chief ideologist; Ieng Sary, the former Legal experts and human rights groups had foreign minister; and his wife, Ieng Thirith, who warned about the possibility of political influ- was minister for social affairs. ence since attempts began in the 1990s to set up The Khmer Rouge leader, Pol Pot, died in the a tribunal. Their criticism sharpened this year, jungle in 1998.

204

Seth Mydans, U.N. Court in Cambodia Recommends Freeing Defendant Ill With Dementia, N.Y. Times, Nov. 17, 2011

PHNOM PENH, Cambodia — A tribunal She had appeared agitated and combative dur- backed by the United Nations that is trying top ing pretrial hearings. leaders of the Khmer Rouge announced on During a 20-minute tirade in February 2009, Thursday that a sister-in-law of the regime’s Ms. Ieng Thirith shouted at the judges, “Don’t former leader, Pol Pot, was unfit to stand tri- accuse me of murder, otherwise you will be al and should be released because she suffers cursed to the seventh level of hell.” from dementia. In ordering her release, the court said prosecu- As minister for social affairs, the defendant, tors could create a mechanism to periodically Ieng Thirith, 79, was the most powerful wom- monitor her health once she was free, with the an in the Khmer Rouge government, which possibility that she could be rearrested if her was responsible for the deaths of 1.7 million condition improved. The court said that her people from 1975 to 1979 through execution, dementia was consistent with Alzheimer’s torture, forced labor, starvation and disease. disease. A court spokesman said that she would be re- In a June 24 medical report to the court, a ger- leased “as soon as practically possible” and iatric expert from New Zealand, A. John would be “free to go wherever she wants,” Campbell, said that she was disoriented and unless prosecutors file an appeal, a process had difficulty with memory and that the medi- that could take weeks. cal workers who attended to her said she could Only five senior members of the Khmer be “bad tempered.” He said that she some- Rouge have been arrested, and Ms. Ieng times lost her way inside the small detention Thirith would be the first to be set free. . . . center and that she sometimes talked to her- self, “usually about the past and her youth.” Opening statements were scheduled for Mon- day in the trial in which Ms. Ieng Thirith was Until her arrest in November 2007, she had a defendant, along with three other former been living in a villa in downtown Phnom members of the top leadership. Penh with her husband, Ieng Sary, 86, the former Khmer Rouge foreign minister, who is The court’s ruling severed her from the case a co-defendant. even though a possible appeal may be pend- ing, said Clair Duffy, who has observed the One of her lawyers, Diana Ellis, said in an e- trial for the Open Society Justice Initiative, a mail that plans for Ms. Ieng Thirith’s future private legal and human rights group. “have yet to be finalized.” The only conditions set by the court on Thursday were that she “re- Ms. Ieng Thirith was charged with crimes frain from interfering in the administration of against humanity, genocide, homicide and justice,” including interference with potential other crimes for what the indictment said was witnesses. her role in “planning, direction, coordination and ordering of widespread purges.” Along with Mr. Ieng Sary, the remaining de- fendants are Nuon Chea, 85, the party’s chief In a statement on Thursday, the court said that ideologue, and Khieu Samphan, 80, the head while it acknowledged the gravity of the of state. Pol Pot died in 1998 without being crimes for which Ms. Ieng Thirith was tried. charged, she “lacks capacity to understand proceedings against her or to meaningfully Mr. Nuon Chea also sought to be released for participate in her own defense.” health reasons, claiming that he was not able

205

to concentrate for long periods. But he was The sisters moved to Paris, where Khieu Pon- found fit to stand trial last week, according to nary studied Khmer linguistics, and Ms. Ieng the court spokesman, Lars Olsen. Thirith, then known as Khieu Thirith, studied English literature with a focus on Shake- If it proceeds, the release of Ms. Ieng Thirith speare. will be the latest setback for the tribunal, which has been tarnished by accusations of Ms. Khieu Thirith married and took the family corruption, political interference by the Cam- name of Mr. Ieng Sary in Paris in 1951, where bodian government and lax oversight by the he was one of a group of radical Cambodian United Nations. . . . students together with Pol Pot. After returning to Cambodia, Ms. Khieu Ponnary married Pol In her angry outburst in 2009, Ms. Ieng Pot, who was several years younger than she Thirith brushed aside her lawyer, who urged was. her to sit down, declaring, “I have never been a murderer” and blaming Mr. Nuon Chea and Before the Khmer Rouge took power in 1975, Duch for the killings. Ms. Khieu Ponnary became mentally ill and Pol Pot later remarried. She died in 2003. Appearing distraught over the charges against her, she said: “I come from a well-bred fami- As her sister’s mind faded, Ms. Ieng Thirith ly. My grandfather was a school principal. became the de facto “first lady” of the revolu- And my father was a school principal.” tion, according to Elizabeth Becker, one of the few Western journalists to visit the closed na- As a young woman, Ms. Ieng Thirith was one tion during the Khmer Rouge rule. of the most brilliant scholars of her day, along with her elder sister, Khieu Ponnary.

206

Douglas Gillison, Genocide Judges Duel It Out in Phnom Penh, The Investigative Fund.org, Dec. 6, 2011

A Swiss judge announces his arrival. His trolled by the Cambodian government. “[A]ny Cambodian counterpart immediately and pub- procedural action taken by Judge Laurent licly refuses to work with him. Today’s devel- Kasper-Ansermet is not legally valid,” said opments in Phnom Penh showed that things Bunleng. remain as a bad as ever for the UN-sponsored On Monday, the court had begun to take evi- office charged with the investigation of dence in the trial of the three senior-most sur- Khmer Rouge crimes against humanity, geno- viving Khmer Rouge leaders in a highly antic- cide, and war crimes. ipated case in which Pol Pot’s government . . . [T]he UN half of the Khmer Rouge tribu- itself is under examination. nal’s Office of the Co-Investigating Judges — But the collapse of the two investigations cur- built to serve the millions of victims of the rently before Judges Bunleng and Kasper- Khmer Rouge, and an office charged with Ansermet — cases that are vehemently op- some of the most important criminal investi- posed by the Cambodian government, which gations pending anywhere in the world — views them as a threat to national security — collapsed over the course of this year. Its staff has exposed the court to the criticism that it is walked off the job in the belief that their supe- unable to follow the evidence and apply the rior, Judge Siegfried Blunk of Germany, had law independently and is engaging in selective attempted to illegally whitewash suspects justice. wanted in connection with hundreds of thou- sands of executions, forced labor, torture, and When Judge Blunk resigned amid scandal this a policy of deliberately starving the populace. past October, the secretary-general’s deputy spokesman Eduardo del Buey said at the noon Judge Blunk resigned abruptly in October but briefing on October 10 that the United Nations Cambodian authorities appear to be slow- was “working urgently to ensure that the re- walking the appointment of his replacement, serve co-investigating Judge, Mr. Laurent the Swiss financial crimes investigator Judge Kasper-Ansermet of Switzerland, is available Laurent Kasper-Ansermet . . . as soon as possible to replace Judge Blunk so In dueling statements issued to the news me- that the important work of the ECCC is not dia today, Judge Kasper-Ansermet and his disrupted.” Cambodian counterpart Judge You Bunleng In this, it would appear that so far the UN’s effectively exposed how unlikely it is that they Office of Legal Affairs has been frustrated. It will ever cooperate actively. is possible that Cambodian authorities do not After starting work last Thursday, Kasper- want Kasper-Ansermet to take office because Ansermet announced today that he had taken they fear that he may attempt to investigate up his functions and had legal authority to act the cases before him actively, unlike Blunk, even though he remains the “reserve” interna- who was widely suspected of engineering tional co-investigating judge. dismissals. An hour later, Bunleng stated that his col- When Judge Blunk resigned, he said that league had issued this statement “without any Cambodian officials’ public remarks had consultation” with him and that to enjoy full made his work impossible. Cambodia’s Coun- powers Judge Kasper-Ansermet must await cil of Ministers called this a “complete volte- official appointment by Cambodia’s king, No- face from mutual collaboration to sudden res- rodom Sihamoni, a process in reality con- ignation.” . . . 207

The continuing dysfunction of the office and architects of the structure of the court, in par- the unaddressed allegations of judicial mis- ticular the super-majority mechanism. So he conduct leveled at Blunk, who has said little may have an interest in defending this as a vi- since returning to Germany, also raise the able model. question of whether some kind of reform is But . . . Blunk was done in under truly ex- necessary for the courts established by the traordinary circumstances by his own staff, United Nations. who confronted him in what verged on a mu- There is currently no independent mechanism tiny. Such a situation is hardly called for in the to oversee (and if necessary, to discipline) the court’s procedural rules. conduct of judges at any of these courts. In an e-mail sent to me after Blunk’s resigna- This problem is especially acute at the so- tion, David Tolbert, president of the Interna- called hybrid courts such as the Cambodia tri- tional Center for Transitional Justice, said the bunal, where UN judges are called on to col- Cambodia tribunal did not have sufficient pro- laborate intimately with judges in countries cedural or legal safeguards to respond effec- where domestic courts may be less than fair tively to a Blunk scenario and that this experi- and independent. ence should not be repeated elsewhere. Since the Cambodia tribunal is legally a do- Tolbert, formerly deputy prosecutor at the mestic Cambodian court, its judges are subject Yugoslav tribunal at The Hague, served in to the oversight of Cambodia’s Supreme 2008 as the special expert on the Khmer Council of the Magistracy. However, this Rouge trials advising UN Secretary-General body is only nominally independent of the Ban Ki-moon. He suggested that some sort of Cambodian government. new oversight mechanism should be consid- Furthermore, the mechanisms built into the ered: structure of the Cambodia tribunal to insulate There is a lacuna in a number of the inter- it from outside pressure — particularly its su- national courts, not only the ECCC. Un- per-majority voting rule, which requires the like in most respected national systems, consent of UN judges for the court to issue there is no established mechanism, includ- rulings — suppose that the UN judges will ing the appropriate and necessary safe- behave perfectly. These safeguards are only as guards and protections, for reviewing the reliable as the UN judicial officers appointed conduct of judicial officials for miscon- to uphold them. There is nothing in the court’s duct or for violations of judicial or ethical procedures or law to prevent a miscarriage of standards. justice that has the support of someone like The ECCC is built on the assumption that the Judge Siegfried Blunk. international judges and prosecutors will safe- When Blunk resigned, David Scheffer, the guard the process as well as uphold the high- former US Ambassador at Large for War est standards of integrity; this is the principle Crimes Issues, put out a statement saying that behind the super-majority approach. If inter- the resignation was proof that the system national judges and/or prosecutors do not pro- worked: ”The resignation of International Co- vide that safeguard, the system fails and thus Investigating Judge Siegfried Blunk demon- justice will not be done. It is a not a system strates that the ECCC has the capacity to self- that, in my view and many others, should be correct when confronted with unique chal- replicated in other contexts. lenges.” Ambassador Scheffer is one of the

208

Cambodia: U.N. Assails Rejection of Khmer Rouge Tribunal Judge, N.Y. Times, Jan. 21, 2012

The United Nations on Friday de- plored Cambodia’s decision to reject the choice of a new judge from Switzerland to a court trying former Khmer Rouge leaders, and called on the government to appoint him im- mediately. The decision by Cambodia’s Su- preme Council of the Magistracy not to ap- point Laurent Kasper-Ansermet as a joint in- vestigating judge was “a matter of serious concern,” a United Nations statement said, and was a breach of a 2003 agreement be- tween Cambodia and the United Nations on prosecuting former Khmer Rouge officials. The United Nations had appointed Judge Kasper-Ansermet to replace a German judge who resigned in October from the joint United Nations-Cambodian tribunal because of what he said was interference by the Cambodian government.

209

Thierry Cruvellier, The Khmer Rouge’s Perfect Villain, N.Y. Times, Feb. 8, 2012 (op. ed.)

International criminal courts usually begin agreeing on others’ conceptions and for blind- their work with a mid-ranking defendant and ly respecting their criminal orders.” impose a heavy sentence after their first con- He also spoke of his days in the 1960s as a viction. The war crimes tribunals for Rwanda hard-working and beloved professor of math- and the former Yugoslavia were the first to do ematics in a town north of Phnom Penh who so. dreamed of social change. And he spoke of On Friday, the appeals chamber of the Ex- how, after eight years as a chief executioner in traordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cam- Pol Pot’s police, in the late 1980s he quietly bodia — a mixed tribunal based in Phnom returned to teaching in northwestern Cambo- Penh and tasked with trying the worst offend- dia and a few years later swapped his faith in ers of the Pol Pot regime — followed in their communism for Christianity. . . . footsteps: it imposed a life sentence on Kaing The hearings were a unique window onto the Guek Eav, also known as Duch, the 69-year- distressing and tragic work of a mass murder- old former commander of the Khmer Rouge’s er. Never before had an international tribunal infamous S-21 prison in Phnom Penh, where heard such a disturbing voice reveal such de- between 1975 and 1979 more than 12,000 tail about the workings of mass murder. Never people were detained, tortured and sent for before had Duch’s victims been allowed to execution. This decision brought the appeals voice their suffering in court and confront process to a close after Duch’s 2010 convic- their tormentor directly. tion for war crimes and crimes against human- ity and sentencing to 30 years in prison. Duch expressed remorse throughout the trial, but the prosecutors deemed this to be half- What was unusual about Duch’s trial were his hearted. He also asked for forgiveness, which confessions and reflections about how he once the victims’ families firmly rejected. He said embraced an ideology that led to the deaths of he would accept any punishment, including 1.7 million Cambodians. “stoning.” Over a period of about six months during Then, toward the end of the trial, Duch 2009, alone or facing his former subordinates, changed his mind and asked to be released, on his victims and their families, Duch detailed the grounds that he did not fall within the ju- before the tribunal the indoctrination process risdiction of the court after all because he was of the Khmer Rouge, their irreversible slide neither a “senior leader” nor among “those into criminality in the name of fighting the most responsible” for the regime’s crimes. His “enemy,” the “confessions” he extorted from Cambodian lawyer even asked that he be ac- prisoners, the torture, the systematic execu- quitted. tions and the necessity to “smash” his own people in a system of absolute terror, secrecy Victims were outraged, and the prosecutors and obedience. denounced the lack of “genuineness” in the accused’s expressions of contrition — as if He told the court: “I sincerely regret to giving one could ever expect the confession of a in to others’ ideas and concepts and to accept- mass murderer to be complete and truthful. ing the criminal tasks I was asked to do. When I think about it, I am first angry at the steering In the end, in July 2010, the trial chamber sen- committee of the party, who used all sorts of tenced Duch to 30 years in prison (specifical- tricks to lead the country to a total and abso- ly, 35 years for the crimes he committed mi- lute tragedy. I am also angry at myself for nus five years as compensation for having

210

previously been illegally detained by the mili- tional judges dissented). tary authorities). Those judges were trying to For years, the Cambodian government has strike a balance between the cooperation of bluntly shown that it wants the judicial system the accused and the gravity of his crimes. But to operate under its tight control. The regime on Friday, the appeals judges abruptly made has protected at least two suspects who were justice more acceptable to the families of ranked higher than Duch in the Khmer Rouge Duch’s victims by sentencing him to life in hierarchy. But in Duch, the perfect soldier of prison. the revolution, the government and the judici- When at the end of his trial, in late 2009, he ary found the perfect villain to make into a was faced with the prospect of spending the symbol of justice. rest of his days in prison, Duch proved to be a Yet while the difference between a sentence of common and weak man. He had already spent 30 years and one of life in prison also carries 10 years in detention. He was the only senior much symbolism, there is no sentence com- member of the Khmer Rouge to admit respon- mensurate with the crimes. sibility for crimes committed under the regime and the only mid-level officer to be brought to Now the window onto the troubling historical justice. As the door was closing on him, he and personal truths he revealed during the trial thought, Why me? will probably close forever: Unlike Duch, the only three other former Khmer Rouge leaders Duch may now regret his bold, last-minute being tried — all members of the top com- appeal for freedom and ask himself whether mand of the Pol Pot regime — do not intend he should have trusted his Cambodian lawyer to provide Cambodians with the slightest ex- and sought an acquittal. Ultimately, however, pression of guilt or a moment of truth. They it was the four Cambodian judges and one in- may now look at Duch, their subordinate, as a ternational judge in the appeals chamber who fool. tipped the balance against him (two interna-

Thierry Cruvellier is the author of “Le maître des aveux” (“The Master of Confessions”), an account of the Duch trial. He also covered the war crimes tribunals for Rwanda, Sierra Leone and Bosnia.

211

Douglas Gillison, Extra-Ordinary Injustice, The Investigative Fund.org, Feb. 27, 2012

In August of 1977, “Ta,” or “Grandfather,” that their religious practices, distinct language, An, a senior Khmer Rouge cadre, visited a and common way of life threatened their radi- labor camp in Cambodia’s Kampong Cham cal social engineering plan: a new Cambodia province. An then ordered his subordinates to in which there were only anonymous worker take all of the local Cham, a mostly Muslim collectives without religious worship or pri- ethnic minority, to “their local bases,” accord- vate property. ing to a witness cited by United Nations pros- By 1979, when invading Vietnamese forces ecutors who also saw An at the camp. toppled the Khmer Rouge government, they Ten days later, as part of a policy of extermi- were nearing their goal of exterminating the nation, a wave of mass killings of the Cham Cham in Kampong Cham province: In one community began in a local district prison. At district, only two people survived out of four night, by the banks of the Mekong River, en- Cham villages. Court-appointed demographers tire villages were emptied. Men, women, and estimate that about 19 percent of Khmers, the children were marched to the prison where ethnic majority, perished during the regime; in they were bludgeoned to death. The slaughter contrast, almost double, or 36 percent of continued until after midnight. Cambodia’s Chams were killed. A loudspeaker played revolutionary songs to When I met An last August, he was living in a cover the sounds of their screams. Small chil- wooden hovel close to the border with Thai- dren were murdered by being slammed into land, far from the scene of the genocide. At tree trunks. Executioners competed to see who 78, he is old and frail — but free. could kill the fastest, the same witness said, At the insistence of the Cambodian govern- with one boasting of slaying ninety in an hour. ment, An and four others charged with the At one point during the killing, a boat carried worst crimes known to man will never face a thousand Cham teenagers to their deaths. A trial. The reasons for the government’s oppo- roundup in one village was able to collect only sition are uncertain, but Prime Minister Hun women and children as all the men were away Sen has warned repeatedly — to general dis- performing forced labor. belief — of a return to civil war if the Khmer Further up the river, near Wat Stung Trang Rouge tribunal were to prosecute An or any Prison, also allegedly under An’s authority, other suspects beyond the five already de- witnesses told UN prosecutors they recalled tained in 2007. seeing many Cham corpses, including head- The result is that a mere handful of defendants less children, float downstream. The bodies are facing trial for the crimes of the Khmer likely came from the five Cham villages Rouge while others suffer little more than old whose inhabitants had all been detained on the age and occasional visits from reporters. Most opposite riverbank. of the atrocities in the two cases opposed by The genocide of Cambodia’s Chams is little the government will never be investigated, let known in the rest of the world, though it is alone be examined at trial. among the cruelest episodes in the four-year The Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of reign of Pol Pot, which left up to 2.2 million Cambodia, as the Khmer Rouge tribunal is people dead. Some evidence indicates that two formally known, were jointly created in 2006 years into their rule, the Communist Party of by the UN and the Cambodian government. It Kampuchea had planned to eliminate Cambo- was meant to bring to trial “senior leaders” dia’s Muslims by 1980. The regime believed and those “most responsible” for the crimes of 212

the Pol Pot era. A sticking point in the negoti- tion that were among the most horrific mo- ations that created the court was the freedom ments between 1977 and 1979. With Ta An, of the court’s prosecutors to determine whom Yim Tith, alias Ta Tith, and Im Chaem al- and how many they could bring to trial. As legedly bear responsibility for hundreds of recent developments show, the battle contin- thousands of deaths. As with Case 003, the ues: Judge Laurent Kasper-Ansermet has or- suspects in Case 004 have not been officially dered the reopening of investigations in Case named. 003, despite the government’s resistance. The office charged with these investigations Four cases have come before the Extraordi- collapsed last year after an internal battle over nary Chambers. the disposal of Cases 003 and 004. A UN • Case 001, the trial of the commander of Pol judge, Siegfried Blunk, resigned after his own Pot’s secret police, was completed in 2009. staff accused him of falsifying evidence but The defendant, known as Duch, was given a said that Cambodian officials’ public remarks life sentence in a judgment on appeal handed opposing the investigations had made his down on February 3. work impossible. • Case 002 is the trial of the three most senior As the court’s two co-investigating judges be- surviving Khmer leaders accused of policies gan the process of prematurely wrapping up amounting to crimes against humanity, war investigations in these cases last April, prose- crimes, and genocide. The trial began in June cutors on the court’s UN side were left with 2011 and is expected to last for several years; the task of challenging the dismissal of their its elderly defendants may die before it is own cases and battling for genuine and thor- completed. The defendants are Nuon Chea, ough investigations. This has required them to the former communist party deputy secre- file motions which were repeatedly and sum- tary, 85; Ieng Sary, the former foreign minis- marily denied, sometimes in personally hostile ter, 86; and Khieu Samphan, the former head terms. of state, 80. (Ieng Thirith, 79, who may have Were he ever to appear in court, the case Alzheimer’s, is undergoing a period of care against Ta An would make him among the to see if she can regain the mental fitness to most important criminal defendants anywhere stand trial.) in the world. In addition to the genocide of the The Cambodian government is adamantly op- Cham, prosecutors allege that in 1977, An posed to two other cases opened by UN took control of a network of prisons in a for- prosecutors in 2009: mer administrative region known as the Cen- tral Zone in which as many as 170,000 people • Case 003 involves former navy commander were executed, with the bulk killed over a pe- Meas Mut and former air force commander riod of just two years. In addition, An alleged- Sou Met. The suspects, who are charged with ly purged the zone — which was declared war crimes and crimes against humanity for “disloyal” for failing to meet goals set by the policies of execution, torture, and forced la- regime — of virtually all officials and their bor, have not been named publicly but their families, who were arrested and executed. identities are well-known. Since the end of Cambodia’s civil war, both have been given But, with the exception of one location, the 11 roles in Cambodia’s military establishment. prisons, execution sites, and a labor camp which prosecutors lay at the feet of Ta An will • Case 004 concerns three mid-level Khmer never be the subject of any trial. Rouge cadre who are charged with a wave of purges, executions, forced labor, and starva- Of the 18 other crime scenes allegedly con-

213

trolled by Tith and Chaem, only three are part how much of the Khmer Rouge era remains to of the current Khmer Rouge trial, meaning be studied 33 years after the regime’s collapse most of the victims will be denied their day in and to emphasize both the urgent necessity of court. investigation as well as the gravity of the alle- As the intent to scuttle the investigations into gations that the investigating judges deliber- Cases 003 and 004 became increasingly ap- ately attempted to shut down their own cases. parent over the course of 2011, disgruntled From east to west, Cambodia’s countryside is officials began to leak information to the news littered with the remains of Khmer Rouge vic- media, exposing just how much killing and tims, their skulls piled high in memorials con- suffering was to be swept under the rug and structed at Buddhist temples and reliquaries in how many Cambodians were to experience, the turbulent days after the fall of the regime yet again, the fact that their courts may impose in 1979. At Wat Baray Chan Dek, a former order but so often fail to seek the truth or de- prison in Kampong Thom province and a Cen- liver justice. tral Zone crime scene, prosecutors say a secu- Though the crimes before the Khmer Rouge rity guard witnessed the removal of livers tribunal are less famous than those of the Bal- from living people. Citing a report by the his- kan conflict or the Rwandan genocide, they torian Henri Locard, prosecutors said the dwarf virtually all the cases before the world’s “largest collection of skulls outside Phnom other atrocity courts. In the Bosnian enclave Penh” is held at a memorial stupa at Tuol Ta of Srebrenica, for example, the world’s atten- Phlong Prison, also in Kampong Thom, where tion was seized by the Bosnian Serb Army’s “at least” 40,000 people are believed to have 1995 massacre of more than 8,000 men and been killed. boys, described as the worst massacre on Eu- Having moldered in the monsoons for three ropean soil since World War II. Ghastly as it decades, they are as much testament to the is, such a death toll is easily matched or sur- victims as they are to the destitute and trauma- passed by many individual crime scenes just tized world the survivors inherited. In inter- in Case 004 (see “Crimes Scenes of the views, people in Kampong Cham province Khmer”), in which prosecutors allege that Ta confirmed prosecution allegations that when An, Ta Tith, and Im Chaem controlled 29 the south-westerners — or the “Niredey” in prisons, execution sites, and labor camps. Khmer — arrived, food became scarcer, work None of these allegations have been proven in became harder, and the killing much more court. And given that none of the suspects frequent. have been arrested or even formally notified Ta An, charged with responsibility for Wat of the cases against them, they do not have Baray Chan Dek, Tuol Ta Phlong, and the defense lawyers. The prosecution’s confiden- other Central Zone crimes, lives with his fami- tial introductory submissions — documents ly in a wooden shack in Kamrieng district, at that record UN prosecutors’ preliminary alle- the western edge of Battambang province. He gations — in cases 003 and 004, which have gave an interview in August to Voice of been widely leaked, may ultimately be shown America and contracted typhoid soon after. to contain errors. The evidence establishing To give him relief from the heat, his family the suspects’ effective control over crime had moved him to an outdoor shack next to scenes or authority in forming policies would the unpaved road outside their house. Using be subject to heavy scrutiny before any in- an intravenous drip, he appeared very feeble dictment could be issued. and claimed a strenuous interview could kill But such concerns only serve to underscore him.

214

“The charge, the allegation, is not correct,” he pass by,” she said, adding that a commune of- managed to say on one of several visits I made ficial later told her, “You’ll be next.” to his house in sleepy O’Da commune. Prior In the former Khmer Rouge redoubt of to falling ill, he had told Voice of America Anlong Veng in northwestern Banteay that by the time of his arrival in the Central Meanchey province, Im Chaem, 68, a suspect Zone in 1977, the killing was over. in Case 004 who is now a local government This would effectively shift blame to An’s su- official nearing retirement, reluctantly agreed perior, the former zone secretary Ke Pork, to discuss her time as chief of nearby Preah who died in 2002, before the tribunal was cre- Net Preah district, where UN prosecutors al- ated. lege that she oversaw five labor camps and But visits I made to the Cambodian country- prisons where nearly 50,000 people died. side revealed that evidence exists to support She issued a blanket denial. “I don’t know an- prosecution allegations, whether the tribunal ything so I think if such things happened then will collect it or not. it must have occurred before my mandate,” Chaing Nhor, 58, now chief of Chrey Vien she said. “If we are talking about manage- commune in Prey Chhor district, where An ment, it was not an easy world because it is once kept his office, recalled that as a young not easy to manage a big district.” man, he had seen An. He scoffed at An’s as- But one of her former prisoners disagreed. sertion that Pork bore responsibility for the Kim Neou, 53, an emaciated man with a per- crimes charged against An: “I did not see Pork sistent cough, lives in Phnom Trayoung vil- here. I had seen only An who ordered to arrest lage, where he was once imprisoned at a labor these people.” camp at which the prosecution estimates Recalling the car in which An traveled, Nhor 40,000 people died. said, “It was very scary when I saw the Amer- Prisoners were executed at the foot of a moun- ican jeep. They usually arrested people and tain near the stone quarry where the camp tied up both hands to the back.” was. Stone is still extracted there today. When An arrived in the Central Zone, he al- The security center at the camp was created legedly began a top-down purge of virtually during Chaem’s tenure, said Neou. On all local officials, who were arrested and de- Chaem’s watch, he said, more people were livered into the hands of the secret police to be executed, the work was very hard, and the executed. He assumed control over Sector 41, food zealously rationed. Sometimes ten people a large area of Kampong Cham province, and succumbed to starvation in a single day. prosecutors claim the deputy chairman of the entire Central Zone, known as Sreng — an Chaem’s denials of guilt are not credible, said alias for a man named Chhor Chhen — was Neou, who claimed he witnessed a meeting replaced by An himself. between Chaem and Kan, the head of the labor camp’s security office. In an August interview, Sreng’s niece, Cheng Tol, 58, told me that with her uncle, her par- “She did it but she did not confess,” Neou ents, grandparents, brothers, and sisters had said. “I can say that she did not do it by her also been taken away by the Niredey. As the hand, by herself, but she put out the orders.” arrests happened, she hid. “She ate here and she stayed here and the for- “I was very scared, in hiding, and just stayed mer house that she lived in now is the location quietly, frightened each time I heard an oxcart of the commune office,” he said.

215

The loud insistence with which the Cambodi- opposition to Cases 003 and 004 are doubtful. an government has opposed the investigations Hun Sen has repeatedly claimed that addition- has clearly not gone unnoticed by potential al prosecutions will cause war. Phay Siphan, witnesses and victims petitioning for repara- spokesperson for the government’s Council of tions. Ministers, the body which negotiated the tri- Neou said he had not answered to his name bunal’s creation with the UN, said in an inter- when he was visited by people he suspected view that the additional cases indeed repre- were court officials. “It’s dangerous,” he said, sented a threat and the ruling Cambodian Peo- “that almost entire people in the village keep ple’s Party “doesn’t want them.” quiet and just pointed fingers to me, the per- It is enough for the court to demonstrate that son who speaks out about the suffering here. “ the Pol Pot regime was “genocidal,” he said, In June, people representing 550 villagers adding when pressed that unnamed persons claiming to be victims of crimes committed ready to return to civil war over the court’s during the construction of the Trapaing Thma prosecutions did in fact exist. “They are in dam wrote a letter to the court’s co- there. They are in there,” he said. investigating judges, urging them to pursue If so, they are well hidden. With the surrender their work. of the Khmer Rouge at the close of the 1990s, The letter’s five authors said victims should many of the former rebels were integrated into have been offered the chance to testify “and Cambodia’s military and society. The current would like to appeal to the co-investigating ruling party is also headed by politicians who judges to independently investigate without defected from the Khmer Rouge as internal interference from outside politicians.” purges intensified and the January 1979 col- lapse of the regime drew closer. Heng Samrin, “We highly hope the Khmer Rouge tribunal the president of the National Assembly, Cam- will give justice to all of us who are victims,” bodia’s lower house of Parliament, once led a they wrote. Khmer Rouge military division suspected of In interviews, people petitioning the court for atrocities in Vietnam. The president of the reparations for their suffering at the dam site Senate, Chea Sim, was once a Khmer Rouge said they had seen a government official on district chief, the same rank as that held by Im television announcing that this investigation Chaem. The prime minister himself, a former should not exist. military commander in the East Zone, defect- ed to Vietnam in 1977. “When I heard that, I was really concerned for my personal security,” said a woman whose Given the makeup of Cambodia’s ruling class, lawyers asked that she not be named. “I was prosecutions that venture beyond a symbolic so angry when I heard the information that the few may be a threat to party unity — one pos- case should not proceed,” she added. “I won- sible reason the government is so reluctant to dered why, what’s wrong with this case?” prosecute new cases. The judges refused to answer the letter. Silke Youk Chhang, who says he survived forced Studzinsky, a German lawyer representing the labor under Im Chaem, is today the director of complainants, received a curt e-mail from a the Documentation Center of Cambodia, a re- court clerk saying the fact that she had passed search institute and repository of Khmer on her clients’ letter, which contained “obvi- Rouge archives. He believes the prospect of ously false” information, was “disconcerting.” broader prosecutions is unsettling to people at different levels of Cambodian society. Some The reasons for the government’s steadfast fear arrest and others fear embarrassment,

216

which makes the additional cases a threat not all. In what Brad Adams of Human Rights only to the ruling party’s unity but also its Watch wrote was a “shocking repudiation of prestige and its ability to attract recruits and international justice standards,” the United sustain allegiance. States, Japan, France, and Australia engi- But it is also a battle over history, and whose neered a UN General Assembly resolution re- version prevails. The story of the ruling Cam- quiring Kofi Annan to return to the negotiat- bodian People’s Party and its claim to heroism ing table under pressure to accept the Cambo- arose out of its victory over the Pol Pot regime dian government’s terms. and its negotiated resolution to the civil war. Both Zacklin and his former boss, the former The longer the trials last, the longer the public UN Undersecretary-General for Legal Affairs may credit the international community and Hans Corell, maintain today that their earliest not the ruling party for writing the final chap- fears have been vindicated. ter in the Khmer Rouge saga, said Chhang, “This is precisely the situation that we foresaw noting the bitter irony that the UN and foreign and I have to say it’s quite sad to see that it’s powers had all supported the Khmer Rouge actually happened,” Zacklin said in New for many years. York, where he currently works as a consult- A decade ago, UN legal officers sensed these ant in international law after resigning from problems coming and attempted to pull out of the UN in 2005. “It’s certainly not a shining the negotiations with the Cambodian govern- example of a justice system that the UN’s ment. The most serious concerns, according to name should be attached to,” he said. In an e- documents unearthed this year by the historian mail, Corell expressed a similar opinion. “In Stephen Heder (who resigned as a tribunal my view, the tribunal should have been an in- consultant in May, citing its refusal to investi- ternational tribunal with a majority of interna- gate), were that the government would inter- tional judges.” fere in the process and that, according to a M. Cherif Bassiouni, a Nobel nominee and February 2002 note to Secretary-General Kofi legal scholar who was a driving force behind Annan, “the Cambodian judges and prosecutor the creation of the International Criminal could under pressure choose defendants based Court, says that while the Cambodia tribunal on political considerations.” “has the trappings of an actual criminal tribu- UN legal officers had privately expressed sim- nal, it fails to deliver in fundamental ways up- ilar concerns since as early as 1999, according on the promise of international criminal law.” to the confidential documents published by An important achievement, he wrote in an e- Heder, currently a professor at the School of mail, is that the court is located in Cambodia, Oriental and African Studies at the University which has allowed victims to observe pro- of London. In a note to file in June that year, ceedings, something most international courts Assistant Secretary-General for Legal Affairs have not done. Ralph Zacklin wrote that a “trial of selected Khmer Rouge leaders which would shield But political interference by the Cambodian other leaders presently situated in Cambodian government and an imbalance of power be- territory from legal process, would be an un- tween the court’s two halves — its more nu- acceptable form of selective justice.” merous Cambodian judges and its more au- thoritative international ones — has had “re- The UN attempted to withdraw from the nego- markable and tragic” results in the failure to tiations in 2002 but member states refused to investigate cases 003 and 004. accept this, finding that a flawed Khmer Rouge tribunal was better than no tribunal at “This is a mockery of real justice, and in a

217

very real way a façade, a Potemkin process,” principle, and the administration of justice. He Bassiouni said. pledged on arrival to remain at the tribunal for Youk Chhang, of the Documentation Center, the duration of its existence but was short- believes that in the minds of Khmer Rouge listed last year as a candidate for the chief survivors, by 2007 the court had already prosecutor job at the International Criminal struck a powerful blow by detaining five sus- Court in The Hague, a sign that he was con- pects, one of whom, the ex-foreign minister sidering work elsewhere. (The position was Ieng Sary, loomed large as a government ally awarded last December to Fatou Bensouda, a and had been granted a Royal Pardon and Gambian lawyer who is the ICC’s current Amnesty in 1996 as the civil war came to an deputy prosecutor.) end. “We’re in the presence of millions of people Chhang said, “When [Ieng Sary] was arrested, who have differing levels of grief, either be- you could see that for many survivors, they cause they were victims themselves or be- claimed victory.” cause they had relatives that were killed,” Cayley said in an interview. “The moral bur- Andrew Cayley, the British International Co- den is immense. If you believe in Heaven and Prosecutor, has vowed to pursue the cases if Hell, God is watching what we’re doing here.” for no other reason than to uphold procedure,

Research support for this article was provided by The Investigative Fund at The Nation Institute.

218

UN Judge Quits Cambodia War Crimes Tribunal, Aljazerra.com, March 19, 2012

An international judge has resigned from the Government interference UN-backed Khmer Rouge war crimes tribu- Blunk quit the court, blaming government in- nal, citing political interference by Cambo- terference in two potential new cases, in dia’s government after he tried to investigate which five mid-level Khmer Rouge members more suspects. face a string of allegations including mass kill- Judge Laurent Kasper-Ansermet, the Swiss ings and forced labour during the regime’s co-investigator, whose predecessor Siegfried 1975-1979 reign of terror. Blunk quit for similar reasons in October, said The United Nations named Kasper-Ansermet, he had been constantly undermined by his the reserve judge, as Blunk’s replacement. Cambodian counterpart, You Bunleng. But Cambodia refused to recognise the ap- “The situation is completely blocked,” pointment, prompting an unprecedented row Kasper-Ansermet told AFP. and forcing the Swiss to work without the In a statement released by the court, Kasper- support of his Cambodian counterpart You. Ansermet said that “You Bunleng’s active op- The court, set up to find justice for the deaths position to investigations into cases 003 and of up to two million people under the hardline 004 has led to a dysfunctional situation”. communist Khmer Rouge regime, has for “Judge Laurent Kasper-Ansermet considers years been dogged by claims of political med- that the present circumstances no longer allow dling. him to properly and freely perform his duties,” The Cambodian government, which includes the statement said. many former Khmer Rouge members, strong- The judge will stay in his role until May 4. It ly opposes pursuing more suspects of the re- is unclear whether the UN has a replacement gime beyond the current second trial. ready, but observers said any future judge The tribunal has so far completed just one tri- would likely face similar difficulties. al, sentencing former prison chief Kaing Guek “I’m surprised by the resignation but I’m not Eav, better known as Duch, to life in jail on surprised at what has led to it,” said tribunal appeal last month for overseeing the deaths of monitor Clair Duffy from the Open Society some 15,000 people at a torture prison. Justice Initiative. Hun Sen, the prime minister, himself a former “The UN and donors have to address the heart Khmer Rouge soldier, in 2010 told UN Secre- of the problem: that the Cambodian govern- tary General Ban Ki-moon that more indict- ment is trying to control who this court inves- ments were “not allowed” and had previously tigates and prosecutes.” said he would be happy if the court packed up and left.

219

UN Must Reconsider Commitment to Khmer Rouge Court, Open Society Justice Initiative, soros.org, March 21, 2012

NEW YORK—The Open Society Justice Ini- ment officials, including the Prime Minister, tiative is calling upon the United Nations to the Foreign Minister, and government spokes- reconsider its commitment to the Khmer persons, that the court will close after its pros- Rouge tribunal, following the recent resigna- ecution of those currently being tried and will tion of International Co-Investigating Judge, not investigate or adjudicate two additional cases previously referred for inves- Laurent Kasper-Ansermet. tigation. Judge Kasper-Ansermet is the second interna- • Persistent, well-documented violations of the tional judge to resign from the court in six rights of suspects and victims alike throughout months, due to apparent Cambodian govern- the course of flawed judicial investigation into ment interference in the progress of investiga- Cases 003 and 004. Violations have been doc- tions into five individuals alleged to have umented by international judges of the court’s Pre-Trial Chamber, as well as Judge Kasper- played significant roles in the commission of Ansermet himself, and include allegations of Khmer Rouge atrocities. serious judicial misconduct. The allegations against the five individually • Persistent attempts by national Pre-Trial link them to the deaths of tens of thousands of Chamber judges to thwart the provisions of the people during the reign of the Khmer Rouge Agreement designed to guarantee the court’s regime. independence, by removing international judi- cial officers from decision-making in relation Judge Kasper-Ansermet’s resignation adds to to Cases 003 and 004. already mounting evidence of absence of good Article 28 of the 2003 ECCC Agreement pro- faith on the part of the Cambodian govern- vides for withdrawal if Cambodia is “causing ment in relation to the 2003 treaty it entered [the Court] to function in a manner that does into with the United Nations to establish the not conform with the terms of the […] court, officially named the Extraordinary Agreement.” Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC). The United Nations must now determine According to international law governing the whether its continued partnership in the ECCC treaty, Cambodia and the UN are obligated to is a genuine search for truth and justice, or carry out its provisions “in good faith.” Evi- rather an international endorsement of a Cam- dence of absence of good faith on the part of bodian government-controlled and politically- the Cambodian government now includes: driven process. • The resignation of two international investi- To this end, the Justice Initiative calls on the gating judges due to apparent Cambodian government interference in the conduct of UN to publicly clarify that the Cambodian their work. government has breached the ECCC Agree- • The Cambodian government’s January 2012, ment by obstructing the investigations of Cas- breach of the agreement establishing the es 003 and 004. court—categorized as such by the UN itself— We urge the UN to immediately set up an in- in repudiating express terms which required it dependent panel of experts that will expedi- to immediately endorse Judge Kasper- Ansermet’s appointment as full co- tiously review this record of political interfer- investigating judge following the resignation ence in the court, and propose recommenda- of Judge Siegfried Blunk. tions for the UN’s response. . . . • Repeated statements by Cambodian govern-

220

Mark McDonald, The Tortuous Path to Justice in Cambodia, Interantional Herald Tribune, March 27, 2012

HONG KONG - To watch the court proceed- Sary and Khieu Samphan. . . . ings, to hear the lawyers’ objections, to sit Nate Thayer, a journalist and author with deep through the delays and the quibbles and the knowledge of Cambodia and the Khmer endless parsing of words, it’s enough to make Rouge, also has a deep disdain for the tribu- a good number of Cambodians want to simply nal, which he told me Tuesday was “an insidi- unshackle the prisoners and set them free. ous, dangerous mockery of the rule of law that Game over. sets an unacceptable new model for legitimiz- But these prisoners - they’re just three arro- ing a 21st-century version of a Stalinist show gant old men now - had once been the most trial.’’ senior leaders of the Khmer Rouge, the ruth- Mr. Thayer traveled with the guerrilla re- less Communist regime that killed 1.7 million sistance after the fall of the Khmer Rouge, liv- Cambodians. The court’s raison d’etre now ing rough, fording streams, camping in jun- seems to spin less and less around the horrors gles. In 1997 he scored a major scoop: an in- the men perpetrated and how much prison terview at a remote Khmer Rouge camp with time they should serve; more to the point the fugitive Pol Pot. is how they are being judged by the United Nations-backed war crimes tribunal in Phnom His interview for the Far Eastern Economic Penh. Review was the first with the former “Brother No. 1” in nearly 20 years. (The piece can be There has been an explosion of frustration found on Mr. Thayer’s Web site.) At the time, over the tribunal in recent days, ever since an- Pol Pot had already been denounced by his other international investigating judge ten- followers. He was in failing health, and died dered his resignation. Laurent Kaspar- the next April. Ansermet of Switzerland said the court is now “dysfunctional,” riven with petty intrigues and Pol Pot said to Mr. Thayer: “Even now, and a carrying a political taint that keeps it from you can look at me: Am I a savage person? investigating well-documented crimes of well- My conscience is clear.’’ known Khmer Rouge alumni who are living Mr. Thayer said “the judicial process is entire- openly and freely in Cambodia. ly under the control of former Khmer Rouge.” Mr. Kaspar-Ansemet complained, for exam- Referring to the Cambodian judge, he said, ple, that a Cambodian fellow judge, You Bun- “The judge is bought and paid for in the most leng, had questioned his authority and had mockingly transparent manner. It is a scandal blocked his access to cars and drivers. He said only that the U.N. allows itself to be a party to he would not let him use the court’s official the farce.” seal to stamp legal documents. . . . “The only thing the U.N. and donor countries Despite tens of millions of dollars in interna- can do to put some faith back into those who tional funding - Australia kicked in an addi- had relied on the system of international law is tional $1.7 million on Monday - the tribunal to pull out now,’’ Mr. Thayer said. “If the has convicted only one person so far, the for- Cambodians want to hold a political show tri- mer prison warden known as Duch. His prison al, let them do it without the support of the so- sentence was recently extended to a life term, called properly organized world.’’ even as he testifies in alarming detail against Joshua Kurlantzick, in a commentary on the his three former superiors - Nuon Chea, Ieng Web site of the Council on Foreign Relations,

221

said he thinks “the KR tribunal is going from Youk Chhang has transcribed countless per- bad to worse.” sonal histories dating to the Khmer Rouge era, which is known in Cambodia as “Pol Pot “For years,” he said, “I thought the K.R. tri- time.” The fireproofed filing cabinets in his bunal was still worth it, despite its long de- offices contain tens of thousands of interviews lays, despite the fact that Pol Pot died in the and documents that tell the story of that dark jungle without any real trial, despite the possi- era - and which directly implicate more than a bility that many of the top K.R. leaders were dozen former Khmer Rouge leaders. so old that they would never do any real jail time, and despite the significant expense of He and his staff also have found and mapped the process (paid by foreign donors).” some 20,000 mass graves, plus 167 former Khmer Rouge prisons, some of them larger “But now, with the tribunal becoming ever than Tuol Sleng, or S-21, the regime’s main more of a farce, I’m starting to change my torture house that was run by Duch. mind,” Mr. Kurlantzick concluded. Youk Chhang has been a friend of mine over Youk Chhang has another view. He sees great the years, and with all the horrors he has heard value in the tribunal. Even now. and chronicled, it’s a wonder he can sleep at “The tribunal is all about better justice,’’ he night. told me over the phone on Tuesday from As he watches the court proceedings each day, Phnom Penh. “For the first time in Cambodian he told me, his thoughts often wander back a history there’s a culture of debate here. It has generation, to the account he heard from a reduced violence. It creates democracy. It young peasant woman who had fallen in love makes the farmer the equal of the prime min- with a Khmer Rouge fighter. She became ister.’’ pregnant - a serious violation of the party’s It’s likely that nobody knows more about the lunatic Stalinist code. atrocities of the Khmer Rouge than Youk To save herself and her lover from being exe- Chhang. He is the director of theDocumenta- cuted, she asked the local Khmer Rouge polit- tion Center of Cambodia, a heroic private ical chief for an abortion. She begged for the agency that since 1995 has been chronicling abortion, telling him she feared that the child the crimes of the Communist regime that ruled was from the C.I.A. Cambodia from 1975-79. “The case of that woman, it went against eve- He was a teenager when the red-scarved ma- rything you know, that a parent loves their niacs came to power. He was pressed into child,’’ said Youk Chhang. “Imagine, a wom- farm labor, then escaped, made his way to a an willing to kill her own child. It breaks your Thai refugee camp and resettled in Dallas be- heart.” fore coming back to Cambodia. . . .

222

Peter Maguire, ECCC’s Tarnished Legacy and the UN, Cambodia Tribunal Monitor (Cam- bodiatribunal.org), March 27, 2012

After spending more than three years and 1991 Paris Treaty did not contain the word $200 million, the Khmer Rouge war crimes genocide of crimes against humanity, only a court--the Extraordinary Chambers in the single Orwellian sentence that vowed “the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC)—is making sig- non-return to the policies and practices of the nificant progress in their trial against senior past.” However, in stark contrast to the suc- Khmer Rouge leaders Noun Chea, Ieng Sary, cessful reconstructions of Germany and Japan, and Khieu Samphan. this one would be run by civilians, and the Khmer Rouge would be treated as one of four However, all is not well in Phnom Penh. Lau- legitimate political parties in an effort to cre- rent Kasper-Ansermet, a Swiss ECCC reserve ate “a neutral political environment.” Accord- judge who resigned last week over the Cam- ing to the UN’s “expanded peacekeeping” bodian refusal to support investigations for model, neutrality was the highest political vir- cases 3 and 4 blasted the court’s “egregious tue; military affairs were viewed dismissively dysfunctions.” UN chief Ban Ki Moon an- as another facet of police work. The UN made nounced that the organization would not toler- no effort to disarm the Khmer Rouge, much ate “impunity for the crimes committed during less collect any evidence of war crimes or the period of the Democratic Kampuchea.” provide any form of accountability; in fact, United Nations brass and their advocates in they did the opposite and treated them like a the human rights industry have decided to take legitimate political party. a principled stand, rather than complete one the most significant war crimes trials since The job of collecting evidence during this un- Nuremberg. However, it is too late for the UN resolved conflict fell to a number of disparate to reclaim their political virginity in Cambodia NGOs like the Campaign to Oppose the Re- as they entered this Faustian “mixed tribunal” turn of the Khmer Rouge, the Photo Archive arrangement with open eyes. Rather than ex- Group, the Yale Genocide Project, and finally press “concern,” “serious concern,” or “grave the Documentation Center of Cambodia. The concern,” the UN should make good on years only goal these groups shared was a desire to of hollow threats and withdraw once the sec- preserve historical evidence of the Cambodian ond trial is complete and relegate the “mixed genocide. Why was this so important during tribunal” model to the dust bin of history. the 1990s? Because the Khmer Rouge re- The UN has not earned the right to such sanc- mained a potent political and military force timony given their history in Cambodia: A and they were successfully revising their his- short history lesson is in order. After the Viet- tory by blaming the atrocities on Vietnam. In namese toppled the Khmer Rouge in 1979 and the end, the Khmer Rouge was not destroyed it was clear that the Chinese-sponsored Mao- by fear of the long arm of “global justice” but ists had committed the worst atrocities since a deft combination of military force and di- World War II, the UN allowed the genocidal plomacy carried out by Cambodian strongman regime to retain Cambodia’s seat in the Gen- Hun Sen. It was only after all the heavy lifting eral Assembly. During the UN’s remarkably was done that the UN reentered the picture unsuccessful, two-year multi-billion dollar and, after years of negotiations, formed an in- occupation (1991-1992) that sent more than credibly complicated mixed Cambodian and 20,000 troops and 5,000 civilian advisers to UN court that granted the Cambodians a ma- Cambodia, there was no mention of war jority at every level. It comes as no surprise crimes or any form of accountability – the that the Cambodian government refuses to

223

support more trials – Cambodia Prime Minis- ter Hun Sen has never wavered from this posi- If the UN’s leadership insists on making the tion. However, due to the revolving door be- perfect the enemy of the good, they will not tween the United Nations and international complete Case 002. Cambodia’s “mixed tri- humanitarian law NGOs, upper tier UN offi- bunal” should be deemed an expensive, over- cials appear more intent on appeasing foreign complicated experiment that should never to “international legal experts” and upholding so- be tried again. International criminal law is called “international standards” than complet- messy by its political nature; it is anything but ing the trials. the simple application of laws to facts, and no During the 1990s, the UN proved unwilling to amount of time, money, or procedural correct- stop crimes against humanity and genocide in ness can change this fact. Just as the Nurem- civil wars throughout the globe and instead berg trials were tainted, but not discredited, by shifted their efforts from war-crimes preven- the Soviet courtroom presence, their bogus tion to war-crimes punishment. War crimes, Katyn Massacre charges, and the secret re- human rights, and post-tragedy justice have lease of convicted war criminals, the ECCC’s become an industry – complete with stars like legacy has been tarnished by dueling investi- David Scheffer, power brokers like Arieh Nei- gative judges, the chaotic “victim’s unit,” and er and even a Don Corleone – George Soros. incredibly naive false assumption that Cam- All aggressively advance the idea that a Nu- bodian and international judges would work in remberg-derived system of international crim- good faith to safeguard the court’s integrity. inal law would soon take root. The only con- The court’s reputation can be salvaged if they sistent thread between the post-Cold War and can complete the case against the senior post-9/11 periods is the disproportionately Khmer Rouge leaders while they are still large role played by civilians in rewriting the alive. The ECCC will end on a high note that laws of war. For centuries war crimes trials even longtime critics like myself will concede. were the domain of the professional soldiers.

Peter Maguire is the author of Facing Death in Cambodia, Law and War: International Law and American History. He has taught the law and theory of war at Columbia University and Bard College.

224

New Judge will be at Center of Struggle over Khmer Rouge Tribunal, Open Society Jus- tice Initiative, soros.org, July 30, 2012

The Open Society Justice Initiative is calling Ban Ki-Moon, Secretary-General of the Unit- on the Cambodian government and the United ed Nations, urged all sides in March to con- Nations to ensure that the newly appointed sider the selection of the new judge as an op- international investigating judge at the Khmer portunity to “enable the ECCC to carry out its Rouge tribunal is free to work without the po- obligations in full by considering all of the litical interference that has increasingly threat- cases before it in accordance with internation- ened the court’s credibility. al standards of fairness”. Mark Harmon, an American, will be the third Judge Harmon’s three predecessors were: judge to occupy the position of international • Judge Marcel Lemonde (France) held of- co-investigating judge at the court in nine fice from the ECCC’s inception, until his months, following the resignations of Judge resignation in November, 2010. While Siegfried Blunk in October last year, and Judge Judge Lemonde resigned for personal rea- Laurent Kasper-Ansermet in May this year. sons, his attempts to move the Case James A. Goldston, executive director of the 003/004 investigations forward attracted Open Society Justice Initiative, said: “We are the public opposition of Judge You Bun- pleased that a new investigating judge has leng. been confirmed. The test now is whether the • Judge Siegfried Blunk (Germany) held Cambodian government will allow him to do office from 1 December 2010, until his what his predecessors could not: effectively resignation in October, 2011. Judge Blunk and thoroughly investigate the two remaining resigned due to “perceived” government cases—003 and 004—on the Court’s docket.” pressure. By the time he resigned, a num- Judge Harmon will serve in the office of Co- ber of his international staff had walked Investigating Judges (OCIJ) at the court, offi- out in protest over his joint premature cially known as the Extraordinary Chambers closing of the Case 003 judicial investiga- in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC), which tion. The investigation was officially re- uses both Cambodian and UN-appointed judi- sumed by his successor. • cial officers and staff members. Together with (Reserve) Judge Laurent Kasper-Ansermet his Cambodian colleague, You Bunleng, (Switzerland) held office (as reserve) from Judge Harmon will be responsible for the in- November 2010, until his resignation on vestigation and, as appropriate, indictment of May 4, 2012. Although ECCC Law clearly individuals referred to him by the court’s Of- stipulates that the Cambodian government fice of the Co-Prosecutors. was required to endorse Judge Kasper- Ansermet’s appointment as full investigat- The investigating judges have been the focus ing judge, it refused to do so in breach of of years of controversy over two outstanding the Cambodia/ United Nations agreement investigations, known as Case 003 and Case establishing the court. Judge Kasper- 004, involving five former Khmer Rouge fig- Ansermet’s authority was not recognized ures. Cambodian government officials have by the Cambodian government, nor any repeatedly said that those cases should not go Cambodian judge or decision-maker in the forward, and that the ECCC’s work should ECCC. His impotence in the face of this conclude with the current prosecution of three opposition led to his resignation. surviving senior Khmer Rouge leaders (Case 002). In light of the history to Cases 003/004 before

225

the ECCC, the Justice Initiative notes: Judge Laurent Kasper-Ansermet, according to the law governing the ECCC’s operations all (1) The Co-Investigating Judges must be in- actions taken by him during his tenure as re- dependent in the performance of their func- serve co-investigating judge were valid. One tions and must not accept or seek instructions of Judge Kasper-Ansermet’s key actions was from any government or any other source. to resume the Case 003 investigation. The (ECCC Agreement, Art. 5.3, ECCC Law Art. Case 003 investigation is therefore currently 10 new, and ECCC Code of Judicial Ethics) on foot. The same position applies to Judge (2) Judicial investigations are compulsory for Kasper-Ansermet’s decisions concerning the crimes within the ECCC’s jurisdiction, must admission of civil parties, and the assignment be conducive to ascertaining the truth, and of counsel to any Case 003/004 suspects. The must be conducted impartially (Internal Rule validity of Judge Kasper-Ansermet’s actions is 55). further endorsed by the United Nations’ posi- (3) While all investigations are the joint re- tion on his legitimate authority, and by the in- sponsibility of two judges, one Cambodian ternational judges of the ECCC’s Pre-trial and one foreign, who must cooperate with a Chamber’s position on his conduct and legiti- view to arriving at a common approach to any mate authority. given investigation (ECCC Agreement, Art. (5) Despite the funding crisis which the ECCC 5.4), the ECCC Law and Agreement provide a continues to face, Cases 003 and 004 are mechanism according to which judges can properly before the Co-Investigating Judges disagree on matters of substance (ECCC Law, and should be genuinely and credibly dealt Art. 23 new). Under ECCC Law and the with by judicial authorities. While the Justice Agreement, in the event of a disagreement be- Initiative considers that financial constraints tween the co-investigating judges, the pre- should not be permitted to hamper the ongoing sumption is always in favor of any given in- investigations in these cases, there must be vestigation moving forward (ECCC Agree- absolute transparency if financial con- ment, Art. 5.4, Internal Rule 72.4(d)). straints—or indeed any other strictly political (4) In spite of the Cambodian government’s considerations—limit the judges’ ability to refusal to recognize the legitimate authority of fulfill their obligations.

226

Cambodian villagers unearth skulls, bones from possible Khmer Rouge mass grave, N.Y. Times (AP), Aug. 6, 2012

PHNOM PENH, Cambodia — Villagers in about 60 kilometers (40 miles) from Siem northwestern Cambodia unearthed what could Reap, home to Cambodia’s famed Angkor be a mass grave from the Khmer Rouge era Wat temples, said Siem Reap governor Sou with about 20 skulls and some leg bones Phirin. bound with rope, officials said Monday. “I cannot say how many bodies are buried The village is near a former Khmer Rouge here, but these people were killed under the prison and the site is believed to be one of the Khmer Rouge regime,” said Sou Phirin. “killing fields” from the regime’s brutal rule The bones were transferred to a Buddhist tem- in the 1970s. It wasn’t yet known if Saturday’s ple where a prayer ceremony would be per- discovery of skulls and other skeletal remains formed. involved more than 20 victims. “We have collected the bodies and put them in The Documentation Center of Cambodia, a proper place,” the governor said. “We will which has collected evidence about Khmer not let them stay in a grave like this anymore.” Rouge atrocities, had identified the area in 1998 as having several mass graves based on One of the facility’s former prisoners, 52- interviews with hundreds of villagers but it year-old Ing Mara, said she was beaten, was never excavated, said Youk Chhang, di- whipped and kept chained at the neck in a rector of the center. prison cell during a 1-year detention. She es- caped when the Khmer Rouge was over- “We estimate that 35,000 or more people died thrown in 1979 and recalled the horror of see- at this site,” the director said. ing other prisoners being led to the mass grave An estimated 1.7 million Cambodians — site and never returning. about one in five people in the small Southeast “I watched so many prisoners being taken to Asian country — died of torture, starvation, the killing place, every night,” Ing Mara said medical neglect, hard labor and execution dur- in a telephone interview. “I am in shock that ing the Khmer Rouge’s 1975-79 reign. The their bodies are now being discovered.” group ran nearly 200 prisons where prisoners were tortured before being killed. The Khmer Rouge’s chief jailer was sentenced to life in prison for war crimes, and the trial of The discovery of a new mass grave would be three other leaders is ongoing at the U.N.- the first since a U.N.-backed tribunal put five tribunal. A fifth defendant’s mental fitness for former high-ranking Khmer Rouge officials trial has been challenged. on trial for genocide and other crimes begin- ning in 2009. Further trials are in doubt because of funding trouble and resistance within Cambodia to Authorities ordered digging crews to the area, prosecuting more Khmer Rouge figures.

227

Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan Sentenced to Life Imprisonment for Crimes against Hu- manity, Press Release, Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia, http://www.eccc.gov.kh

Today, the Trial Chamber of the Extraordinary a rapid socialist revolution through a ‘great Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC) leap forward’ by whatever means necessary. found Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan guilty The Chamber found that this common purpose of crimes against humanity committed be- was implemented through, amongst other tween 17 April 1975 and December 1977 and means, policies to forcibly displace people sentenced them to life imprisonment. from cities and towns and between rural areas. Nuon Chea was the Deputy Secretary of the As a result, during the first phase of the Communist Party of Kampuchea (CPK) and a movement of the population at least two mil- member of both the CPK Central and Standing lion people were forcibly transferred from Committees. Nuon Chea, with Pol Pot, exer- Phnom Penh in April 1975 by Khmer Rouge cised the ultimate decision-making power of soldiers under false pretexts and threats, often the Party. Nuon Chea officially exercised the at gunpoint, with almost no prior warning and role of Acting Prime Minister of DK on sever- in terrifying and violent circumstances. At the al occasions from September 1976 up until time of its expulsion, the population of Phnom 1977 when Pol Pot resumed his duties. Due to Penh was severely weakened by the experi- his seniority within the CPK leadership, Nuon ence of a long siege characterised by food Chea enjoyed oversight of all Party activities shortages. In this weakened condition, the extending beyond the roles and responsibili- population was forced to march to rural areas ties formally entrusted to him during the DK during the hottest time of the year and without period. Khieu Samphan became a candidate adequate food, water, medical care, accom- member of the CPK Central Committee in modation or transportation. Without excep- 1971 and a full-rights member in 1976. He tion, the entire population of Phnom Penh was was one of two members of Office 870 which evacuated, including monks, the old and the oversaw the implementation of the decisions young, the sick and injured from the city’s of the CPK Standing Committee. As a mem- hospitals, pregnant women and those who had ber of Office 870 he was responsible for recently given birth. There were numerous commerce and played an important role in instances of Khmer Rouge soldiers shooting matters of economics and foreign trade in the and killing civilians during the course of the Democratic Kampuchea (DK). In April 1976, evacuation, while many others died of exhaus- Khieu Samphan was appointed President of tion, malnutrition or disease. the State Presidium. While this was a largely During the second phase of the movement of symbolic role with no executive power, he had the population, between September 1975 and the confidence and trust of the other members December 1977, at least 330,000 to 430,000 of the Party Centre and he participated in people were forcibly displaced from various meetings of the Central and Standing Commit- locations throughout Cambodia. Most people tees. were ordered to leave their locations and The Trial Chamber found that, together with transferred under armed guard. Those who members of the Standing and Central Com- refused transfer or attempted escape were ar- mittees, government ministers and Zone secre- rested, detained or transferred in a further taries, both Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan round of movements. People were transported participated in a joint criminal enterprise to by different means, including truck, boat, ox achieve the common purpose of implementing cart and on foot. People were constantly moni- tored, had no water and insufficient food, and

228

were not allowed to carry any belongings. is among the highest of any decided case con- Those transported by truck were guarded by cerning international crimes. The gravity of armed Khmer Rouge soldiers, who shot at the crimes was further illustrated by the condi- those who tried to escape. Due to exhaustion, tions of forced transfer, which were severe, starvation or illness, some people died. unrelenting and inhumane. Further, the crimes The Trial Chamber also found that Nuon Chea had serious and lasting impact upon the vic- and Khieu Samphan implemented the com- tims, their relatives and Cambodia in general. mon purpose through a policy to target former The Trial Chamber found a number of aggra- Khmer Republic officials. As a result of this vating circumstances had been established policy at least 250 Lon Nol officials who had (Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan were well- been transported from Pursat to Tuol Po Chrey educated and knew the import and conse- were executed immediately after 17 April quences of their actions; the crimes were 1975. committed in abuse of their positions of au- thority and influence; and many victims were Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan were, through vulnerable and defenceless), with limited mit- their participation in the joint criminal enter- igating circumstances. The Chamber sen- prise, found to have committed the crimes tenced both Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan against humanity of murder, political persecu- to life imprisonment, noting that they each tion and other inhumane acts (comprising have the right to appeal the convictions and forced transfers and attacks against human sentence imposed. dignity) during movement of population (phase one); political persecution and other The Trial Chamber found that, as a conse- inhumane acts (comprising forced transfers quence of the crimes of which Nuon Chea and and attacks against human dignity) during Khieu Samphan have been convicted, the Civ- movement of population (phase two); and il Parties and a very large number of addition- murder and extermination through executions al victims have suffered immeasurable harm, of Khmer Republic officials at Tuol Po Chrey. including physical suffering, economic loss, Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan were also loss of dignity, psychological trauma and grief found to have planned, instigated and aided arising from the loss of family members or and abetted the crimes of extermination (dur- close relations. The Chamber consequently ing movement of population (phases one and endorsed the implementation of 11 reparation two)), other inhumane acts (comprising en- projects that have been designed to appropri- forced disappearances) (during movement of ately acknowledge the harm suffered by Civil population (phase two)) and political persecu- Parties as a result of the commission of the tion (at Tuol Po Chrey). Additionally, Nuon crimes at issue in this trial and to provide ben- Chea was found to have ordered these crimes. efits to the Civil Parties that address this harm. The following projects were endorsed: the in- The Chamber found only Nuon Chea to be stitution of a National Remembrance Day pro- responsible as a superior for all crimes com- ject; the construction of a memorial in Phnom mitted in the course of the movements of pop- Penh to honour victims of forced evacuations; ulation and at Tuol Po Chrey, a factor which a testimonial therapy project; self-help groups; was considered in sentencing. a permanent exhibition; a mobile exhibition In sentencing, the Trial Chamber considered and education project; the inclusion of a chap- the gravity of the crimes, including that they ter on forced population movement and execu- were committed across the whole of Cambo- tions at Tuol Po Chrey within the Cambodian dia during a more than two-and-a-half-year school curriculum; the construction of a peace period against a vast number of victims, which learning centre; a booklet on adjudicated facts

229

and civil party participation at the ECCC; two During the 222 days of trial, the Trial Cham- editions of the verdict in Case 002/01; and in- ber heard testimonies from 92 individuals, in- clusion of Civil Party names on the ECCC cluding 53 fact witnesses, 5 character witness- website. es, 31 Civil Parties and 3 experts. An unprec- The substantive hearings in this trial com- edented number of 103,724 people attended menced on 21 November 2011 and concluded the trial. with closing statements on 31 October 2013. Justice late, better than never, The Economist, Aug. 7, 2014 FOR Cambodians it has been a long wait. Al- Nonn said. “This attack victimised millions of most 35 years after the Khmer Rouge were Cambodians.” He cited one testimony accord- driven from power by a Vietnamese invasion, ing to which witnesses saw “a Khmer Rouge the movement’s last surviving senior leaders soldier tear apart a crying baby who was have been found guilty of crimes against hu- crawling on his dead mother's body.” manity and sentenced to jail for life. As many as 2.2m people perished between Or whatever is left of their lives. Nuon Chea, April 1975 and January 1979. At that point the chief ideologue for the Khmer Rouge and Vietnamese-led Communist takeover marked “Brother No. 2” after Pol Pot, is 88 years old the end of one civil conflict but also the be- (and pictured above). Khieu Samphan, once ginning of another, as Pol Pot led his loyalists the head of state in Democratic Kampuchea as into the jungle to fight a rearguard war against the country had been renamed, is 83. When the new regime in the capital. they were taken away from the purpose-built While the Khmer Rouge were still in Phnom courthouse on August 7th, a palpable sense of Penh, the institution of money itself was abol- relief descended on the room. ished—along with all semblances of tradition- Hundreds of Cambodians had been brought al Khmer life—as the cities and towns were from far and wide to pack the public gallery emptied and millions of civilians forced into for the historic decision. Many of them the remote countryside. There they were hugged, smiled and bowed in a show of re- worked under wretched conditions, desperate- spect to the tribunal that saw the case through, ly lacking food, water and medicine. the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of In a way, there were too many crimes with Cambodia (ECCC). Bou Meng, a survivor of which Nuon Chea, Khieu Samphan and many the S-21 torture and extermination camp, of their cohorts should have been charged. smiled broadly and expressed his approval The fraction of their guilt that was decided in simply: “good, good”. this hearing, Case 002/01 it is called, focused In passing their final sentence, the judge Nil on the forced evacuation of Phnom Penh, the Nonn said that these two leaders had stripped forced movement of people up until late 1977 Cambodians of their fundamental rights in the and the persecution of former soldiers, civil course of perpetrating a joint criminal enter- servants and their families from the regime of prise to “suppress and subjugate the human Lon Nol, the American-backed nationalist population”. They were found guilty of con- who preceded them. ducting a systematic attack on civilians. Nuon Chea wore his characteristic grimace “The attack took many forms, including and black sunglasses and remained seated in forced transfer, murder, extermination, en- his wheelchair. Khieu Samphan stood as their forced disappearances, attacks against human verdicts and sentences were read. Neither man dignity and political persecution,” Mr Nil flinched.

230

Both had insisted they were innocent of the od that could be used in a prosecution. He is specific charges against them. At its heart among those who thinks that the court’s their justification was that the evacuation of search for justice was better late than never, Phnom Penh had been deemed necessary to even if its legal processes were flawed. save the Cambodian people; they had reason Its accomplishment is more significant, Mr to believe that the Americans were intending Youk Chhang says, in light of the fact that the to bomb the capital. Mr Nil Nonn said the world has done so little to change its ways in bench of international and Cambodian justices the decades since the Cambodian nightmare. had decided their defence deserved no cre- Indeed, in his view “since the UN signed the dence. Genocide Convention in 1948, not one geno- Nuon Chea had also claimed evidence used cide has been prevented. A court of law is on- against him was “littered with doubts and full ly established after millions have already died. of lies”, in particular the testimony given by We need to search for a means to prevent such Kaing Guek Eav. “Duch”, as he is also known, crimes from happening again,” he said. is already serving a life sentence, for the role Nuon Chea and Khieu Samphan know now he played in killing thousands of detainees where they will be spending the rest of their processed under his command at a prison days, as they did long before this verdict. complex called S-21. Whether this will be their final conviction is Khieu Samphan’s judgment was less severe. another question. Both men are facing addi- The court found that he had never held suffi- tional charges of genocide in Case 002/02; it cient authority to issue orders to commit the was launched last week and is expected to crimes in question. He had however “justified, take another two years. defended and praised the common purpose and policies” of the Khmer Rouge that result- ed in the atrocities. The ECCC, which is backed by the UN, has been criticised sharply during its nine years in operation. Its critics fault it for lengthy delays; its susceptibility to interference by Cambo- dia’s current prime minister, Hun Sen; and for kickbacks to local staff, when it was being es- tablished. It has also been costly. More than $200m has been spent on its proceedings already. The tribunal’s supporters justify the high cost by arguing that the total sum works out to equal about $100 for each person who died under the reign of the Khmer Rouge. It makes for a macabre accounting of the ultra-Maoists’ dream of moulding Cambodia into an agrarian utopia. Youk Chhang is the executive director of an NGO called the Documentation Centre of Cambodia, which has been dedicated to col- lecting evidence from the Khmer Rouge peri-

231

Neither truth nor justice, The Economist, Aug. 9, 2014 NEARLY four decades after atrocities perpe- Khieu Samphan are likely to face the courts to trated by one of the cruellest regimes the account for the Khmers Rouges’ misdeeds. world has known, two leaders of the Cambo- Not that they are small fry. Mr Nuon Chea dian Khmers Rouges were this week convict- was “Brother Number Two”, second only to ed and sentenced for their crimes. After a trial Pol Pot in the hierarchy. Mr Khieu Samphan lasting 222 days, with testimony from 92 indi- was head of state. But this “hybrid” judicial viduals and 166,500 pages of written evi- process, in a body that is a compromise be- dence, Khieu Samphan, now 83, and Nuon tween an international tribunal run by the Chea, 88, heard the verdicts against them on United Nations and an indigenous Cambodian August 7th. For the survivors of the nightmare court, has been expensive and high-profile. At their party imposed on Cambodia from 1975 this important juncture in the court’s exist- to 1979 it should be a moment of catharsis. ence, it is hard to avoid the feeling that the Instead, this may be one of those rare mo- drive for justice in Cambodia is ending with ments when life sentences feel like impunity. an unsatisfying whimper. This is not just because of the men’s old age. Foreign pressure for a more searching process Neither man said he felt truly guilty—Mr has failed to overcome the resistance of the Khieu Samphan even claimed that whatever Cambodian government. On the face of it, that he had done was “to protect the weak”. Yet seems odd. This government—for all the in- the regime he represented was responsible for stability, UN-administered interregnum, coups the death of perhaps 1.7m people, one-quarter and rigged elections since—is the direct suc- of the population, through execution, torture, cessor of the one installed by Vietnam after it overwork, starvation and neglect. Nor is this invaded in January 1979 and put an end to the the end of the two men’s trials. In order to Khmer Rouge tyranny. The present prime bring at least part of the protracted judicial minister, Hun Sen, was first appointed in process to a conclusion, the cases against them 1985. His government long used its “libera- were subdivided. This trial covered the forced tion” of Cambodia as a source of legitimacy. evacuation of Phnom Penh and other cities But Mr Hun Sen himself is a former Khmer after the Khmers Rouges’ victory in 1975. Rouge cadre. To consolidate his power in the Another one includes a charge of genocide of 1990s, he did deals with his old comrades. Mr Cambodia’s Muslim minority. Hun Sen has good reason to keep retribution Moreover, other, more famous, culprits have against the Khmers Rouges confined to a few managed to cheat justice. The Khmer Rouge figureheads. leader, “Brother Number One”, Pol Pot, died What is more, the record of his own regime, in 1998. His brutal one-legged army chief, Ta which is accused of repression, electoral mal- Mok, known as “the butcher”, followed in practice, land grabs and extra-judicial killings, 2006. Ieng Sary, the regime’s foreign minister, makes Mr Hun Sen not keen to have the spot- died last year. By then his wife, Ieng Thirith, light shone for much longer on his country. He also indicted, had been found too demented to has an interest in the inviolability of Cambo- stand trial. Kaing Guek Eav, known as Duch, dia’s judicial sovereignty. And many Cambo- in comparison a junior figure, is serving a life dians feel it wrong to see the Khmers Rouges sentence for having run Tuol Sleng, a torture as a purely domestic phenomenon. The facility in Phnom Penh. He at least was con- movement grew as a reaction to a corrupt trite. Five other suspects have cases pending. American-backed administration and Ameri- These few aside, only Mr Nuon Chea and Mr

232

ca’s bombing of Cambodia in the Vietnam both sides recognise that they made mistakes war. It was backed by China. and did wrong. But the same is true of coun- Mr Hun Sen can also argue that his country tries like Cambodia and Indonesia, where has gone further than many others in confront- wounds have festered and scars seem ineradi- ing its past. In China a show-trial of four cable. That nowhere in Asia seems yet to have purged leaders in 1980 drew a symbolic line achieved a form of justice that both imposes under the horrors of the Cultural Revolution. retribution and fosters reconciliation is no rea- None of those responsible for the worst man- son to stop looking for one. made famine in history in the late 1950s and early 1960s has been called to account. In In- donesia, the slaughter of perhaps 500,000 al- leged Communists and others in 1965-66 has never been properly investigated. Hopes that a new regime under Joko Widodo, the presi- dent-elect, may end the tradition of impunity seem over-optimistic. He was fought hard to the presidency by a former general accused of serious human-rights abuses. Voters do not seem to be pressing for accountability. What transpired when Myanmar’s president, Thein Sein, met its opposition leader, Aung San Suu Kyi, in 2011 is secret. But after that the former general embarked on a remarkable set of reforms, apparently satisfied that mem- bers of the junta that misruled Myanmar for half a century would not face prosecution. What’s the point of trying? Even where tribunals have been staged, they have been coloured by politics. Many Bangla- deshis celebrated the sentences handed down in the past two years on alleged leaders of pro- Pakistani groups involved in the murder of perhaps 3m of their compatriots in the coun- try’s liberation war in 1970-71. But many would also recognise that it is a flawed, parti- san process, which in any event ignores the role of soldiers from what was then West Pa- kistan. In Sri Lanka the bloody end of the civil war with the Tamil Tigers in 2009 remains contentious. There is no prospect of the gov- ernment in Colombo admitting that its army, as many allege, was guilty on occasion of in- discriminate violence. In Sri Lanka the wounds are still fresh. It seems obvious that they will never heal unless

233